Skip to main content

Written Answers

Volume 496: debated on Monday 20 July 2009

Written Answers to Questions

Monday 20 July 2009

Environment, Food and Rural Affairs

Agriculture: Subsidies

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many farmers did not receive Common Agricultural Policy subsidy payments because of inaccuracies in the maps of their land which they submitted to his Department in the last two years. (284408)

The data required to provide the number of farmers that did not receive CAP subsidy payments because of inaccuracies in the maps of their land is not held in a form that is easily accessible. The process to reconcile such information is resource intensive, time consuming and would cost more than £750 to collate.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how the new set of maps issued by the Rural Payments Agency in connection with claims for payment under the single payment scheme will seek to prevent claims being submitted by more than one farmer per field. (286069)

Single payment scheme applicants can only claim for land at their disposal for the relevant scheme year. Instances where the same field is being claimed by more than one farmer are identified and resolved through the SPS claim validation process.

The rural land register mapping update exercise will increase the accuracy of the map data used to validate these claims for payment.

Air Pollution

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what steps his Department is taking to reduce levels of (a) particulate matter, (b) nitrogen dioxide and (c) polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons adjacent to main roads to within the limits prescribed in EU legislation. (285514)

[holding answer 9 July 2009]: EU air quality limits are already met across 99 per cent. of the UK (land area). For the very small parts of the country where limit values are not yet met, including London, roadside locations present the greatest challenge. The UK, like most other member states is using the provisions in EU legislation to secure from the European Commission additional time to meet the limit values for both particulate matter and nitrogen dioxide. If successful these would extend the compliance deadlines to 2011 for particulate matter and to 2015 for nitrogen dioxide.

The Government submitted in April their application for particulate matter:

http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/airquality/euint/eudirectives/airqualdirectives/notification.htm

and is working with the Mayor of London and relevant local authorities with a view to consulting on the application for nitrogen dioxide early in 2010. Applications need to set out the measures that will be taken to meet the limit values by the extended deadlines. The additional time will allow current and planned measures to take effect.

EU target values for polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons do not come into force until 2012. In 2008 all monitoring sites at roadside locations exhibited concentrations of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon below the target value. Measures to reduce emissions from traffic source will continue to reduce concentrations at urban sites.

More widely, Government are working to improve the regulation of biomass heating systems to ensure that their rollout minimises any negative impact on air quality.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what progress has been made on his Department's request for a derogation from EU air quality standards in respect of particulate matter; and if he will make a statement. (287840)

EU air quality limits are already met across 99 per cent. of the UK (land area). For the very small parts of the UK where limit values are not yet met, roadside locations present the greatest challenge. The UK, like most other member states, is using the provisions under directive 2008/50/EC to secure additional time from the European Commission to meet the limit values for particulate matter (PM10).

In April, following public consultation, the UK Government submitted a notification to the Commission applying for the additional time available for eight areas across the UK. These are areas where at some point since 2005 exceedences of the PM10 limit values have been reported to the Commission.

Additional information was submitted to the Commission at the beginning of July in response to a request from them following their initial examination of the application. The Commission has indicated that it will conclude its examination in the autumn.

The UK application is available on the DEFRA website at:

www.defra.gov.uk/environment/airquality/eu-int/eu-directives/airqual-directives/notification.htm

The additional information provided to the Commission shall be available on the website shortly.

Animals: Exports

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what recent progress has been made in reducing levels of live animal exports. (288011)

The export of live animals is a lawful trade and to restrict it would be contrary to free trade rules. Such trade must, though, adhere to the standards set out in health and welfare rules.

The Government would prefer a trade in meat to the long distance transport of live animals to slaughter, whether in the UK, or across borders.

Batteries: Recycling

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what steps the Government are taking to increase rates of battery recycling to meet the requirements of the EU batteries directive. (288709)

The Government have introduced new UK regulations to transpose the EU's batteries directive. The regulations make battery producers responsible for collecting, treating and recycling waste batteries.

Most industrial and automotive batteries are already recycled. The regulations seek to ensure that this will continue. However, few portable batteries are currently recycled. The new regulations require portable battery producers to join a Battery Compliance Scheme. The schemes will be responsible for increasing battery collection rates. DEFRA and the schemes will also carry out publicity activities to encourage consumers to recycle their batteries. From February 2010, most shops selling household batteries will collect waste batteries from consumers.

Batteries: Waste Disposal

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what recent assessment he has made of the environmental effects of the disposal of batteries. (286359)

The Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform published an impact assessment on the Waste Batteries and Accumulators Regulations 2009 (SI No. 890/2009) in May. This covers environmental effects and can be found at:

http://www.opsi.gov.uk/si/si2009/em/uksiem_20090890_en.pdf

Beef: Imports

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs if he will estimate the volume of Brazilian beef imported into the UK which was raised in illegally deforested areas in the latest period for which figures are available; and if he will make a statement. (285558)

We do not hold figures on the volume of Brazilian beef imported into the UK which would link across to deforestation.

For animal health purposes, Brazil is split into ‘safe’ and ‘unsafe’ disease regions, to prevent the arrival of disease into either the UK or EU. The meat imported to the EU must be accompanied by appropriate animal and public health certification and must come from EU approved plants in the exporting country (in this case Brazil).

Any illegal imports of Brazilian meat would be seized, destroyed or re-exported.

We are working hard internationally, including under the UNFCCC to find ways of helping developing countries to address deforestation. The approach aims to provide incentives to reduce deforestation through reflecting the real value of forests, including their role in reducing emissions.

Bovine Tuberculosis: Devon

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what plans he has for the introduction of practical steps to reduce levels of bovine tuberculosis in Devon; and what the timescale is of those plans. (287782)

This Government remain committed to working with industry to monitor and enhance TB control measures. Most recently, the TB Eradication Group was set up in November 2008 to make recommendations to the Secretary of State for developing a plan for reducing bovine TB in all parts of England, including Devon, with the ultimate objective of moving towards eventual eradication.

We are also actively pursuing the future use of vaccination of cattle and wildlife, through vaccine research, and the Badger Vaccine Deployment Project (BVDP), alongside our current control measures. Two of the areas for the BVDP are in Devon and the aim is that the vaccination of badgers will commence in summer 2010 and take place for at least five years in each area.

Bovine Tuberculosis: East of England

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many farms in (a) Essex and (b) the East of England were under bovine tuberculosis restrictions on the latest date for which figures are available. (288111)

DEFRA cannot provide the information in the format requested. DEFRA collects data on the number of herds under restriction because TB measures apply to a herd and not a farm.

We can provide the latest data from Vetnet (1 June) which shows that the number of herds under bovine TB restrictions on 31 March 2009 was (a) 19 herds in Essex, and (b) 636 herds in the East of England region.

Note:

Data downloaded from the Vetnet system is provisional and subject to change as more data becomes available.

Bovine Tuberculosis: Vaccination

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many vaccinations of each badger will be required under the new Badger Vaccine Deployment Programme. (287212)

Badgers only need to be vaccinated with BCG once to confer a protective effect on an individual badger. However, it is unnecessary to vaccinate every individual, although the more badgers vaccinated the better overall.

We do not know how long the protection lasts but an annual vaccination campaign is consistent with published results that BCG protection lasts at least one year in animals. Safety data from the Badger Vaccine Study (BVS) on repeated annual vaccinations will be reported in the final report of the BVS which is expected in March 2010.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how long the temporary tag on badgers as part of the Badger Vaccine Deployment Programme will last. (287213)

The temporary marks on vaccinated badgers will last for at least several weeks, depending on weather conditions. This is so a marked badger re-trapped in any given trapping session can be released without further vaccination. There is no need for long-term marking as there is no detrimental effect if a badger is injected again in subsequent years.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what the timetable is of the Badger Vaccine Deployment Programme. (287214)

DEFRA has recently had a series of meetings with key regional representatives and local veterinary practices in each of the proposed deployment areas. The next step is speaking with farmers in these areas, followed by signing-up participants and training contractors, which will begin during the autumn.

Sign-up will be in phases to allow capacity to be built up and early lessons to be implemented. Therefore, during 2010, vaccination will be carried out in a lead demonstration area, where contractors will be trained, and 20 per cent. (20 km2) of the other five areas. The project will be fully rolled out, in all the areas, by the third year (i.e. all areas will have been vaccinated by 2012). Once this initial phase has been completed vaccination across 100 per cent. of the areas will continue each year and each area will be vaccinated for at least five years.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (1) what mechanisms will be used to assess the effectiveness of the Badger Vaccine Deployment Programme; (287215)

(2) what estimate has been made of the proportion of farmers and landowners needed to participate in the Badger Vaccine Deployment Programme for the results of the programme to be scientifically meaningful.

The Badger Vaccine Deployment Project aims to increase farmer confidence in TB vaccines and develop practical know-how for vaccinating badgers, including how best to deploy vaccines in an area and developing an understanding of training needs and costs. To this end, we will be monitoring levels of take up among farmers and contractors, and training will be assessed and monitored throughout the project. We will also build up an understanding of the costs of injectable badger vaccination. This information will inform plans for future use of both injectable and oral badger vaccines for bovine TB. Possible further measures of success are currently being considered.

The Badger Vaccine Deployment Project is not a scientific trial, but a practical project to develop know how for vaccinating badgers. The project will target cattle farming areas of up to 100km2 (25,000 acres) in each of the six high incidence TB areas for five years vaccination. While the project will be unable to demonstrate a treatment effect of the vaccine in cattle herds, an exploratory analysis of routinely collected cattle disease data will be carried out at the end of the project and independent expert statistical advice has been taken to ensure the project design gives a good chance of detecting any changes in cattle TB trends that may be associated with vaccination. We expect landowner participation in the project to be at least 70 per cent. within the 300km2 catchment areas, which will enable us to reach our 100km2 target in each area. Social science research looking at changes in farmers’ attitudes to vaccination and factors that influence farmer behaviour can provide meaningful results on a smaller scale. The project design has also been discussed and agreed with the TB Science Advisory Body, along with two of its subgroups dealing specifically with TB vaccines and economics and social science, key farming and veterinary stakeholders and the TB Eradication Group for England.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (1) what steps will be taken to prevent unvaccinated badgers entering Badger Vaccine Deployment Programme areas; (287216)

(2) whether all badgers will be treated as part of the Badger Vaccine Deployment Programme.

All trapped badgers will be vaccinated. It is not necessary to trap and vaccinate every individual in a population or to prevent the entry of unvaccinated ones to control a disease. This is because as the proportion of immunised individuals increases, the risk to all individuals, whether vaccinated or not, decreases. The stable social structure of undisturbed badger populations, where there is little mixing of individuals between social groups, lends itself to the generation of this ‘herd immunity’ through vaccination.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what the estimated cost is of the Badger Vaccine Deployment Programme. (287218)

The final business case for the badger vaccine deployment project is still being developed, and cost estimates will be subject to change to reflect, for example, the costs of contractors bidding for the work and the final costs for purchasing the vaccine. We do not propose to release cost estimates until these are more certain.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many people will be employed on the Badger Vaccine Deployment Programme. (287219)

We do not know at this stage exactly how many people will be employed on the Badger Vaccine Deployment Project. However, we do know that it takes 10 people (five teams of two) to vaccinate a 100 km2 area in one trapping season. The Food and Environment Research Agency (Fera), which already has a number of trained staff, will vaccinate badgers in the training area and will train contractors who will work in the remaining five areas.

Dairy Farmers of Britain: Insolvency

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs if he will bring forward proposals to expedite single farm payments to farmers affected by the taking into receivership of Dairy Farmers of Britain. (287821)

Recently agreed EU legislation provides the possibility for member states to make 70 per cent. advance payments under the 2009 single payment scheme (SPS) from 16 October where full scheme controls have been completed.

We have always said that we would consider the case for advance payments on the basis of an assessment by the Rural Payments Agency (RPA) on what consequential impacts would be, including on the timetable of full payments for all claimants. We have yet to take a final decision, but DEFRA have spoken to the chief executive on the issue and it is clear that there would be a real risk that making advances would affect the RPA's ability to match last year's performance in making nearly £1 billion of full SPS payments in December.

Whatever the final decision reached on advances, the RPA will continue to address any cases of individual hardship as sympathetically as possible.

Departmental Data Protection

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many (a) attempts and (b) successful attempts were made to gain unauthorised access to each (i) database and (ii) ICT system run by his Department in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (286546)

It is not in the interests of the UK’s national security for Departments to confirm information on the number of attempts, successful or otherwise, to gain unauthorised access to departmental systems or databases. Such disclosure could undermine the integrity and security of departmental systems and thereby expose them to potential threats.

DEFRA complies with the mandatory requirements of the Security Policy Framework in relation to information security including managing the risk of unauthorised access to ICT systems.

Departmental Databases

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what information databases his Department (a) maintains and (b) uses which do not contain personal information. (284398)

DEFRA maintains and uses a wide range of databases reflecting its diverse policy and regulatory functions. A full list could be provided only at disproportionate cost to the Department.

However, DEFRA’s Information Asset register does provide details of many of the databases managed by the Department. This register is available on the Department’s website at:

http://www.defra.gov.uk/corporate/opengov/defra/available/iar/index.htm

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what categories of personal information on members of the public will be held on each of his Department’s and its agency’s databases expected to become operational in the next five years; what estimate he has made of the likely number of individuals’ details each such database will hold when fully operational; and if he will make a statement. (286496)

Information about the categories of personal information on members of the public that will be held on each of the Department’s and its agency’s databases expected to become operational in the next five years and estimates of the likely number of individual’s details that each dataset will hold when fully operational can be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Routine assurance of database developments during the business planning cycle ensures that any planned databases containing personal information are identified before development commences and referred to the departmental data protection team to ensure that they adhere to the Data Protection Act.

Moreover, following the publication of the cross government data handling review in June 2008, staff establishing new projects and programmes that hold significant amounts of personal data are obliged to conduct privacy impact assessments.

Departmental Work Experience

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many interns work in his Department; what terms of reference apply to their appointment; what remuneration they receive; and how long on average an intern appointment lasts. (286822)

Five graduate internships commenced placements with DEFRA on 6 July 2009, three via the Cabinet Office Summer Development programme (ethnic minorities) and two from the summer placement scheme (disability). All interns are engaged on a paid basis at civil service EO level salaries.

These internships consist of a minimum of 12 weeks’ work placement, extendable as required.

The type of work offered to interns will, for example, range from a time-limited project to a more varied programme of work. The aim of such internships is to help internees develop their levels of skill and practical experience, and to increase their employability.

Disease Control

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs if he will take steps to encourage the veterinary profession to work more closely with the medical profession on matters relating to the transmission of diseases between humans and animals; and if he will make a statement. (288963)

DEFRA are fully aware of the need for close collaboration between the veterinary and medical profession in preventing and controlling transmission of diseases between humans and animals. Officials continue to collaborate with their counterparts in the Department of Health, the Health Protection Agency and the devolved Administrations regular inter-departmental meetings are held to assess the risk from diseases, as well as from newly emerging conditions, which might have the potential for inter-species transmission. There is also strong collaboration at the local level where joint assessments and co-ordinated veterinary and medical investigations of disease outbreaks are made.

Domestic Appliances: Carbon Emissions

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what estimate he has made of the annual level of carbon dioxide emissions resulting from electrical appliances being left in standby mode. (287896)

The most recent analysis of the energy consumption of equipment in households and commercial properties was undertaken by DEFRA's Market Transformation Programme (MTP) in 2006. This estimated that the level of carbon emissions resulting from all the appliances most commonly found in UK homes was at least 7.2 TWh equal to 2.1 per cent. of UK electricity consumption or 0.8 million tonnes of carbon. The MTP is in the process of updating this information for 2008.

The report, ‘Estimated UK Standby Electricity Consumption in 2006 (V2.0) (BNXS36)’, can be found on the MTP website.

Domestic Waste

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what estimate he has made of the tonnage of (a) aluminium, (b) wood, (c) paper, (d) green waste, (e) glass, (f) steel and (g) textiles in the municipal waste stream in each year since 1997; and how much of each he estimates was (i) recycled, (ii) landfilled and (iii) sent to energy from waste facilities (A) in total and (B) in each local authority area in each such year. (286469)

DEFRA keeps tonnages of municipal waste sent for recycling in 2005-06, 2006-07 and 2007-08, broken down into material types. Data on waste sent to landfill or for energy recovery is not broken down into material types, but the totals are available. All this data are available at local authority level and will be placed in the Library shortly.

Municipal waste management statistics back to 1995-96 are available at national level on DEFRA’s website.

Source:

WasteDataFlow and DEFRA's Municipal Waste Management Survey.

Domestic Waste: Waste Disposal

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs if he will make an estimate of the unit cost to a local authority of the provision of wheeled refuse containers for the collection of household waste. (286529)

It is not feasible to make an estimate of the unit cost to a local authority of the provision of wheelie bins. This will depend on a number of factors including which company the local authority procures the bins from and the number of bins ordered.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs pursuant to the answer to Lord Taylor of Holbeach of 2 July 2009, Official Report, House of Lords, column WA94, on waste management: refuse collection, what proportion of dwellings used wheeled refuse containers for the collection of residual waste in each year for which figures are available. (286812)

The following table shows the percentage of dwellings in England that have been issued with wheeled refuse containers by local authorities for the collection of residual (black bag) waste from 2000-01 to 2007-08.

Data for 2004-05 is unavailable. This is due to partial submission of data by local authorities.

Percentage of dwellings using wheeled refuse containers for residual waste

Percentage

2007-08

63.64

2006-07

61.06

2005-06

57.51

2004-05

n/a

2003-04

58.00

2002-03

55.00

2001-02

52.00

2000-01

51.00

n/a = Not available.

Source:

WasteDataFlow and DEFRA’s Municipal Waste Management Survey.

Environment Agency: Consultants

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how much the Environment Agency spent on consultants in each of the last five years. (283736)

The Environment Agency delivers major investment programmes through flood risk and civil engineering work. Expenditure includes the feasibility, design and supervision of these projects which are developed through accessing specialist engineering companies.

The following table shows total Environment Agency expenditure on consultants in each of the last five years. This expenditure includes regional and national civil engineering consultants, water management engineering consultants, environmental policy consultants and management consultants.

£

2004-05

20005-06

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

Regional civil engineering/environmental consultancy

29,083,263.68

25,391,089.61

27,890,749.09

21,012,252.52

27,757,651.67

NCPMS civil engineering/environmental consultancy

42,162,089.61

36,131,701.10

35,326,920.35

27,134,018.64

41,946,590.04

Water management engineering/environmental consultancy

17,240,988.37

17,019,970.91

17,932,634.73

17,011,410.63

18,944,069.07

Environmental policy consultants

29,619,337.66

22,086,207.51

25,112,247.92

31,655,315.86

30,121,357.01

Management consultants

5,228,346.70

6,006,599.05

4,174,035.10

3,413,657.41

3,306,945.63

Total

123,334,026.02

106,635,568.18

110,436,587.19

100,226,655.06

122,076,613.42

EU Law

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what estimate he has made of the cost to his Department of the statutory obligations upon it provided for in legislation introduced as a consequence of obligations arising from EU legislation in the most recent 12 months for which figures are available. (283476)

It is very difficult to provide precise figures for the proportion of UK legislation that stems from the European Union.

The administrative burdens measurement exercise carried out by the Government in 2006 put the proportion of administrative burdens stemming from the EU at approximately one third of the total administrative burden.

The important thing is not the origins of a legislation, which could of course be a devolved administration or a local authority, as well as the Government or the EU, but the quality of the regulation. All regulations, irrespective of their origins, should comply with the principles of better regulation. Regulations should be risk based, proportionate and well designed, so as to achieve their objectives while also keeping costs to a minimum. The Government continue to work with European partners to ensure that EU regulations meet these standards.

Farmers: Loans

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what recent representations he has received on levels of bank lending to farmers; and if he will make a statement. (285138)

No recent formal representations have been received on the subject of bank lending to farmers. At the end of March 2009, net lending to agriculture, forestry and hunting in the UK stood at just below £11 billion. This was more than £900 million higher than at the same point in 2008 and some £280 million above the level recorded at the end of 2008. There is strong evidence that the banking sector is continuing to lend to farm businesses with sound business cases but DEFRA will continue to monitor the situation.

Fisheries: Prosecutions

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many prosecutions for breaches of fishing quota regulations have been brought in each sea fishery committee area in each of the last five years. (288207)

Sea fisheries committees do not generally prosecute fishing quota offences. Therefore, DEFRA does not record data on prosecutions for breaches of fishing quota regulations by sea fishery committee area.

Flood Control: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what assessment he has made of the likely effect of the additional £25 million in capital funding for flood defences brought forward from 2010-11 to 2009-10 and 2008-09 on (a) the number of homes receiving earlier flood protection and (b) improvements to British Waterways network infrastructure; and how much of the funding has been spent in each month since it was announced. (286651)

In 2008-09, £5.1 million of funding for flood and coastal risk management was brought forward from 2009-10. In 2009-10, £20 million of funding was brought forward from 2010-11 as part of the fiscal stimulation package announced in the 2009 pre-Budget report to provide early protection for 27,000 homes.

The Environment Agency forecasts full spend of its £349.4 million capital budget (not including funding for implementing the recommendations of the Pitt Review) for 2009-10. At the end of May 2009 it had spent £44 million.

As part of the fiscal stimulation package, £5 million of funding for British Waterways was brought forward from 2010-11 to 2009-10 to be spent on infrastructure projects. This will take place as part of the major works programme which is concentrated during winter months when the waterways are not highly used.

Heating: Greenhouse Gas Emissions

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs if he will estimate the amount of greenhouse gas emissions arising from the use of patio heaters in the UK in (a) each year since 2000 and (b) each of the next five years. (288430)

DEFRA does not hold the specific estimates requested. The most recent data available that can be used to estimate the carbon emissions of outdoor patio heaters are from 2007.

In spring 2007, the Government's Market Transformation Programme (MTP) produced a briefing note (BNDH18) intended to estimate the CO2 emissions as a result of the use of patio heaters. This note estimated that ‘outdoor heaters’ (both domestic and non-domestic) accounted for around 94.9 GWh of energy being consumed annually, equivalent to 22.2 ktCO2 (thousand tonnes of CO2).

In October 2007, the MTP updated the assumptions in the original study to estimate CO2 emissions from patio heaters as a result of the smoking ban. The report estimated that the annual emissions from patio heaters as a result of the smoking ban would be between 96 and 282 kt CO2, depending on the type of heaters and how they were used.

The MTP estimates are not derived from surveys or detailed research, and should not be interpreted as accurate data on energy consumption and carbon emissions. I am unable to give a prediction of future emissions as we have no way to estimate future sales of patio heaters.

The MTP's Briefing Note ‘BNDH18: Outdoor Heating for Comfort’ is available at:

www.mtprog.com

Landfill

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many landfill sites in each region are expected to close in each year until 2020; and what the combined area of those sites is. (286353)

The Environment Agency does not require landfill operators to specify in what year they will close their site. This depends on the rate of infilling, among other factors. As such I am unable to provide a prediction of the number of sites that will close year on year in the period 2009-20.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many landfill sites there were in each region of England in each year since 1997; and what the combined area of the sites was in each of those years. (286354)

The Environment Agency has published the number of permitted operational landfill sites for the period 2005 to 2007 on its website. Prior to 2005, data on the number of landfill sites was included in the Environment Agency’s ‘Strategic Waste Management Information for England and Wales’. The following table provides a summary of the published data.

1998-992002-032004-05200520062007

Region

WML

WML

WML

PPC

WML

PPC

WML

PPC

PPC

East of England

275

116

162

51

201

65

62

East Midlands

275

127

131

50

208

55

65

London

43

10

12

6

30

5

7

North East

371

46

95

21

120

26

28

North West

306

88

174

30

219

38

52

South East

435

158

172

60

293

59

83

South West

400

137

220

35

263

46

57

Wales

162

n/a

66

73

25

160

29

34

West Midlands

269

60

131

24

164

30

43

Yorkshire and Humberside

520

201'

245

38

307

43

70

England and Wales

1,485

2,151

2,894

1,009

1,415

340

1,965

396

501

Note:

WML is an abbreviation for “Waste Management Licence” and PPC for “Pollution Prevention and Control”.

In 1997 all landfill sites required a WML. From 2001 to 2007 all site operators had to apply for a PPC permit, replacing the WML.

The number of permitted landfill sites for 2008 is currently being validated and should be published in the autumn of 2009.

We do not hold information on the combined area of landfill sites.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how much hazardous waste was sent to landfill sites in each region in each year since 1997. (286355)

The following tables show the amount of hazardous waste sent to landfill in each year where accurate information is available.

A new hazardous waste management system and database was introduced in July 2005 to coincide with the introduction of the new Hazardous Waste (England and Wales) regulations 2005. Changes in the way hazardous waste was classified and how data was collected caused inconstancies in data for 2005 and it was therefore not published.

Tonnes hazardous waste land filled by region

East Midlands

East of England

London

North East

North West

South East

1998-99

198,620.02

17,567.05

126,745.13

269,888.51

250,708.77

2000

140,493.62

487,629.71

29,463.20

113,682.67

324,279.74

245,221.40

2001

216,198.35

614,982.91

55,484.53

140,831.32

205,831.18

333,314.33

2002

150,701.20

582,250.52

20,509.22

79,381.46

255,360.38

193,601.90

2003

269,808.57

282,875.62

4,049.57

84,253.59

256,779.55

148,236.32

2004

433,513.61

278,377.14

83.83

104,371.63

392,307.95

192,220.67

2005

No data

No data

No data

No data

No data

No data

2006

125,811.23

65,719.19

40,826.66

195,970.24

101,404.25

54,709.71

2007

154,949.14

68,877.55

50,071.87

132,187.43

116,644.22

62,800.07

South West

Wales

West Midlands

Yorkshire and the Humber

Total

1998-99

139,349.15

232,640.53

199,007.60

264,624.02

1,699,150.77

2000

128,977.11

134,590.44

161,892.50

274,992.14

2,041,222.53

2001

149,144.82

146,453.40

174,295.26

270,436.48

2,306,972.58

2002

165,283.90

85,611.96

206,433.08

247,253.50

1,986,387.12

2003

138,142.55

106,998.17

285,770.95

223,990.37

1,800,905.26

2004

118,783.68

230,123.31

228,686.41

315,701.47

2,294,169.70

2005

No data

No data

No data

No data

0.00

2006

136,283.01

3,009.38

42,561.23

107,604.78

873,899.69

2007

133,247.32

662.85

54,074.70

75,706.63

849,221.79

Source:

Environment Agency

In 1997 all landfill sites required a waste management licence. From 2001 to 2007 all site operators had to apply for a pollution prevention and control permit, replacing the WML.

The number of permitted landfill sites for 2008 is currently being validated and should be published in the autumn of 2009.

We do not hold information on the combined area of landfill sites.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs to which (a) organisations and (b) purposes revenue from fines due to breaches in landfill targets will be allocated. (287430)

The Waste and Emissions Trading (WET) Act provides for a fine to be imposed on a waste disposal authority for each additional tonne of biodegradable municipal waste that it sends to landfill above the number of allowances the authority holds under the landfill allowance trading scheme in a particular scheme year.

During the passage of the WET Act through Parliament, there was discussion about the destination of penalties. It was agreed that funds raised from penalties would be returned to all local authorities, including waste collection authorities, but would not be ring fenced to waste management options. It would therefore be for a local authority to decide for what purpose any returned funds were used.

Livestock: Exports

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many (a) cattle, (b) sheep, (c) goats and (d) poultry were exported in each of the last three years. (284943)

Table 1 gives information on exports in cattle from Great Britain and is taken from the GB cattle tracing system. The system is updated on a daily basis and hence these figures can be subject to amendments.

Table 2 gives the number of live sheep, goats and poultry recorded as exported from the UK in 2006, 2007 and 2008 as in HMRC official overseas trade statistics.

Please note these figures are obtained using VAT records and will exclude some EU trade for businesses which are below the VAT threshold. As a result, actual trade levels may be higher than those given, particularly for trade with mainland Europe. As a result care should be taken not to read too much into the year to year changes shown.

Table 1: GB exports of live bovine, 2006-08

Number

Type

2006

2007

2008

Live cattle and calves

89,567

85,487

51,809

Note: 2008 data is subject to amendments. Source: GB Cattle Tracing System

Table 2: UK exports of live sheep, goats and poultry, 2006-08

Number

Type

2006

2007

2008

Live sheep and lambs

12,915

1,078

44,992

Live goats

528

1

435

Live poultry

29,381,150

31,680,332

28,567,760

1 There were no recorded exports of live goats in 2007. Exports may still have occurred by traders operating below the VAT threshold and therefore will not have been declared in the HMRC official statistics. Note: 2008 data is subject to amendments. Source: H M Revenue and Customs. Data prepared by Trade statistics, ESP, DEFRA.

Marine and Fisheries Agency: Location

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs if he will (a) undertake and (b) publish an equality impact assessment of the relocation of Marine and Fisheries Agency staff out of London. (288015)

DEFRA officials are currently finalising an equality impact assessment (EqIA) on the relocation of the Marine and Fisheries Agency’s HQ office out of London to Tyneside. This will incorporate the impact of the relocation on MFA staff based outside the London HQ office. A copy of the EqIA will be published when completed.

Marine Management Organisation

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what his most recent assessment is of the cost to the public purse of the establishment of the headquarters of the Marine Management Organisation. (287431)

The indicative one-off establishment costs of the Marine Management Organisation (MMO), as shown in the impact assessment accompanying the Marine and Coastal Access Bill, are £2.9 million.

Marine Management Organisation: Intellectual Property

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs if he will assess the effects on the intellectual property rights of members of staff of the Marine Management Organisation (MMO), given their change in status as a result of the creation of that organisation; and whether those staff are to be permitted to publish in their own name work produced for the MMO. (288000)

When vested, the MMO will, as any other employer, have the benefits of any work produced by its employees. Employees will not be able to publish works produced for the MMO without the organisation’s permission.

Former employees of the Marine Fisheries Agency, or another Government Department, will transfer to the MMO with their existing terms and conditions of service, which give the intellectual property rights to the employer. New MMO employees from elsewhere will be subject to similar restrictions under an MMO contract of employment.

Nature Conservation

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what assessment he has made of the effectiveness of the Invasive Non-native Species Framework Strategy for Great Britain in tackling invasive species arriving from countries which have no comparable strategies. (287595)

We have made no specific assessment of this. However one of the ongoing actions set out in the implementation plan for the Non-Native Species Framework Strategy for Great Britain is to maintain contact with colleagues dealing with invasive non-native species policy issues in other European member states and encourage consistent representation of issues of concern to Great Britain and the United Kingdom. Alongside this, the UK is supporting the European Commission in developing its thinking on proposals for an effective EU Strategy on Invasive Alien Species.

Nitrogen Oxides

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs at which locations in England levels of nitrogen oxide (a) exceed 40 micro gm-3 nitrogen oxide annually and (b) exceed 200 micro gm-3 nitrogen oxide hourly more than 18 times per year. (288258)

Under EU legislation, the UK is required to assess ambient air for levels of nitrogen dioxide (NO2), and to report to the European Commission on an annual basis. Detailed reports on the assessments are available from the air quality archive at:

www.airquality.co.uk

For the purpose of implementing EU legislation, the UK is divided up into 43 agglomeration zones (areas with a contiguous population of over 250,000 as specified by the air quality directives) and non-agglomeration zones. There are 28 agglomeration zones and 15 non-agglomeration zones.

There are a number of locations within England where:

(1) annual mean concentrations of nitrogen dioxide (NO2) are in excess of 40 microgrammes/m3; and/or

(2) there are more than 18 occurrences of hourly mean NO2 >200 microgrammes/m3 in a year.

The locations where points 1 and/or 2 apply have been identified are in the following tables, with reference to both monitored (measured) and modelled (predicted) NO2 data.

Monitoring data for 2008 are given in table 1. The modelling assessment for 2008 is not due to be completed until the end of the summer, so 2007 results are given in table 2.

Table 1: Nitrogen dioxide monitoring data, 2008—AURN sites in England

Site name/location

Site type

Annual mean NO2 (microgrammes/m3)

Number hours NO2> 200 microgrammes/m3

Liverpool Queen's Drive

Roadside

40

6

London Westminster

Urban background

40

1

Cambridge Roadside

Roadside

42

0

Newcastle Cradlewell

Roadside

42

0

Manchester Piccadilly

Urban centre

43

12

London Hillingdon

Suburban

51

1

Oxford Centre Roadside

Roadside

51

3

London Bloomsbury

Urban centre

55

0

Bristol Old Market

Roadside

62

5

Tower Hamlets

Roadside

63

0

Bath Roadside

Roadside

65

10

London Cromwell Road 2

Roadside

67

1

Bury Roadside

Roadside

69

4

Camden Kerbside

Kerbside

76

72

London Marylebone Road

Kerbside

115

822

Table 2: Nitrogen dioxide modelled data—England, 2007

Zone/agglomeration

Road length/km where annual mean NO2 >40 microgrammes/m3 (roadside locations)

Area/km2 where annual mean NO2 > 40 microgrammes/m3 (urban background locations)

Greater London Urban Area

1,600

162

West Midlands Urban Area

385

5

Greater Manchester Urban Area

426

West Yorkshire Urban Area

162

Tyneside

76

Liverpool Urban Area

130

Sheffield Urban Area

105

Nottingham Urban Area

53

Bristol Urban Area

42

Brighton/Worthing/Littlehampton

7

Leicester Urban Area

52

Portsmouth Urban Area

24

Teesside Urban Area

18

The Potteries

34

Bournemouth Urban Area

11

Reading/Wokingham Urban Area

19

Coventry/Bedworth

17

Kingston upon Hull

32

Southampton Urban Area

23

1

Birkenhead Urban Area

17

Southend Urban Area

11

Preston Urban Area

6

Eastern

131

6

South West

77

South East

197

3

East Midlands

104

North West and Merseyside

279

Yorkshire and Humberside

260

West Midlands

90

North East

69

North Sea: Fishing Catches

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs pursuant to the answer of 22 January 2009, Official Report, column 1590, on fishing catches, whether the Lithuanian and Polish vessels referred to were entitled to fish in North sea fishing grounds prior to their countries’ accession to the European Union. (287856)

The catch statistics for Polish and Lithuanian landings from the North sea provided in my answer of 22 January 2009, Official Report, column 1590, relate to landings in 2006. Both Poland and Lithuania joined the European Union in 2004 and therefore were members at that time. Access to North sea fish quota is determined by historic rights or else the countries in question would be required to swap in or purchase quota to access the fishery.

Oil: Pollution

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many incidents of oil pollution have been reported in each enumeration area (a) in each year since 1997 and (b) in 2009 to date; and how many of these incidents have resulted in prosecutions. (286299)

The following table shows the number of reported incidents received by the Environment Agency since 1997. The Environment Agency's national incident recording system began to be used in 2001. It is not possible to access information broken down into each enumeration area prior to 2001 without incurring disproportionate cost.

Number of oil pollution incidents (Category 1-4)

1997

5,542

1998

5,308

1999

5,381

2000

6,215

2001

5,684

The following table shows the number of reported incidents received by each Environment Agency region since 2002. This includes incidents from category 1-4. Category 1 incidents are the most serious, category 2 are significant but less severe, category 3 are relatively minor and category 4 are unsubstantiated incidents.

Region

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

20091

Anglian

761

706

687

591

518

502

432

195

Midlands

1217

973

811

605

644

619

609

264

North East

466

520

518

476

347

338

308

161

North West

525

442

333

331

242

235

214

95

Southern

552

539

452

389

361

313

292

125

South West

644

576

613

644

618

540

451

288

Thames

740

590

556

539

452

457

383

174

EA Wales

256

272

285

344

305

287

233

145

Total

5,161

4,618

4,255

3,919

3,487

3,291

2,922

1,447

1 January to June.

The following table shows the number of prosecutions from oil pollution incidents since 2001. This information has been provided by the Environment Agency's national enforcement database in tandem with the information above. On that basis information prior to 2001 is not available.

In cases where a prosecution is not the most appropriate course of action, the alternatives of a caution or warning will be considered. A warning is a written notification that, in the Environment Agency's opinion, an offence has been committed. It will be recorded and may be referred to in subsequent proceedings.

There is a lag between incident and prosecution, which may well be in excess of 12 months depending on the type of offence and its complexity.

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

20091

Anglian

3

0

0

1

6

2

4

4

0

Midlands

3

2

5

4

8

5

5

3

3

North East

0

0

5

3

8

6

4

8

11

North West

1

0

3

2

3

2

4

1

0

South West

4

3

4

4

5

7

10

9

1

Southern

1

0

0

0

1

2

2

0

2

Thames

0

0

5

6

3

5

8

3

0

Wales

0

1

0

2

0

3

4

0

2

Total

12

6

22

22

34

32

41

28

19

1 To date.

Oil: Waste Disposal

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what proposals his Department has for the disposal of residual waste from energy production. (287410)

DEFRA has no plans affecting the disposal of ash or other residual waste from power stations. This is the responsibility of the operators of such facilities.

Origin Marking: Israel

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs if he will commission research into consumer attitudes in respect of country of origin labelling for goods imported into the UK from Israeli settlements in the occupied Palestinian territories. (287155)

The Government are not planning to commission research into consumer attitudes in respect of labelling goods from the occupied Palestinian territories.

Pesticides

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs when he next plans to revise guidelines to farmers on the spraying of pesticides near schools and residences. (287819)

The Code of Practice for Using Plant Protection Products includes advice to farmers on spraying pesticides near schools and residences.

Two new pieces of European legislation governing the system for pesticides are likely to come into force in 2011; a Regulation on pesticide authorisations that is largely an updating of the existing European regime, and a directive on the sustainable use of pesticides that will establish a framework to promote best practice in the storage, use and disposal of pesticides.

The Government plan to hold a public consultation this autumn on a range of options for the implementation of this new legislation. Once we have agreed our approach to national legislation and guidance, we will revise the Code of Practice for Using Plant Protection Products.

Pollution: Prosecutions

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many incidents of diffuse pollution have been recorded in each year since 1997; and how many such incidents have resulted in (a) prosecutions and (b) fines for those convicted of such offences. (286464)

The Environment Agency’s national incident recording system (NIRS) records all pollution incidents reported to the Agency since 2001. The Environment Agency does not classify such incidents as point or diffuse pollution. An approximation of the number of “diffuse incidents” can be derived from NIRS by counting incidents that arose from an unregulated site where the cause was not identified. Data are available and provided on this basis for full calendar years from 2001 until 2009.

For prosecution and fines there is often a time lag between the incident being reported and the completion of any enforcement action. Yearly figures in this table therefore may relate to incidents which occurred in the previous year or earlier. This is why some prosecutions have been prosecuted and reported in 2009.

Number of “Diffuse” incidents

Number of prosecutions

Fines (£)

2001

3,233

9

28,850

2002

4,518

7

13,700

2003

3,866

7

19,225

2004

3,506

3

5,000

2005

3,360

8

28,033

2006

3,023

2

1,350

2007

2,686

3

6,000

2008

2,379

10

24,250

2009 (to date)

0

6

7,750

Recycling

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what proportion of waste collected in the City of York was recycled in each year since 2003-04; what funding his Department provided to City of York council to increase recycling rates in that period; and what recent steps his Department has taken to encourage local authorities to increase waste recycling rates. (285866)

Recycling is strongly promoted by a range of Government measures in recognition of its environmental benefits. This includes the introduction of three national indicators within the local government performance framework to encourage local authorities to reduce waste, recycle more and send less household waste to landfill. This is in line with DEFRA's belief that local authorities are best placed to make decisions on the waste management strategy for their communities. 85 per cent. of authorities have negotiated at least one waste-related national indicator target with the Government Office in their region.

DEFRA has provided the City of York council £359,838.71 in 2008-09 and £361,122.65 for 2009-10 as part of Waste Infrastructure Capital Grant (WICG). This funding is provided to help authorities get waste management facilities on the ground in time to help England meet landfill targets.

The following table shows York city council's municipal recycling rates from 2003-04 to 2007-08. 2004-05 is not available due to data not being submitted.

York city council's municipal recycling rate

Percentage

2003-04

19.01

2004-05

1

2005-06

25.71

2006-07

39.36

2007-08

42.28

1Data not available

Source:

WasteDataFlow and DEFRA's Municipal Waste Survey

Reservoirs

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what the capacity of reservoirs owned by the water industry in England was (a) in 1989 and (b) on the latest date for which figures are available. (286785)

A reservoir capacity figure for 1989 is unavailable.

The total capacity of reservoirs owned by water companies in England which fall under the Reservoirs Act 1975 (large raised reservoirs with a capacity of 25,000 m3 or more above natural ground level) was 1,855,244,628 m3 on 14 July 2009.

River Thames: Pollution

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what assessment has been made of the likely effects of the recent raw sewage spillage in the Thames in the Mogden area on river usage and wildlife. (288784)

The Environment Agency measured the chemical quality of the river using a series of water quality monitoring stations located at strategic points along the estuary. Readings taken indicated a significant decline in the oxygen saturation of the river.

Environment Agency officers were deployed to assess the extent of the incident by monitoring the river in the upper reaches to record the impact on fish at low water. Approximately 200 dead fish, mostly flounder, were found around the Kew area. Other inspections did not identify notable amounts of dead fish.

The monitoring network indicated the river returned to a near normal condition by the afternoon of 5 July.

Rivers: Pollution

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what percentage of significant non-water industrial discharges to rivers in each region was reviewed by the Environment Agency in each year since 1997. (286463)

This information is not readily available. It will be placed in the Library of the House as soon as possible.

Television: Energy

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what estimate he has made of daily energy consumption resulting from the use of stand-by units on televisions. (287897)

The Government's Market Transformation Programme (MTP) estimates that in 2008 the 66 million television sets in use in UK homes consumed an average of just over 600 Watt hours each per day. Of this an average of 30 watt hours (5 per cent.) was consumed while the television was in stand-by mode.

MTP evidence indicates that the on average a new television consumes 2.5 watts while in stand-by. This will be reduced to one watt from January 2010 as a result of new EU legislation under the ecodesign for energy using products framework directive and falling further to 0.3 watts in 2012.

Thundersley Common

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs if he will assess the effect on mammalian wildlife of the removal of trees from Thundersley Common. (287868)

While negotiating a higher level stewardship agreement with Castle Point borough council to support the council's heathland restoration work on Thundersley Great Common site of special scientific interest (SSSI), Natural England assessed the overall impact on the mammalian fauna as neutral or beneficial, for the following reasons:

(1) The common is small and heavily used by the public, and so does not support a rich mammal fauna, though both bats and badgers do occur;

(2) The restoration only affects part of the common and the wooded part of the common outside the SSSI will not be affected;

(3) The result of the restoration will be a mosaic of open heath, scrub and trees which should be at least as favourable for mammal and bird species as the common is now. The mosaic will also support a range of more unusual heathland plants and animals and provide an open greenspace for the public to enjoy.

Before issuing a felling licence for the removal of some trees, the Forestry Commission assessed the selected trees individually. The commission considered one to be of potential value for roosting bats so Castle Point borough council agreed that this tree should be left and an alternative one removed.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what discussions his Department has had with (a) Essex County Council and (b) Castle Point Borough Council in respect of Thundersley Common in the last five years. (287870)

My Department has had no substantive discussion with either local authority about Thundersley Common in the last five years. However, Natural England (non-departmental public body sponsored by DEFRA) has had discussions with Castle Point borough council.

Natural England’s purpose is to ensure England’s natural environment is conserved, enhanced and managed for current and future generations. An important part of Natural England’s remit is the protection of sites of special scientific interest (SSSIs)—the country’s best sites for wildlife and geology.

Castle Point borough council owns and manages Thundersley Common, which includes Thundersley Great Common SSSI. Within the last five years, discussions in respect of this SSSI between Natural England and the borough council have included several on-site and office meetings and regular discussions by phone, e-mail and letter. Natural England has offered consistent advice to the council on the conservation management of the site, aimed at restoring the heathland habitats for which the SSSI is notified. Since 2007, council staff have negotiated a higher level stewardship agreement with Natural England to support the council’s restoration of the SSSI to favourable condition.

Within the last five years, Natural England has not held discussions with Essex county council specifically on this SSSI, because the county council does not own or manage it.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what public consultations have been held in respect of the removal of trees from Thundersley Common; and if he will make a statement. (287872)

Natural England does not have any information on public consultations held in respect of the removal of trees from Thundersley Great Common site of special scientific interest (SSSI), or in respect of the other essential components of the heathland restoration work being undertaken by Castle Point borough council. These works have the full support of Natural England, in fulfilling the council’s statutory duties to protect and enhance the special interest features for which this SSSI is notified.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs on what date responsibility for Thundersley Common was transferred to Natural England; and if he will make a statement. (287888)

Thundersley Great Common (14.8 hectares) is owned and managed by Castle Point borough council. In 1987, 8.9 hectares of the common were notified as a Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) under the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 by English Nature (one of Natural England's predecessor bodies): the ownership remains with the borough council. Both Castle Point borough council and Natural England have statutory responsibilities to conserve and enhance the special interest features of the SSSI.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many oak trees have been removed from Thundersley Common in the last five years; and for what reasons the trees were removed. (287889)

The notified special interest features of Thundersley Common Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) are its dry heath, wet heath and acid grassland plant communities. It is one of the best remaining fragments of heathland in Essex.

Natural England's records show that five oak trees, and one birch, have been removed from Thundersley Great Common SSSI since 2004. These trees were felled during the 2008-9 winter by Castle Point borough council with the assent and support of Natural England. The work was done as part of a higher level stewardship agreement to restore the special interest features of the SSSI—namely its rare heathland habitats—to favourable condition. Some tree removal is essential as part of this restoration work because many oaks became established on the heathland in the second half of the last century when the site was less actively managed. There are now over 100 trees on the northern half of the SSSI which are rapidly shading out the remaining patches of heathland vegetation. If these are all left to mature a large part of the SSSI will soon be dense woodland and the heathland will be lost.

Waste Disposal: Fees and Charges

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what responses his Department has received from (a) the Local Authority Recycling Advisory Committee, (b) Wastematters, (c) the National Association of Waste Disposal Officers, (d) the Chartered Institute of Waste Management, (e) the Association of Public Service Excellence, (f) the County Surveyors Society Waste Panel and (g) Keep Britain Tidy on consultations which his Department has conducted on waste incentive schemes in the last two years. (286646)

The Department received written responses on consultations from these bodies detailed as follows:

Consultation on the Incentives for Recycling by Households, May 2007:

(a) the Local Authority Recycling Advisory Committee

(d) Chartered Institute of Waste Management

(e) Association of Public Service Excellence

(f) County Surveyors Society

Informal consultation on draft guidance, June 2008:

(a) the Local Authority Recycling Advisory Committee

(d) Chartered Institute of Waste Management

(f) County Surveyors Society

Formal consultation on statutory Good Recycling Service guidance, September 2008:

(e) Association of Public Service Excellence

Responses were not received on any consultation from (b) Wastematters, (c) the National Association of Waste Disposal Officers or (g) Keep Britain Tidy.

Waste Disposal: Hazardous Substances

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what waste products have been classified as (a) inert and (b) toxic waste in the last 18 months. (286964)

The Environment Agency does not classify individual waste arisings. While it does collect data on all wastes received at sites that it regulates, this information describes the waste using the European waste catalogue codes and as such would not allow the Environment Agency to state which individual waste products have been classified as either inert or 'toxic' (a hazardous property that could make a waste hazardous).

Waste Disposal: Inspections

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many inspections were carried out at industrial and waste sites by staff of each Environment Agency office in each year since 1997. (286369)

The following table shows the total number of inspections of industrial and waste sites carried out in each Environment Agency region in each year since 1997. Environment Agency records do not provide an office by office breakdown. Inspections include visits and audits for processes regulated under six regimes: Integrated Pollution Control, Pollution Prevention and Control, Waste management licensing, Environmental Permitting Regulation, Special (Hazardous) Waste, and Waste Producers.

1997-98

1998-99

1999-00

00-01

01-02

02-03

03-04

04-05

05-06

06-07

07-08

08-09

Total

Anglian

18,523

20,947

17,496

16,540

15,001

13,557

15,379

14,060

11,144

6,758

6,386

5,847

161,638

Midlands

25,827

24,692

21,492

19,636

18,050

14,823

16,687

16,466

11,236

8,722

8,607

8,759

194,997

North East

25,017

27,971

25,922

23,320

19,714

19,605

18,832

17,225

10,413

7,749

6,545

4,931

207,244

North West

21,688

21,858

19,270

18,531

15,158

12,962

13,997

13,352

10,325

7,593

6,732

4,914

166,380

Southern

11,965

13,488

12,568

12,632

10,130

8,134

8,911

8,109

6,189

4,480

4,546

3,255

104,407

South West

15,958

16,734

14,104

13,283

10,837

10,352

11,282

10,752

8,316

5,677

4,618

3,559

125,472

Thames

19,642

19,799

15,117

14,246

13,386

12,679

11,958

11,917

8,647

6,445

7,386

5,701

146,923

EA Wales

8,835

9,790

9,009

7,957

7,445

6,893

8,285

7,201

4,435

4,056

3,923

3,178

81,007

Total

147,455

155,279

134,978

126,145

109,721

99,005

105,331

99,082

70,706

51,480

48,743

40,144

1,188,069

Waste Disposal: Private Finance Initiative

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what assessment he has made of the effect of the credit crunch on schemes for waste disposal plants under the private finance initiative. (286795)

DEFRA continually assesses the relevant finance and construction markets to maintain an up to date understanding of the effect that conditions in credit markets may have on the private finance initiative waste projects. This includes meeting with banks, contractors and waste companies as well as individual local authorities.

Our findings show that while tightening credit conditions since 2008 have had an effect on the availability of finance, commercial lenders are maintaining strong interest in financing waste private finance initiative projects. We also continue to see good evidence of new entrant interest from contractors in recent bid lists.

Waste Management: Private Finance Initiative

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what recent discussions he has had with representatives of the waste industry on the effects on waste disposal plants operated under private finance initiatives of the economic downturn. (287703)

My right hon. Friend the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs recently attended the Futuresource conference with representatives of the waste industry, at which a number of issues affecting the waste industry were discussed.

Commercial lenders are maintaining strong interest in financing waste private finance initiative projects and we continue to see good evidence of new interest from contractors in recent bid lists.

The granting of PFI credits for waste projects continues, the most recent being awarded to a partnership between Coventry city council, Solihull metropolitan borough council and Warwickshire county council under their umbrella-title ‘Project Transform’ in June this year.

Water Charges

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what estimate he has made of the effect of universal water metering on (a) the net income of the water industry and (b) the rate of consumption of water by domestic consumers. (286786)

No estimate has been made of the effect of universal metering on the net income on the water industry.

Research shows that, on average, the rate of consumption by household customers is reduced by about 10 per cent. when metered.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what definition his Department uses of a permeable surface in relation to surface water drainage charges. (288074)

Government guidance to Ofwat does not define permeable surfaces. It is generally accepted that they include, for example, burial grounds, grass sports fields and school playing fields. These drain naturally rather than into public sewers. Permeable areas should not count towards the chargeable area under site area charging for surface water drainage.

Water Charges: Voluntary Organisations

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs in which water company areas voluntary groups are affected by the new system of surface water charges; and what assessment has been made of the likelihood of such systems being taken up in other such areas. (288981)

Four of the 10 water and sewerage companies in England and Wales have switched to site area charging for surface water drainage: Northumbrian Water, Severn Trent Water, United Utilities and Yorkshire Water.

While Ofwat is recommending that other companies switch to site area charging for surface water drainage, it is for companies to decide whether to make the switch and for Ofwat, as the independent economic regulator of the water industry, to approve charging schemes.

Water Supply

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what estimate he has made of the volume of water lost through leakage from (a) company supply pipes and (b) piping between the water company connection point and a householder’s tap in (i) 1997 and (ii) 2008. (286471)

Water companies report annual leakage figures to Ofwat as part of their annual regulatory returns. Ofwat publishes leakage performance annually in the service and delivery report.

Leakage performance for the water company distribution network excluding customer supply pipes, and for customer supply pipes only for the years 1996-97 and 2007-08 were as follows:

Performance (megalitres/day)

1996-97

2007-08

Water company leakage excluding customer supply pipes

3,274

2,468

Customer supply pipe leakage

1,230

823

Water: Meters

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many water meters were installed by water supply companies in homes in (a) north-west Cambridgeshire, (b) Huntingdonshire, (c) Peterborough and (d) Cambridgeshire in each of the last five years. (287201)

Ofwat, the economic regulator of the water and sewerage industry, holds information by water company area only.

Tabled as follows are the figures showing how many water meters Anglian Water and Cambridge Water installed in each of the last five years. Anglian Water and Cambridge Water are the companies that supply the areas listed in the question.

The Anglian Water figures also include Hartlepool Water (HPL) as Anglian Water took over Hartlepool Water in 1998 and they now report their figures together.

Total household meters

Number

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

Anglian and HPL

23,013

19,374

25,516

28,586

33,222

Cambridge

1,428

1,180

1,466

1,381

1,432

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many water meters were installed in homes in Castle Point by water supply companies in each of the last five years. (287503)

Ofwat, the economic regulator of the water and sewerage industry, does not hold data on how many meters are installed in individual constituencies.

The following figures show how many water meters Essex and Suffolk Water has installed in each of the last five years. Essex and Suffolk Water is the company that serves Castle Point.

Essex and Suffolk

Total household meters

2004-05

9,101

2005-06

11,939

2006-07

22,051

2007-08

16,788

2008-09

12,837

House of Commons Commission

East of England Grand Committee

To ask the hon. Member for North Devon, representing the House of Commons Commission what (a) broadcasting and (b) other facilities will be available at the venue for the meeting of the East of England Regional Grand Committee at Bedford on 8 September 2009; and if he will make a statement. (287559)

The broadcasting of Committees meeting away from Westminster is usually undertaken by local broadcasters themselves, if they wish to do so. The coverage is pooled and they provide copies to the parliamentary recording unit for archive purposes. Guidelines for broadcasters undertaking coverage is available to ensure that compliance with the rules of coverage is maintained. Audio coverage of the meeting will be supplied by Westminster Sound. This will be webcast live on the

www.parliamentlive.tv

and Parliament websites, and will be available for 12 months in the searchable audio-visual archive.

Facilities for Members and for members of the public attending the meeting will be provided in the Borough hall, Bedford, by arrangement with Bedford borough council. I understand that the Clerks of the East of England Regional Grand Committee will be writing to members of the Committee shortly with information about the arrangements, and the hon. Member may wish to address any further enquiries to them.

Members: Allowances

To ask the hon. Member for North Devon, representing the House of Commons Commission, how many editions of the Green Book have been issued since 2000; in which year each edition was published; how many copies of each edition were printed; what the cost was of publishing each edition; what consultation there was with hon. Members in respect of the changes made in the edition; by what processes such consultation were held; and which editions were distributed in hard copy to all hon. Members automatically. (287929)

Since 2000, revised editions of the Green Book were published as follows. Where known, information is included on the number of copies produced and the cost of production.

Copies

Cost (£)

February 2001

n/a

n/a

April 2002

n/a

n/a

June 2003

2,000

13,135

June 2003 updated December 2003

1

n/a

June 2003 updated July 2004

1

n/a

April 2005

3,000

3,745

July 2006

3,000

n/a

March 2009

3,000

7,290

July 2009

2,000

1,936

1 Intranet only

All copies except the two intranet only editions shown were sent direct to Members.

Since 2004 the Members Estimate Committee has been responsible for the Green Book and given authority for each edition. Since January 2009, responsibility for advising the MEC of changes to the Green Book has rested with the Members' Allowances Committee.

In respect of the Green Book agreed by the House published in March 2009, this was prepared by the then Advisory Panel on Members' Allowances in consultation with independent advisers and other hon. Members. It was approved by the MEC and agreed by the House in January 2009 prior to publication.

To ask the hon. Member for North Devon, representing the House of Commons Commission for what reasons the council tax banding of hon. Members' properties was redacted before publication of information relating to hon. Members' expenses. (288259)

In July 2008, by order, Parliament agreed an amendment to the FOIA to the effect that any information that relates to the residential address of a member of either House of Parliament fell outside of the scope of that Act.

Taking account of this, editing of the claims-based allowances was done on the principle that the following information would be made available and all other information would be removed:

Name of Member

Allowance type

Date of claim

Value of claim

Goods or services purchased

Identity of supplier providing goods or services to offices (subject to certain rules).

Members: Offices

To ask the hon. Member for North Devon, representing the House of Commons Commission, if the House of Commons Commission will discuss with the appropriate authorities in the House of Lords the compilation of information on the number of (a) offices occupied by and (b) computers provided for members of each House in the Palace of Westminster. (286951)

Parliament: Internet

To ask the hon. Member for North Devon, representing the House of Commons Commission, what steps the Commission (a) is taking and (b) plans to take over the next two years to provide greater electronic access for the public to parliamentary material; and if he will make a statement. (287824)

There are a number of strands of work under way as part of the parliamentary Web and Intranet Programme that will provide greater electronic access for the public to parliamentary material. These include changes to the format of information on the website so that it conforms to accessible data standards and can be accessed and reused by the public, as well as improvements to the presentation to make the information more user friendly and an improved search engine that will enable website visitors to find the information they are looking for quickly and easily.

Portcullis House: Fire Alarms

To ask the hon. Member for North Devon, representing the House of Commons Commissions how many times the fire alarm in Portcullis house has been activated (a) for fire drill purposes, (b) for testing, (c) because of a fire or smoke, (d) because of a defect in the system and (e) for other reasons in (i) each year since 2005 and (ii) 2009 to date. (288030)

The information requested is as follows:

Cause of evacuation alarm actuation

May 2005 to December 2007

January to December 2008

January to June 2009

Fire

4

0

1

Smoke

0

0

1

Fire drills

3

1

1

Alarm testing

0

0

1

Working on alarm system

4

0

0

System defect

11

1

0

Other1

10

2

2

Total

32

4

6

1 Includes operation of manual call points for no obvious reason, construction (hot) works and contractors and staff disturbing detection beams.

Fire alarm activation records for 2005 to 2007 are archived off site and it has not been possible to break down the figures for that period by year.

Standing Committees: Internet

To ask the hon. Member for North Devon, representing the House of Commons Commission, what steps the Commission is (a) taking and (b) plans to take over the next two years to make available on the Parliamentary website the transcript of Standing Committee debates held prior to 1997; and if he will make a statement. (287823)

421 volumes of Standing Committee debates, covering the period 1919 to 2004-05, have been digitised. The data will now go through a process of quality assurance with the aim of making them available online in January 2010. They will be published alongside the digitised Hansard.

Trade Unions

To ask the hon. Member for North Devon, representing the House of Commons Commission, pursuant to the answer of 23 April 2009, Official Report, column 841W, on trade unions, what steps the Commission takes to ensure that facilities given to trade unions are not used for political activity or political campaigning. (287288)

Political impartiality is a requirement for the majority of House of Commons employees. The staff handbook requires that staff seek permission from their manager before engaging in political activity and that if permission is granted, the activity must not be undertaken in circumstances where it could be reasonably be assumed that they were acting as a representative of the House of Commons. This restriction applies to employees who are accredited representatives or members of unions recognised by the House of Commons service when using facilities provided to them on the parliamentary estate.

The House of Commons service does not directly monitor the use of facilities made available to employees who are accredited representatives or members of recognised unions. If evidence of misuse of facilities is presented, it will be investigated.

Transport

A127: Speed Limits

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport how many fines have been issued to motorists for exceeding the new speed limits on the A127 in each of the last six months; and how many of those fines resulted in prosecution. (288110)

This information is not held by the Department for Transport. The speed limit on the A127 is enforced by average speed cameras. Since 1 April 2007 the deployment of safety cameras has been the responsibility of individual local partnerships. The number of fines issued and prosecutions will therefore be a matter for the Essex road safety partnership.

Airports: Noise

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what the area was inside the (a) 57dB LAeq daytime summer contour and (b) 48dB LAeq nighttime contour for each major airport in England in (i) 2005, (ii) 2006, (iii) 2007, (iv) 2008 and (v) 2009; and what estimate he has made of the size of each such area if the planned expansion of (A) Heathrow and (B) Stansted takes place. (284704)

The Department for Transport produces annual ‘daytime’ aircraft noise contours (16 Hour 57dBA Leq) for Heathrow, Gatwick and Stansted—these airports have been designated for noise control purposes under section 80 and section 78 of the Civil Aviation Act 1982. Elsewhere it is the responsibility of the airport operator to decide upon the timing and form of any contours.

Information on noise contours around Heathrow, Gatwick and Stansted for 2005 to 2007 is available on the Department's website:

http://www.dft.gov.uk/pgr/aviation/environmentalissues/nec/

The 2008 contours are expected to be published shortly.

Information about future projections is available in ERCD 0705 ‘Revised Future Aircraft Noise Exposure Estimates for Heathrow Airport’—also available on the Department's website. Additionally ERCD 0308 ‘Revised Future Aircraft Noise Exposure Estimates for UK Airports’—published at the time of ‘The Future of Air Transport’ White Paper in 2003—contained future projections for Stansted.

In terms of night time contours, the current night flying restrictions regime at Heathrow, Gatwick and Stansted set the following specific noise abatement objectives for each airport:

At Heathrow, to limit the 6.5 hour 48 dBA Leq contour (the winter and summer seasons combined) to 55 sq km by 2011-12;

At Stansted, to limit the 6.5 hour 48 dBA Leq contour (the winter and summer seasons combined) to 38 sq km by 2011-12.

As regards other airports, the European Environmental Noise Directive 2002/49/EC, (END) requires member states to produce strategic noise maps every five years for major airports (with 50,000 and above movements). The maps are required to represent annual average noise values and use of four different parameters daytime (7 am to 7 pm); evening (7 pm to 11 pm); night (11 pm to 7 am) as well as an estimated annual 24-hour period. The range of contours extend—in five dB steps—for 50 to 70 dBA. Airports produced noise maps for 2007 and these are available on the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs' noise mapping website:

http://services.defra.gov.uk/wps/portal/noise

Airports: South East

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what forecast he has made of the number of passengers using each airport in the south-east in 2030 on the basis of the most recent gross domestic product forecasts from HM Treasury. (288044)

The Department for Transport’s latest forecasts of the number of passengers using each airport in the south-east in 2030 are given in table G3, page 135 of “UK Air Passenger Demand and CO2 Forecasts”, published in January 2009. This is available at:

http://www.dft.gov.uk/pgr/aviation/atf/co2forecasts09

No update of these forecasts is currently available. The Department aims to publish updated forecasts when there is a policy need, as it did alongside the announcement of policy decisions on the future development of Heathrow airport.

Aviation

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport to how many airlines his Department has granted fifth freedoms in respect of a regional airport since October 2005. (287732)

Since October 2005, the Department for Transport has issued operating permits to 267 different airlines allowing them to exercise fifth freedom rights from UK regional airports.

Aviation: Disabled

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what obligations apply to air carriers to make available to passengers copies of the rules and regulations which apply to them in respect of the carriage of disabled people and the provision of supplementary oxygen to passengers who require it in flight. (287167)

Airlines are not obliged under the regulation to make available the rules and regulations as set out. However, many airlines do lay out their policies on carrying medical oxygen on their websites.

The rules themselves are widely available. EU regulation 1107/2006 is published on the EU Commission website. Its obligations are explained in the Department for Transport code of practice, “Access to Air Travel for Disabled Persons and Persons with Reduced Mobility”. The Department for Transport and the Equality and Human Rights Commission have also published a step by step guide called "Your rights to fly—what you need to know":

http://www.equalityhumanrights.com/your-rights/rights-in-different-settings/air-travel/your-rights-to-fly-step-by-step-guide/

http://www.dft.gov.uk/transportforyou/access/aviation shipping/yourrightstofly

Free copies of these documents are available from the Department and the Equality and Human Rights Commission website. Copies have also been placed in the Libraries of both Houses of Parliament.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what obligations apply to air carriers based in countries outside the EU in respect of the provision of mobility assistance to passengers on flights into the UK. (287168)

Airlines based in countries outside the EU are governed by the laws of the state in which they are registered. Passengers needing assistance once they reach the UK should notify the airport where they will arrive 48 hours in advance of their requirements, either through their airline or travel agent. Passengers should always check before they buy a ticket whether the air carrier they choose to fly on offers them the service they want.

Bus Services: Concessions

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what recent estimate he has made of the number of pensioners who (a) are entitled to and (b) hold a concessionary bus pass in (i) Test Valley borough and (ii) the City of Southampton. (288398)

During preparations for the introduction for concessionary travel, the Department for Transport used census data to estimate the number of older people eligible for a concessionary bus pass. The figure for Test Valley was 24,402 and for Southampton unitary authority was 40,145.

The Department is not responsible for issuing passes and so does not maintain records of how many passes individual authorities have issued. The last information held by the Department was that as of April 2009 Southampton had issued approximately 37,000 new smartcard concessionary passes. Test Valley is part of the Hampshire Countywide scheme who had issued approximately 184,000 passes. This includes passes issued to disabled people as well as those aged 60 and over.

Channel Tunnel Railway Line

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport pursuant to the answer of 26 June 2009, Official Report, column 1161W, on the Channel Tunnel railway line, whether the (a) Channel Tunnel Intergovernmental Commission and (b) Office of Rail Regulation has powers to hear appeals in respect of Channel Tunnel access charges. (288054)

A railway undertaking may appeal in relation to infrastructure charges to the Channel Tunnel Intergovernmental Commission under article 12.1 of the schedule to the Channel Tunnel (International Arrangements) Order 2005 (SI No. 2005/3207, as amended).

The Office of Rail Regulation has no powers to hear such appeals in respect of the Channel Tunnel, but may be called upon to assist the Intergovernmental Commission in dealing with them, under article 4A(1) of the same instrument.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport pursuant to the answer of 26 June 2009, Official Report, column 1161W, on the Channel Tunnel railway line, what assistance the Government plan to give new rail operators to obtain the necessary safety and access approvals to use the Channel Tunnel. (288055)

The Channel Tunnel Intergovernmental Commission has issued guidance to assist railway operators in making applications for part B safety certificates, which they issue in respect of the Channel Tunnel.

In addition, the Intergovernmental Commission expects to consult shortly on the specific safety rules that apply to the transit of passenger trains through the Tunnel. After 15 years of operation it is necessary to consider whether the rules that were originally put in place remain valid and to ensure that they do not act as an unnecessary obstacle to the free movement of traffic, while at the same time ensuring that existing levels of safety are maintained.

The Government believe that existing legislation do contain, and the new legislation covering Channel Tunnel access to infrastructure for international rail passenger services will contain, clearly specified requirements, so that new rail operators will not need assistance when making an application.

Cycling: Hampshire

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport how many qualified instructors of cycle safety training there were in (a) Test Valley borough and (b) Southampton in each of the last five years. (287763)

We do not hold this information.

There are over 3,000 national standard trainers in the country and over 170 organisations registered to deliver Bikeability training, the name under which the national standard is promoted in England.

This includes 10 organisations operating in Hampshire. Four of these, including the city council operate in Southampton. We do not hold details of how many national standard trainers each training organisation employs.

We have no information on the number of people who may deliver other forms of cycle training which does not meet the national standard in the Test Valley, Southampton or nationally.

Damian McBride

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport on what date the Secretary of State last met Mr. Damian McBride in the course of his official duties. (287406)

The Secretary of State for Transport has never met Mr. McBride in the course of his official duties.

Departmental Conditions of Employment

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport for what reasons his Department’s new probation policy does not make provision for women to take maternity leave during the probation period. (287209)

[holding answer 16 July 2009]: The Department for Transport’s (central Department) staff handbook contains employees’ contractual entitlements to maternity leave. These entitlements are unaffected by the Department’s new probationary policy, which applies only to the central Department and not its agencies. In practical terms, new employees are unlikely to be taking maternity leave during their probationary period. If, however, the situation did arise, the employee would be entitled to take maternity leave in accordance with the maternity leave provisions in the staff handbook. In such a case, the employee’s probationary period would be frozen and recommenced upon the employee’s return from maternity leave.

Departmental Data Protection

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport how many (a) attempts and (b) successful attempts were made to gain unauthorised access to each (i) database and (ii) ICT system run by his Department in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (286540)

It is not in the interests of the UK's national security for Departments to confirm information on the number of attempts, successful or otherwise, to gain unauthorised access to departmental systems or databases. Such disclosure could undermine the integrity and security of departmental systems and thereby expose them to potential threats.

The Department for Transport complies with the mandatory requirements of the security policy framework in relation to information security including managing the risk of unauthorised access to ICT systems.

Departmental Electronic Equipment

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport how many (a) photocopiers, (b) scanning devices and (c) fax machines, excluding multi-function devices, there are in his Department; how many there were in each of the last three years; and if he will make a statement. (286165)

The figures for the Department for Transport and its Agencies for photocopiers, scanning devices (SDs) and fax machines (FMs), excluding multi-function devices (MFDs), are given in the following table. The Department's policy is to gradually replace photocopiers and scanners with MFDs in accordance with the ‘Greening Government ICT Strategy’ published in July 2008:

2006

2007

2008

2009

Comments

Department for Transport (central)

n/a

25 copiers

25 copiers

25 copiers

2007 figures produced by a specific audit. 2008 and 2009 figures not readily available but estimated to be similar to 2007.

42 SDs

42 SDs

42 SDs

56 FMs

56 FMs (estimated)

56 FMs (estimated)

Driver and Vehicle Licensing Agency

n/a

202 copiers

174 copiers

171 copiers

All figures unavailable for 2006, and SD and FM figures for earlier three years unavailable.

86 SDs

353 FMs

Highways Agency

n/a

n/a

n/a

0 copiers

Figures for first three years unavailable. HA began phasing out standalone machines in 2005 and replacing with MFDs. 2009 figures are just a residue.

2 SDs

7 FMs

Driving Standards Agency

0 copiers

0 copiers

0 copiers

0 copiers

All copiers are MFDs.

12 SDs

12 SDs

13 SDs

13 SDs

462 FMs

459 FMs

447 FMs

445 FMs

Maritime and Coastguard Agency

148 SDs

148 SDs

148 SDs

148 SDs

No central record of copiers kept. SD and FM figures constant over last few years.

205 FMs

205 FMs

205 FMs

205 FMs

Vehicle and Operator Services Agency

n/a

n/a

n/a

12 SDs

All copiers are MFDs. Scanning device figures are only available for 2009. Fax machine figures unavailable.

Vehicle Certification Agency

4 copiers

4 copiers

4 copiers

4 copiers

Review due this year with a view to replacing with MFDs.

5 SDs

6 SDs

7 SDs

8 SDs

6 FMs

6 FMs

6 FMs

6 FMs

Government Car and Despatch Agency

4 copiers

4 copiers

4 copiers

4 copiers

3 SDs

3 SDs

3 SDs

3 SDs

Have had the same equipment for several years.

8 FMs

8 FMs

8 FMs

8 FMs

Departmental Procurement

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what progress his Department has made in implementing the recommendations of the Glover report in its procurement processes. (287144)

The Department for Transport is working with the Office of Government Commerce on the “Access for All” programme which is the specific response to the Glover report. This programme is currently developing a detailed programme of work in response to each of the 12 key Glover recommendations.

First Great Western

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport pursuant to the written ministerial statement of 14 July 2009, Official Report, column 14WS, on the First Great Western franchise, how much of the £29 million funding for passenger benefits has been (a) spent and (b) allocated for expenditure; and what system will be used to monitor the performance of First Great Western in meeting its franchise agreement in the future. (288083)

Benefits have been delivered to passengers since last year, but the relevant dates by which the £29 million must be spent have not yet been reached. The Department for Transport will seek written evidence of compliance with the spending obligations.

Galileo

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport when he expects the Galileo satellite navigation system to become fully functional. (287733)

The European Commission envisages the deployment of the Galileo satellite constellation and the establishment of the ground-based infrastructure to run until 2013 and for initial operations to commence in that time frame. Operational capability will be confirmed when the certification of the system, and standard operational measures have been assured and the technical performance and stability of the system have met the mission and performance requirements. This is expected to take place during the exploitation phase of the programme starting from 2014.

Great North Eastern Railway: Connex

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what estimate he has made of the cost to the public purse of (a) GNER and (b) Connex surrendering their franchise. (283039)

The only franchise that has failed is Connex South Eastern. The Strategic Rail Authority incurred costs of £3.8 million, over and above those recovered from Connex. The details can be found in the National Audit Office's report of December 2005, available on their website at:

http://www.nao.org.uk/publications/0506/the_south_eastern passenger_ra.aspx

The former GNER franchise was not surrendered, but was converted to a management contract before being re-let. The costs incurred by the Department for Transport were covered from the franchisee.

Heathrow Airport

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what mechanisms his Department has planned for the determination of planning applications in respect of the expansion of Heathrow airport in circumstances in which his Department’s proposed special administration regime for major airports is in use. (287905)

The preparation and timing of any planning application for a third runway and associated terminal facilities at Heathrow airport are a matter for the airport operator. Such a development would be likely to meet the 2008 Planning Act’s threshold for a nationally significant airport infrastructure project. The planning application would therefore be subject to consideration by the new Infrastructure Planning Commission if received after March 2010 when the relevant threshold in the Planning Act is due to be commenced.

As part of a recent consultation on proposals to reform the economic regulation of airports, the Department for Transport sought views on a package of proposed measures to strengthen the financial resilience of airports in order to protect consumers. We are currently considering responses to the consultation and will announce our decision in due course.

Helicopters

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what legislative provisions govern the landing of helicopters on private land. (287790)

A helicopter landing on private land must comply at all times with relevant aviation safety legislation, including the rules governing low flying set out in the rules of the air 2007.

There are no planning rules in England specifically governing the landing of helicopters on private land. It is for local planning authorities to determine, in the first instance, whether planning permission would be required, taking into account the individual circumstances of each case.

Invalid Vehicles

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport how responsibility for enforcement of Class 2/3 weight and speed restrictions for powered mobility products is exercised; and by whom. (287991)

Class 2 and class 3 powered mobility scooters have to comply with specific speed and weight requirements which are set down in the Use of Invalid Carriages on Highways Regulations 1988. There is currently no official body that routinely checks that class 2 and class 3 scooters conform to these requirements. Local enforcement bodies, including the police, do take an interest in their use and will take action when they are misused.

In addition the Department for Health and Medical and Health Regulatory Authority work with British manufacturers to ensure that the safety and construction standards for mobility scooters are met.

National Express

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport if he will place in the Library a copy of the joint letter of 1 May signed by Dr. Mike Mitchell of his Department and Ray O’Toole of National Express. (288050)

National Express East Coast

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what steps he is taking to prevent service disruption on the East Coast Main Line prior to the anticipated default by National Express. (288053)

The Government have established a publicly owned company, which will take over the management of the franchise when National Express East Coast ceases to operate. The Department for Transport is working with National Express to ensure and orderly handover of operations.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport pursuant to the statement of 1 July 2009, Official Report, columns 424-26, on National Express east coast franchise, what assessment he has made of the effect on his Department’s budget for rail Control Period Four, 2009-14, of changes to the National Express east coast franchise. (288189)

The Department for Transport has sufficient budget cover to fund any shortfall for the operation of services on the East Coast Main Line at the point that National Express East Coast ceases to operate under their current franchise agreement. The Government intend to re-let the franchise in due course; the requirement for public support thereafter will depend upon the terms of the winning bid awarded by a competitive process.

North London Railway Line

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport by what date his Department expects to be able to quantify the savings made under the North London Line Camden Road freight scheme announced last year. (288058)

The cost and final specification of the scheme are being assessed by Network Rail which is taking the scheme through its project development process. The final cost will be determined by the scheme design of which Network Rail will have a preliminary indication in spring 2010.

Ports: Non-domestic Rates

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what recent representations his Department has received on the effect on firms located in ports of the application of retrospective business rates in the last six months. (288521)

Since 1 January 2009 the Department for Transport has received several such representations from a cargo services business in Grimsby and I have answered a parliamentary question from the hon. Member for Preseli Pembrokeshire (Mr. Crabb), on 25 June 2009, Official Report, column 1078W.

Railways: Finance

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport how much his Department plans to spend on subsidy to train operators in 2009-10. (286306)

The Department for Transport maintains financial forecasts of anticipated subsidy payable to train operating companies. However, this information is commercially confidential and market sensitive.

Historic subsidy payments are published in National Rail Trends which is available on the Office of Rail Regulation's website at:

www.rail-reg.gov.uk

Copies are also available in the Library of the House.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport if he will estimate the cost to the public purse of the privatisation of the rail network. (286593)

The historic costs associated with the privatisation of the railway have been published in the annual reports of the various bodies involved in the process. The following table sets out the reported costs of those organisations between 1991-92 and 1996-97:

£ million

Department of Transport

93.2

Office of Rail Passenger Franchising

93.5

Office of Rail Regulation

27.3

British Rail

332.2

Railtrack

78.0

Total

624.2

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport how many rail franchises other than the East Coast Main Line are at red on his Department’s financial risk scale. (288052)

The Department for Transport reviews the operational and financial performance of train operating companies on a regular basis, as part of its routine monitoring of the contractual arrangements between the Department and its franchise holders. That internal analysis is commercially confidential.

Railways: Franchises

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport which existing rail franchises he expects to return a premium to his Department by the end of the franchise period. (286074)

Based on existing contracted amounts it is anticipated that the following franchises will return a premium over the life of the contract:

Chiltern

First Great Western

South West Trains

East Midlands Trains

First Capital Connect

NX East Anglia

Southern Trains.

However, overall net premium payments are dependent on any revenue support payments.

NX East Coast has to date paid premiums, and is contracted to do so over the remainder of the franchise.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport how much his Department expects to receive in premiums from rail franchises in financial year 2009-10. (286900)

[holding answer 14 July 2009]: Contracted premiums currently receivable under franchise agreements in 2009-10 total £319 million.

Railways: North West

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what recent steps he has taken to improve rail services in the North West. (287976)

The North West has benefited considerably from the £8.9 million upgrade of the west coast main line. Since December 2008, more and faster trains have run between London and Chester, Liverpool, Manchester, and major towns and cities between Crewe and Glasgow. Northern Rail services were also improved on the route between Bradford and Manchester and the Cumbrian coast line. Investment to improve reliability has resulted in the best levels of performance ever experienced by Northern Rail during the four-week period ending 30 May 2009.

Railways: Overcrowding

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport pursuant to the answer of 26 March 2009, Official Report, column 576W, on railways: overcrowding, when the passengers in excess of capacity measure will be replaced; what measure for monitoring passenger numbers was used in 2008; and what measure for monitoring passenger numbers will be used for 2009. (279313)

The Department for Transport will continue to monitor passenger numbers against capacity and does not plan to replace this measure.

The Office for Rail Regulation publishes statistics on passengers in excess of capacity in National Rail Trends:

http://www.rail-reg.gov.uk/upload/pdf/rolling-c1-railusage.pdf

In 2008 a measure was published for train operating companies covering London and the south-east. The same measure will be updated in the National Rail Trends Yearbook when it becomes available on 30 July 2009.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport pursuant to the answer of 26 March 2009, Official Report, column 576W, on railways: overcrowding, what capacity benchmarks are used for each franchise let after 2004; and how operators are measured against those benchmarks. (279314)

Franchises let since 2004 include a performance regime which requires, where appropriate, a franchisee to report actual provision of seating capacity against that scheduled. This regime is based on targets, which usually require the franchisee to progressively improve actual provision compared with planned provision, over the life of the franchise.

The specific arrangements for each operator can viewed on the Department for Transport's website at the following address:

http://www.dft.gov.uk/pgr/rail/passenger/publicregister/current/

Roads: Accidents

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport if he will use the powers under section 180 (1) of the Road Traffic Act 1988 to provide for the establishment of investigations on the same basis as those conducted by air and rail accident investigation branches in order to determine the underlying causes of road traffic accidents. (287706)

All fatal collisions on our roads are investigated in great detail by police accident investigators. We are working to improve the analysis of their data which will develop our understanding of the causes of these collisions and focus further measures to prevent deaths on the roads. This work is supplemented by detailed analysis of a sample of collisions by road safety researchers.

We see no case to duplicate this effort by establishing a road accident investigation branch. However, we recently proposed the establishment of an independent expert panel to look at the pattern of fatal accidents on our roads and, on the basis of that analysis, recommend ways to reduce further the number of deaths on our roads.

Roads: Safety

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport pursuant to the Second Special Report from the Transport Committee, HC 422, Further Government Response to the Eleventh Report of the Transport Committee of Session 2007-08, whether his Department has decided upon the creation of an anonymised database of selected information from police investigations which is not available from the Stats 19 database. (288508)

The consultation document “A Safer Way” included the option of creating an anonymised database of selected information (not available from the Stats 19) from police investigations into fatal collisions. The consultation closed 14 July and we are now starting to analyse the responses received. We are continuing to review the availability of data on collisions with a view to improving our understanding of the causes of collisions.

Rolling Stock

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what orders for rail carriages have been placed to date under his Department's provision for new carriages under Delivering a Sustainable Railway; when he expects the remainder of such orders to be placed; and when he expects delivery of carriages arising from such orders to (a) commence and (b) be completed. (288043)

543 vehicles have been ordered to date.

Discussions are continuing with train operating companies for the additional vehicles and announcements on these orders will be made in due course.

Rolling Stock: Procurement

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport on what date he estimates that the (a) first and (b) last of the 202 new diesel train carriages will be delivered. (288277)

Severn River Crossing

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what information he holds on the number of vehicles in category three which used the Severn Crossing in each of the last five years; and if he will make an estimate of the number of such vehicles registered in (a) England, (b) Wales, (c) Northern Ireland, (d) Scotland and (e) other EU member states which used that crossing in each such year. (288048)

The numbers of category 3 vehicles recorded travelling westbound on both Severn crossings in the last five years are recorded in the following table.

2008

2007

2006

2005

2004

January

137,759

134,869

129,761

127,078

129,840

February

136,686

129,896

126,091

128,835

128,570

March

135,672

149,375

148,576

142,514

149,912

April

142,564

138,498

132,031

142,484

138,525

May

141,324

148,754

145,714

138,623

138,604

June

137,414

145,641

147,376

145,306

146,776

July

144,900

151,450

143,295

142,417

148,518

August

129,931

146,676

143,308

140,714

139,502

September

138,264

141,487

142,566

143,872

147,489

October

142,618

154,104

148,308

143,056

144,250

November

128,216

151,385

149,910

146,799

148,896

December

119,414

126,566

126,594

127,921

132,820

Total

1,634,762

1,718,701

1,683,530

1,669,619

1,693,702

The number of category 3 vehicles registered in England, Wales, Northern Ireland, Scotland and other EU member states which use the crossings is not known. The operator of the crossings, Severn River Crossing Plc, does not collate such data.

Transport: Costs

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what research his Department has undertaken or evaluated on the external costs associated with (a) holiday flights and (b) private motoring, with particular reference to environmental costs. (287894)

The “Aviation Emissions Cost Assessment 2008”, which focuses on climate change impacts, was published in July 2008. This research does not attempt to identify the impacts of ‘holiday flights’ separately from other flights.

A research report, “Surface Transport Costs and Charges” commissioned by the Department for Transport (DfT), provides estimates of the external costs of car use and was published August 2001.

A list of the current values for external costs used in transport appraisal is also available in DfT's online Transport Analysis Guidance ‘Webtag’:

www.webtag.org.uk

Transport: Finance

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport with reference to proposals contained in the Building Britain’s Future document, Cm 7654, how much funding his Department proposes to provide for (a) electrification of the railways, (b) a North-South high-speed rail line, (c) incentives for the take-up of low carbon buses and (d) a National Cycle Plan in the next five years; and when he expects such funding to be made available. (288188)

The work electrifying the railways will be taken forward by Network Rail. Their costs will be added to their Regulated Asset Base, and reimbursed through Track Access Charges and Network Grant determined, in the usual way, by as part of the regulatory review process run by the Office of Rail Regulation.

“High Speed Two”, the company set up by the Secretary of State for Transport to advise on the development of new high speed rail lines, has been asked to report by the end of the year on the planning, technological, capacity, value for money and funding issues involved. The Government will decide on future work programmes and funding mechanisms in the light of that advice.

In the meantime, HS2 has been allocated a budget of some £7.1 million for the current year.

We have announced a £30 million fund to support the purchase of new low carbon buses in England, available over the current financial year and next financial year. In addition, bus operators are now eligible to receive an extra payment through Bus Service Operators’ Grant of 6p per kilometre for services operated by a low carbon bus.

The forthcoming National Cycle Plan will set out the overall future strategy for cycling. Cycling England’s existing budget is £60 million in each of 2009-10 and 2010-11. In addition, the Secretary of State announced in July that a further £5 million would be available to pay for cycle improvements at railway stations.

Detailed decisions on funding for these areas in later years will be made when the Department’s overall budget is allocated as part of normal Government-wide processes.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport pursuant to the answer of 25 March 2009, Official Report, column 375W, on transport: finance, what his most recent estimate is of the levels of spending on transport in the period up to 2017 in respect of the commitment to double spending on transport in the period 1997 to 2017 set out in the answer. (288216)

“Comprehensive Spending Review 2007—Meeting the Aspirations of the British People” (Cm 7227) announced a long-term funding guideline for public spending by the Department for Transport, with £19.7 billion spending in 2017-18.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport pursuant to the answer of 25 March 2009, Official Report, column 375W, on transport: finance, what his most recent estimate is of the projected levels of long-term funding for his Department in order to provide for the 2.25 per cent. real growth in the Long-Term Funding Guideline to 2018-19 set out in the answer. (288217)

The annual figures for the long-term funding guideline for transport announced in “Comprehensive Spending Review 2007—Meeting the Aspirations of the British People” (Cm 7227) for the years beyond the current spending review period, were as set out in the following table.

£ billion

2011-12

14.7

2012-13

15.4

2013-14

16.2

2014-15

17.0

2015-16

17.8

2016-17

18.7

2017-18

19.7

2018-19

20.7

Travel

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport (1) what estimate he has made of the average cost per return journey by (a) air, (b) rail and (c) car between (i) London and Edinburgh, (ii) London and Glasgow, (iii) London and Manchester, (iv) London and Aberdeen, (v) London and Newcastle, (vi) Birmingham and Edinburgh, (vii) Birmingham and Glasgow, (viii) Bristol and Edinburgh, (ix) Bristol and Glasgow, (x) Edinburgh and Manchester and (xi) London and Newquay; (288046)

(2) what estimate his Department has made of the number of people who travelled from (a) London to Edinburgh, (b) London to Glasgow, (c) London to Manchester, (d) London to Aberdeen, (e) London to Newcastle, (f) Birmingham to Edinburgh, (g) Birmingham to Glasgow, (h) Bristol to Edinburgh, (i) Bristol to Glasgow, (j) Edinburgh to Manchester and (k) London to Newquay at least once in the last year for which information is available; and what estimate he has made of the number and proportion of such journeys undertaken by (i) rail, (ii) air and (iii) car in that period.

The Department for Transport’s only source of large-scale cross-modal travel data is the National Travel Survey (NTS). This can be used to provide broad estimates of the percentage modal share on major inter-region transport corridors, such as London to the West Midlands and London to the North-West, as shown in the following table:

Long distance journeys by mode, 2002-06

Percentage

Between London and the North-West

Between London and the West Midlands

Car/van

46

73

Surface Rail/LT Underground

40

20

Bus inc. private (hire) bus

5

6

Air

8

0

Other

1

1

Total

100

100

However, the NTS sample size is insufficient to provide comparable data on the specific city-to-city routes listed in the question. Moreover, the NTS cannot provide robust estimates of total numbers of people travelling between specific cities in a given year, nor on the relative cost of different travel modes for a given journey. This information is therefore not available centrally and could be obtained only at disproportionate cost.

The calculation of average journey costs between pairs of cities is a complex area, requiring detailed knowledge of routes, the modes taken, the time of day of travel, etc. One flexible source for information is the Department’s Transport Direct website at:

www.transportdirect.info

It gives an indicative cost for a car journey between any two British postcodes, and offers the public transport costs as alternatives where possible.

Wales

Departmental Accountancy

To ask the Secretary of State for Wales when he expects to publish his Department's resource accounts for 2008-09. (287345)

The Wales Office accounts are consolidated within the Ministry of Justice Resource Accounts, not published separately. The Ministry of Justice Resource Accounts are to be laid in Parliament today, 20 July 2009.

Welsh Language Board

To ask the Secretary of State for Wales what the total annual cost of the Welsh Language Board has been in each year since it was established. (288510)

Since devolution, the funding of the Welsh Language Board has been a matter for the National Assembly for Wales. The following grant in aid payments have been made to the Welsh Language Board since its creation in 1993:

£000

1993-94

129

1994-95

1,797

1995-96

1,953

1996-97

2,000

1997-98

5,692

1998-99

5,762

1999-2000

5,929

2000-01

6,330

2001-02

7,127

2002-03

6,828

2003-04

11,584

2004-05

12,329

2005-06

12,677

2006-07

13,441

2007-08

13,454

2008-09

13,534

The increase in funding in 1997-98 relates to the transfer of funding for a number of organisations from the then Welsh Office to the Board. The 2002-03 rise was due to additional funding to coincide with the publication of the Welsh Assembly Government's "laith Pawb" scheme.

Scotland

Damian McBride

To ask the Secretary of State for Scotland on what date he last met Mr. Damian McBride in the course of his official duties. (287420)

Departmental Databases

To ask the Secretary of State for Scotland what information databases his Department (a) maintain and (b) uses which do not contain personal information. (284387)

The Scotland Office maintains and uses the following databases;

1. Ministerial Correspondence database

2. Freedom of Information database

3. Secretary of State stakeholder database

4. Parliamentary Question database

5. HR database

6. Invoices paid database

7. Travel database

All databases which we hold and which contain personal data adhere to the provisions of the Data Protection Act. In addition, following the publication of the cross government data handling review, new projects and programmes that would hold significant amounts of personal data are obliged to conduct privacy impact assessments.

To ask the Secretary of State for Scotland (1) what categories of personal information on members of the public are contained on each database which contains such data managed by his Department and its agencies; when each category of information was first collected; and if he will make a statement; (284898)

(2) what databases managed by his Department and its agencies hold personal information on members of the public; on what date each such database became operational; and if he will make a statement;

(3) which of the planned databases that will be managed by his Department or one of its agencies and which will hold personal information on members of the public are expected to become operational in each of the next five years; and if he will make a statement;

(4) what categories of personal information on members of the public will be held on each of his Department’s databases expected to become operational in the next five years; what estimate he has made of the likely number of individuals’ details each such database will hold when fully operational; and if he will make a statement.

The Scotland Office owns very few databases, there are three that contain information about members of the public. The details held are names and contact details, unless otherwise stated.

1. Ministerial Correspondence database—includes the names of members of the public who asked the question.

2. Freedom of Information database—includes the names of members of the public who asked the question.

3. Secretary of State stakeholder database—includes some members of the public.

There are no current plans to store any new data or categories of personal information on members of the public across the Scotland Office as a whole.

All databases which we hold and which contain personal data adhere to the provisions of the Data Protection Act. In addition, following the publication of the cross government data handling review, new projects and programmes that hold significant amounts of personal data are obliged to conduct privacy impact assessments.

All of our databases containing personal information are stored on secure networks and have limited access. The Scotland Office does not permit uncontrolled transfer of these data to unsecured media.

Departmental Internet

To ask the Secretary of State for Scotland pursuant to the answer of 13 July 2009, Official Report, column 1W, on departmental internet, what the (a) names and (b) versions are of the web browsers used on the (i) desktop machines and (ii) laptop computers used by his Department’s (A) permanent secretary, (B) chief information officer, (C) head of communications and (D) head of finance. (288991)

The Scotland Office shares an information technology system (SCOTS) with the Scottish Executive, which is responsible for the development, administration and maintenance of the system, including the provision of hardware and software. All users on the SCOTS system use Internet Explorer 6.

Departmental Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Scotland what percentage of employees in his Department are (a) women and (b) men; and what the average hourly pay is of (i) male and (ii) female employees. (288603)

Staffing information containing the gender breakdown of the Scotland Office are published in the Office’s annual report; available in the House Library or on our website at:

http://www.scotlandoffice.gov.uk/scotlandoffice/10797.135.html

As all staff in the Scotland Office are on secondment from the Scottish Executive or the Ministry of Justice the Office reimburses those Departments for the costs involved. The Office does not maintain a record of the hourly pay of staff; such information is held by the parent Departments.

Departmental Publications

To ask the Secretary of State for Scotland pursuant to the answer of 15 July 2009, whether special advisers in his Department were involved in the drafting of the background paper Scotland and Oil. (288759)

Special advisers in the Scotland Office, work with the permanent civil service, and provide advice and assistance to Ministers across the range of their activities in accordance with the Code of Conduct for Special Advisers.

Fuels: Prices

To ask the Secretary of State for Scotland when his Department’s officials last met HM Treasury officials to discuss the proposals for a reduced fuel prices pilot scheme in island communities in Scotland. (287717)

Officials in the Scotland Office have discussions with HMT officials on a regular basis on a variety of issues.

To ask the Secretary of State for Scotland (1) what steps his Department has taken to identify suitable locations for the pilot scheme for reduced fuel prices in island communities in Scotland; (287718)

(2) what plans he has for a pilot scheme for reduced fuel prices in the Highlands and Islands; and when the scheme is planned to start.

The Government have no plans to introduce such a scheme. While the Government recognise the impact of higher fuel prices on those living in island communities in Scotland and in other rural areas across the UK, such prices are set by fuel producers and suppliers as a result of their commercial judgments, driven by market forces. OFT reports have repeatedly shown that markets are functioning properly in rural areas such as north-west Scotland and the Scottish islands, but any evidence of anti-competitive behaviour on the part of fuel sellers can of course be brought to their attention.

The Secretary of State met with the hon. Member for Argyll and Bute (Mr. Reid) at his request to discuss these issues.

Prime Minister

Damian McBride

To ask the Prime Minister (1) on what date he last met Mr Damian McBride in the course of his official duties; (287363)

(2) on what date each of his special advisers last met Mr Damian McBride in the course of their official duties.

I refer the right hon. Member to the answers I gave during Prime Minister’s Questions to the hon. Member for Ilford, North (Mr. Scott) on 17 June 2009, Official Report, columns 301-2 and the hon. Member for Rochford and Southend, East (James Duddridge) on 24 June 2009, Official Report, column 791.

Departmental E-mail

To ask the Prime Minister pursuant to his answer to the hon. Member for Birkenhead of 3 July 2009, Official Report, column 499W, on email, at what address members of the public are able to email him; on what date the account was set up; how often the account is checked; and what account he takes of the emails he receives from members of the public in his formulation of policy. (286120)

The present e-mail system went live in April 2009 and is available on the No. 10 website at:

https://email.number10.gov.uk/

Emails are checked on a regular basis.

Departmental Reorganisation

To ask the Prime Minister what the cost has been of restructuring the machinery of Government since 2007. (280665)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave the hon. Member for Sutton and Cheam (Mr. Burstow) on 15 June 2009, Official Report, column 51W.

In addition, I have today placed in the Libraries of both Houses a paper by the Cabinet Office which sets out the functions of Departments following the creation of the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills.

Derek Draper

To ask the Prime Minister pursuant to the answer of 7 May 2009, Official Report, column 379W, on Chequers, for what reason Mr Derek Draper was invited to attend Chequers on 16 November 2008. (287277)

A list of guests who have received official hospitality at Chequers is published on an annual basis. For information for the financial year 2008-09 I refer the right hon. Member to the written ministerial statement I made to the House on 16 July 2009, Official Report, columns 70-73WS.

Derek Draper and Charlie Whelan

To ask the Prime Minister when he last (a) met and (b) communicated with (i) Mr Derek Draper and (ii) Mr Charlie Whelan in the course of his official duties. (287352)

My officials and I have meetings with a wide range of organisations and individuals on a range of subjects.

Eastern Europe

To ask the Prime Minister pursuant to the answer of 3 July 2009, Official Report, column 499W, on Eastern Europe, on what occasions since June 2007 he has met (a) President Václav Klaus of the Czech Republic, (b) President Lech Kaczynski of Poland and (c) President Dmitri Medvedev of the Russian Federation (i) in the UK, (ii) in each leader's home country and (iii) elsewhere. (287594)

I have nothing further to add to the answer I gave the hon. Member on 3 July 2009, Official Report, column 499W.

European Commission

To ask the Prime Minister (1) what criteria he plans to adopt in determining the Government’s position on the selection of the next President of the European Commission; (287743)

(2) what criteria he plans to adopt in selecting the next UK candidate for the European Commission.

Former Ministers: Pay

To ask the Prime Minister (1) whether Lord Carter of Barnes (a) has received or (b) will receive payment on leaving Ministerial office; (289076)

(2) which former Ministers (a) received and (b) elected to forego payments following their departure from Ministerial office in June 2009.

Severance pay is payable in accordance with section 4 of the Ministerial and other Pensions and Salaries Act 1991.

Iraq Committee of Inquiry

To ask the Prime Minister pursuant to the answer of 13 July 2009, Official Report, columns 104-8W, on the Iraq Committee of Inquiry: finance, how he plans to update the House on progress made during the summer adjournment on the work being taken forward by the Cabinet Office on the Government's support to, and liaison with, the Chilcot inquiry; and if he will make a statement. (288060)

I have nothing further to add to the answer I gave my hon. Friend on 13 July 2009, Official Report, columns 104-8W.

Iraq: Armed Conflict

To ask the Prime Minister which of the matters referred to in his statement of 15 June 2009, Official Report, columns 21-24 on Iraq he would classify as containing the (a) costs and (b) benefits to the UK of participation in the Iraq war and occupation. (283730)

I refer my hon. Friend to the answer I gave her on 26 June 2009, Official Report, column 1190W. In addition on costs, I refer my hon. Friend to the answer given by my right hon. Friend the then Defence Secretary (Mr. Hutton) on 23 February 2009, Official Report, column 33W.

Lord Carter

To ask the Prime Minister whether Lord Carter received a severance payment on relinquishing his role as chief of strategy and principal adviser at 10 Downing Street. (287292)

Lord Mandelson

To ask the Prime Minister what responsibilities Lord Mandelson has as First Secretary of State. (287293)

I refer the right hon. Member to the machinery of government press notice issued by my Office. Copies are available in the Library of the House and are also available on the No. 10 website at:

http://www.number10.gov.uk/Paqe19525

Members: Correspondence

To ask the Prime Minister pursuant to the answer of 10 June 2009, Official Report, column 784, when he plans to write to the hon. Member for South-West Bedfordshire following the meeting on 24 June 2009 to set out the steps he is taking to address the issues raised. (288071)

I have arranged for my right hon. and learned Friend the Minister of State for Health (Mr. O'Brien) to reply to the hon. Member following our meeting.

Official Gifts

To ask the Prime Minister, if he will publish a list of gifts valued at over £140 which were purchased by his predecessor on leaving office; and if he will make a statement. (287745)

I refer the hon. Member to the written ministerial statement I made on 22 July 2008, Official Report, column 102WS.

To ask the Prime Minister, when he plans to place in the Library a copy of the list of ministerial gifts received and valued over £140 for 2007-08. (287746)

I refer the hon. Member to the written ministerial statement I made on 16 July 2009, Official Report, column 66WS.

Official Residences

To ask the Prime Minister whether the official residence in South Eaton Place has been sold. (286893)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer given to him by my hon. Friend the Minister for Borders and Immigration at the Home Office (Mr. Woolas) on 14 July 2009, Official Report, column 310W.

To ask the Prime Minister what use will be made of the Ministerial residence in Admiralty House following Lord Malloch-Brown’s departure from the Government. (286894)

Public Expenditure

To ask the Prime Minister pursuant to the answer of 1 July 2009, Official Report, column 294, what he meant by the phrase a zero per cent. rise in 2013-14. (285202)

Spending budgets and forecasts are set out in Budget 2009. I also refer the hon. Member to the press briefing given by my spokesman on 1 July 2009. A transcript of this is available on the No. 10 website at:

http://www.number10.gov.uk/Page19909

and a copy has been placed in the Library of the House.

Olympics

Olympic Park

5. To ask the Minister for the Olympics what recent progress has been made on the construction of the Olympic park for the London 2012 Olympics. (287470)

Construction of the Olympic park venues and infrastructure is progressing well.

Building work is well under way on the five main park venues: the stadium, aquatics centre, velodrome, the athletes’ village and the international broadcast centre/main press centre, and is ahead of schedule in some cases.

39.2 per cent. of the Olympic Delivery Authority’s programme is now complete.

Prostitution

7. To ask the Minister for the Olympics if she will hold discussions with the Secretary of State for the Home Department on policy to minimise levels of prostitution associated with the number of tourists expected to attend the London 2012 Olympics. (287472)

I have regular discussions with Home Office Ministers on the London 2012 safety and security programme. This is one of many issues that have and will continue to be discussed.

We are currently seeing no evidence to suggest an increase in the sex industry or human trafficking in relation to the games. However, police services will continue to monitor and will respond to the situation should it change before or during the Olympics.

Cycling

8. To ask the Minister for the Olympics what progress has been made in constructing the facilities for cycling events at the London 2012 Olympics. (287473)

Construction of the velodrome—designed to be the world’s fastest track—commenced in March, is progressing as scheduled, and is on track to be completed in early 2011. The foundations of the venue are complete and work on the concrete slabs and ground to concourse columns has commenced.

Construction of the BMX facilities, adjacent to the velodrome will commence in 2010.

The more temporary facilities at Hadleigh farm for the mountain biking events and at Regents park for the finish of the road cycling events will be constructed nearer to 2012.

Housing

To ask the Minister for the Olympics what steps are being taken to ensure that housing built for the London 2012 Olympics will be available for use by local people after the games. (287468)

After the games the Olympic village, as planned from the outset, will be converted into a mix of private and social housing available for take-up by local people and others.

Nearly 50 per cent. of the 2,818 homes will be provided as affordable by Triathlon Homes, a consortium which includes a Stratford-based registered landlord, East Thames Housing Group.

The allocation of affordable homes will be agreed between Triathlon Homes and the London borough of Newham in the context of national housing policies and the London Mayor’s housing strategy.

Legacy: Scotland

To ask the Minister for the Olympics what recent discussions she has had on the legacy for Scotland from the London 2012 Olympics. (287471)

Construction of the Olympic Park venues and infrastructure is progressing well.

Building work is well under way on the five main Park venues: the stadium, aquatics centre, velodrome, the athletes’ village and the international broadcast centre/main press centre, and is ahead of schedule in some cases.

39.2 per cent. of the Olympic Delivery Authority’s programme is now complete.

Departmental Consultants

To ask the Minister for the Olympics (1) how much (a) the Olympic Delivery Authority and (b) her Office spent on consultancy fees in (i) 2007-08 and (ii) 2008-09; (274955)

(2) when she plans to answer Question 274955, tabled by the hon. Member for South-West Surrey on 7 May 2009, on consultancy fees.

[holding answer 12 May 2009]: The procurement of consultancy services by both Government Olympic Executive (GOE) and Olympic Delivery Authority (ODA) is a planned response to the need to deliver the Government’s commitments and guarantees to deliver the London 2012 games on time and within a budget of £9.325 billion.

The consultants provide valuable short term support or key specialist skills and expertise not otherwise readily available.

The use of consultants has enabled us to make excellent progress across the many facets of the Olympic programme and in particular in the construction of the Olympic venues and development of legacy planning. As well as rapid progress we have seen significant savings across the venues and infrastructure construction programme, whose anticipated final cost fell by £179 million from £7,413 million when we published the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games annual report in January 2009 to £7,234 million when we published our quarterly economic report in May 2009.

As the International Olympic Committee recently recognised, inputs such as these are continuing to transform the lower Lea valley and provide a lasting legacy for the people of London and the UK.

Spending by the Olympic Delivery Authority on consultancy fees reduced from £19.8 million (3.7 per cent. of total ODA spend) in 2007-08 to £16 million (1.2 per cent.) in 2008-09.

This reduction reflects the shift from the planning, design and preparation phase of the programme, where consultancy costs are traditionally concentrated, to the development phase.

Spending by the Government Olympic Executive (GOE) on consultancy was £0.4 million in 2007-08 and £0.3 million in 2008-09, 4.6 per cent. and 3.4 per cent. respectively of GOE’s total budget.

Olympic Games 2012: Consultants

To ask the Minister for the Olympics how much the Olympic Delivery Authority has spent on consultants in each year since its creation. (279410)

The procurement of consultancy services by both Government Olympic Executive and Olympic Delivery Authority (ODA) is a planned response to the need to deliver the Government’s commitments and guarantees to deliver the London 2012 games on time and within a budget of £9.325 billion.

The consultants provide valuable short term support or key specialist skills and expertise not otherwise readily available.

The use of consultants has enabled us to make excellent progress across the many facets of the Olympic programme and in particular in the construction of the Olympic venues and development of legacy planning. As well as rapid progress we have seen significant savings across the venues and infrastructure construction programme, whose anticipated final cost fell by £179 million from £7,413 million when we published the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympics Games annual report in January 2009 to £7,234 million when we published our quarterly economic report in May 2009.

As the IOC recently recognised, inputs such as these are continuing to transform the lower Lea valley and provide a lasting legacy for the people of London and the UK.

Spending by the ODA on consultancy fees reduced from £19.8 million (3.7 per cent. of total ODA spend) in 2007-08 to £16 million (1.2 per cent.) in 2008-09.

This reduction reflects the shift from the planning, design and preparation phase of the programme, where consultancy costs are traditionally concentrated, to the development phase.

Spending by the ODA on consultancy fees in each completed financial year since its creation has been:

Consultancy fees (£ million)

2005-06

6.1

2006-07

13.7

2007-08

19.8

2008-09

16

Northern Ireland

Bomb Disposal

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many times the Army Bomb Disposal Squad has been deployed against (a) hoax and (b) real devices in each month of the last two years. (287646)

The following table shows the number of times that the Army Explosive Ordnance Disposal personnel (EOD) have been called out in respect of both hoax and real devices in each month over the last two years.

IED1/Incendiary2/Find3 call outs

Hoax4/False5 call outs

Total call outs

2007

July

16

10

26

August

11

1

12

September

26

5

31

October

23

6

29

November

15

2

17

December

17

5

22

2008

January

6

15

21

February

2

16

18

March

7

16

23

April

20

4

24

May

12

17

29

June

16

7

23

July

17

6

23

August

12

14

26

September

19

11

30

October

21

14

35

November

30

25

55

December

19

7

26

2009

January

19

4

23

February

18

9

27

March

28

51

79

April

22

29

51

May

24

11

35

June

22

17

39

1 IED—The report of EOD action which results in the total neutralisation, disruption or dismantling of an Improvised Explosive Device. 2 Incendiary—The report of the functioning of an IED which is primarily designed to cause damage by burning. 3 Find—The report of explosives or bomb-making components, weapons, ammunition or tools found by the police or security forces and confirmed by the EOD operator after full investigation. 4 Hoax—The report of an incident where, after full investigation, an object is discovered to be a simulated IED. 5 False—A report made in good faith of an object believed to be an IED which, upon full investigation, proves to be innocuous.

Departmental Buildings

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many square metres of floor space there are at each of the premises occupied by his Department. (285408)

The floor space occupied by the core Department is detailed in the following table. Buildings occupied by less than five individuals are not included.

Building

Area (m2)

Annexe A Dundonald House

390

Ballymena Chambers

2,358

Belfast Chambers

6,761

Castle Buildings

3,862

Foyle Chambers

2,360

Hillsborough Castle

124

Hillview

812

Knockview

1,640

Lagan House

947

Linum Chambers

2,710

Lisburn

2,887

Massey House

1,406

Millbank

3,116

Millennium House

2,174

Omagh Chambers

2,733

PSNI Headquarters

153

Royal Courts of Justice Belfast

1,194

Stormont House

500

Stormont House Annexe

1,725

Stormont House Bungalow

140

Unit 2 Walled Garden

350

Windsor House

2,469

Departmental Correspondence

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what the (a) target and (b) average actual time taken to respond to correspondence was of (i) his Department and (ii) its agencies in the most recent period for which figures are available. (284155)

With the exception of the Compensation Agency, the target for responding to correspondence (a) for my Department and agencies is 15 working days. The Compensation Agency works to a tighter target of 10 working days because of its closer direct contact with the general public.

Data on the actual time taken to respond to individual correspondence is not held centrally and to collate the average time taken (b), given the volumes of correspondence received, would therefore incur disproportionate costs.

My Department and agencies do however report annually on percentage of correspondence replied to within target timeframes. The most recent period for which performance against these targets is available is the 2008 calendar year, as set out in annex F of the Northern Ireland Office's 2009 departmental report

www.nio.gov.uk

Performance for the period 1 January 2008 to 31 December 2008 was as follows:

Number of letters received

Percentage replied to within target

NIO core

467

87.4

Northern Ireland Prison Service

2,204

99.6

Forensic Science Northern Ireland

64

99

Compensation Agency

61,209

98.7

Youth Justice Agency

94

98.9

Departmental Databases

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what information databases his Department (a) maintain and (b) uses which do not contain personal information. (284388)

The internal computer databases maintained by the Northern Ireland Office are listed as follows.

Any personal information stored in these databases is subject to the Data Protection Act and to the Northern Ireland Office data protection policy. Also following the publication of the cross government data handling review in June 2008, new projects and programmes that hold significant amounts of personal data are obliged to conduct privacy impact assessments.

Databases containing personal information

Mail Contact Addresses—Stats and Research;

Juvenile Justice Policy Stats database;

Mentally Disordered Offenders;

Fireworks;

CATS (Correspondence and Case Tracking);

Controlled Substances;

Shotfirers;

Prohibited Weapons;

MSER (Register of Explosives Stores);

Registered Premises;

Security Section database;

Firearm Appeals;

KPPS (Key Persons Protection Scheme) Database (.net version);

Security Vetting Database;

Pass Photograph Database;

Pass/Access control system;

Visits Section VIP Database;

Visits Section VVIP Database;

CATS (Correspondence and Case Tracking) Belfast (1);

CATS (Correspondence and Case Tracking) Belfast (2);

CATS (Correspondence and Case Tracking) London;

Board of Visitors database;

Neighbourhood Watch Registered Applications;

Neighbourhood Watch ID Cards;

Antisocial Behaviour Orders Database;

Integra;

Hospitality;

Flight Desk;

Hotel Bookings;

Financial Services Travel System;

Staff Welfare Database.

Databases not containing personal information

COMPASS;

CommVault;

File Registry Internal Audit;

Internal Audit Library;

Druid97;

SAP Solution Manager;

CJPD File Registry Database.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland which databases managed by his Department and its agencies hold personal information on members of the public; on what date each such database become operational; and if he will make a statement. (284902)

Details of the databases managed by the Northern Ireland Office and its agencies which hold personal information on members of the public and the date they became operational are listed in the following tables.

Any personal information stored in these databases is subject to the Data Protection Act and to the Northern Ireland Office data protection policy. Also following the publication of the cross government data handling review in June 2008, new projects and programmes that hold significant amounts of personal data are obliged to conduct privacy impact assessments.

Database name

Date

Mail Contact Addresses—Stats & Research

1996

Juvenile Justice Policy Stats database

1996

Mentally Disordered Offenders

2006

Juvenile Justice database

2004

Fireworks

1990

CATS (Correspondence & Case Tracking)

1990

Controlled Substances

1995

Shotfirers

1994

Prohibited Weapons

1997

MSER (Register of Explosives Stores)

2006

Registered Premises

1998

Security Section database

2000

Firearm Appeals

2001

KPPS (Key Persons Protection Scheme) Database (.net version)

2004

Security Vetting Database

2007

Pass Photograph Database

2001

Pass/ Access control system

2009

Visits Section VIP Database

2000

Visits Section VVJP Database

2004

CATS (Correspondence & Case Tracking) Belfast (1)

1990

CATS (Correspondence & Case Tracking) Belfast (2)

1990

CATS (Correspondence & Case Tracking) London

1990

Board of Visitors database

1990

JJC Juvenile Justice database

2004

Juvenile Justice Centre Incidents Database

2005

Youth Conference Service Database

2004

Youth Justice Agency Accounts System

2003

Youth Justice Agency Prompt Payment Database

2005

GOMISHQ and security

1995

Dead File Registry

1993

LSU Life Sentence Unit database

1993

Prisoners' Tuckshop

1996

Prisoners Private Cash

1996

File Registry Central Records

1996

Adjudication database

1999

Inmates medical fitness tests

1999

SASHA

1990

Operational Management Unit

1995

Litigation Database

1995

PAFIS (Prison Accounting and Financial System)

1997

DFITS (Departmental Finance IT system)

1997

VIRBS (Visitor Inmate Recognition and Booking System)

1999

SIPS (Secure Image Processing System)

2008

SIPS Viewer

2008

Alchemist

2000

Skillbuilders

2008

GOMIS 2

1995

Oscar 2 Wages

1995

Prisoner Release Victims Information Unit

2003

PRISM

2004

Neighbourhood Watch Registered Applications

2004

Neighbourhood Watch ID Cards

2006

Antisocial Behaviour Orders Database

2006

Integra

1997

Tarrif System

2002

Altos

1989

FSNI Case Management System

1982

DNA Database

1996

Asset 4000 Finance

2007

Agresso Finance

2006

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what categories of personal information about members of the public are contained on each relevant database managed by his Department and its agencies; on what date each category of information began to be collected; and if he will make a statement. (285972)

Details of the categories of personal information about members of the public held on databases managed by the Northern Ireland Office and its agencies and the date each category began to be collected are listed in the following tables.

Any personal information stored in these databases is subject to the Data Protection Act and to the Northern Ireland Office data protection policy. Also, following the publication of the cross-Government data handling review in June 2008, new projects and programmes that hold significant amounts of personal data are obliged to conduct privacy impact assessments.

Database name

Categories of information

Date

Mail Contact Addresses - Stats and Research

Name, Address

1996

Juvenile Justice Policy Stats database

Name, Address, Criminal Offences

1996

Mentally Disordered Offenders

Name, Medical

2006

Juvenile Justice database

Contact Name, Contact Numbers, Offences

2004

Fireworks

Name, Address, Phone Numbers, Fireworks Stored, Licenses Granted

1990

CATS (Correspondence and Case Tracking)

Name, Address, Case Tracking, Correspondence Tracking

1990

Controlled Substances

Name, Address, Explosives Stored, Licences Granted

1995

Shotfirers

Name, Address, Licences Granted

1994

Prohibited Weapons

Name, Address, Weapons Held

1997

MSER (Register of Explosives Stores)

Name, Address, DOB, Phone Numbers, Stored Explosives

2006

Registered Premises

Name, Address, DOB, Storage Use

1998

Security Section database

Name, DOB, Clearances, Security Breaches

2000

Firearm Appeals

Name, Address, DOB, Legal Representative, Weapon Types, Appeals Outcomes

2001

KPPS (Key Persons Protection Scheme) Database (.net version)

Name, Address, Security and Financial Information

2004

Security Vetting Database

Name, DOB, Clearances, Criminal Record

2007

Pass Photograph Database

Name, DOB, Photographs

2005

Pass/Access control system

Name, DOB, Photographs

2009

Visits Section VIP Database

Name, Address, DOB, Functions

2000

Visits Section WJT Database

Name, Address, Phone Numbers, Events

2004

CATS (Correspondence and Case Tracking) Belfast (1)

Name, Address, Case Tracking, Correspondence Tracking

1990

CATS (Correspondence and Case Tracking) Belfast (2)

Name, Address, Case Tracking, Correspondence Tracking

1990

CATS (Correspondence and Case Tracking) London

Name, Address, Case Tracking, Correspondence Tracking

1990

Board of Visitors database

Name, Address, DOB, Phone Numbers

1990

JJC Juvenile Justice database

Name, DOB, Offences, Justice Program Info

2004

Juvenile Justice Centre Incidents Database

Name, Address, DOB, Incident, Injuries, Section 75 data

2009

Youth Conference Service Database

Offender Name, Address, Gender, DOB, Criminal Record Offence Referral and Review. Victim Name, Classification of Victim, Relationship to Victim, Attendance Requirements

2004

Youth Justice Agency Accounts System

Company Name, Address, Bank Details, Payment Details

2003

Youth Justice Agency Prompt Payment Database

Company Name, Address, Payment Details

2005

GOMISHQ and security

Name, Address, DOB, Offences

1995

Dead File Registry

Name, Address, DOB, Offences

1993

LSU Life Sentence Unit database

Name, Address, DOB, Offences, Prison Contact Name, Phone Numbers

1993

Prisoners' Tuckshop

Name, Purchases, Costs

1996

Prisoners Private Cash

Name, Prison Number, DOB

1996

File Registry Central Records

Name, Address, DOB, Offences

1996

Adjudication database

Name, DOB, Adjudication Details, Adjudication Outcome

1999

Inmates medical fitness tests

Name, DOB, Test Results

1999

SASHA

Name, DOB, Physical Characteristics, Offences

1990

Operational Management Unit

Name, Address, DOB, Minister Cases, CEO Cases

1995

Litigation Database

Name, DOB, Legal Representation, Claim Details, Claim Outcome

1995

PAFIS (Prison Accounting and Financial System)

Name, Company Name, Address, Bank Account Details

1997

DFITS (Departmental Finance IT system)

Name, Company Name, Address, Bank Account Details

1997

VERBS (Visitor Inmate Recognition and Booking System)

Name, Address, DOB, Phone Number, Company, Photograph, Fingerprint, Prisoner ID, Custody Dates

1999

SIPS (Secure Image Processing System)

Name, DOB, Prisoner ID, Security Category, Fingerprint, Photograph, Physical Description, Custody Dates

2007

SIPS Viewer

Name, DOB, Prisoner ID, Security Category, Physical Description, Custody Dates

2008

Alchemist

Name, Prison Number, Medical Records

2000

Skillbuilders

Name, Prison Number, DOB

2008

GOMIS 2

Name, Prison Number

1995

Oscar 2 Wages

Name, Prison Number

1995

Prisoner Release Victims Information Unit

Name, Prison Number, DOB

2003

PRISM

Name, Address, Phone Number

2005

Neighbourhood Watch Registered Applications

Co-ordinators Names

2004

Neighbourhood Watch ID Cards

Co-ordinators Names

2006

Antisocial Behaviour Orders Database

Names, DOBs of ASBO Holders

2006

Integra

Name/Company, Address, Bank Account Details

1997

Tariff System

Name, Address, DOB, NI Number, Incident Details, Injury Details, Case Status, Payments Record, Offender Details

2002

Altos

Name, Address, DOB, NI Number, Incident Details, Injury Details, Case Status, Payments Record, Offender Details

1989

FSNI Case Management System

Name, DOB, Incident Details

1982

DNA Database

Name, Gender, DOB, Ethnic Type, DNA Profile Analysis Information

1996

Asset 4000 Finance

Company, Address, Email Addresses, Phone Numbers, Payment Details

2006

Agresso Finance

Company, Address, Email Addresses, Phone Numbers, Payment Details

2006

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what categories of personal information on members of the public will be held on each database expected to become operational in the next five years and which will be managed by his Department or one of its agencies; what estimate he has made of the likely number of individuals' details each such database will hold when fully operational; and if he will make a statement. (286141)

Details of the databases which will be managed by the Northern Ireland Office or its agencies and are expected to become operational in the next five years together with the categories of personal information held on members of the public and the estimated number of records are listed in the following table.

Any personal data which will be stored in these databases will be subject to the Data Protection Act and to the Northern Ireland Office data protection policy. Also following the publication of the cross-Government data handling review in June 2008, new projects and programmes that hold significant amounts of personal data are obliged to conduct privacy impact assessments.

Database name

Categories of personal information

Estimated number of records

2009

Replacement Visitor to Inmate Recognition and Bookings System (VIRBS)

Name, prison number, address, visitor number, DOB, phone/fax numbers

125,000 over five years

Replacement Secure Image Processing System (SIPS)

Name, prison number, address, visitor number, DOB, phone/fax numbers

125,000 over five years

Juvenile Justice Centre Incidents Database

Name, address, DOB, details of incident, physical restraints, single separations, self harm, sanctions imposed, injuries, Section 75 data

Not known

2010

Youth Justice Agency Case Management System

Name, address, gender, DOB, Section 75, risk assessment, criminal record, offence referral, medical notes, educational attainments, referral programme, review notes, incident reporting

Currently 2,350 individuals referred to YJA per annum

2011

Nil

2012

Nil

2013

Nil

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what databases which will be managed by his Department or one of its agencies and which will contain personal information are (a) under construction and (b) expected to become operational in each of the next five years; and if he will make a statement. (286507)

Details of databases which will be managed by the Northern Ireland Office or one of its agencies which will contain personal information currently under construction or expected to become operational in each of the next five years are listed in the following table.

Any personal data which will be stored in these databases will be subject to the Data Protection Act and to the Northern Ireland Office data protection policy. Also following the publication of the cross-Government data handling review in June 2008, new projects and programmes that hold significant amounts of personal data are obliged to conduct privacy impact assessments.

Database name

Under construction/Expected to go live

2009

Replacement Visitor to Inmate Recognition and Bookings System (VIRBS)

The Northern Ireland Prison Service is currently looking for a replacement for the existing VIRBS system—it will go live in 2009 or 2010 depending on the chosen solution

Replacement Secure Image Processing System (SIPS)

The Northern Ireland Prison Service is currently looking for a replacement for the existing SIPS system—it will go live in 2009 or 2010 depending on the chosen solution

Juvenile Justice Centre Incidents Database

Expected to go live over the next three months

2010

Youth Justice Agency Case Management System

This project is at an early stage and will not go live before 2010

2011

Nil

2012

Nil

2013

Nil

Departmental Electronic Equipment

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many (a) photocopiers, (b) scanning devices and (c) fax machines, excluding multi-function devices, there are in his Department; how many there were in each of the last three years; and if he will make a statement. (286168)

My Department currently has (a) 82 photocopiers, (b) 50 scanning devices, and (c) 149 fax machines. Figures are not available for previous years.

A pilot scheme is currently running aimed at increasing the use of multifunctional printing devices in line with the Department's Green IT strategy.

Departmental Internet

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what the maintenance and development costs of his departmental website were in (a) 2005-06 and (b) 2006-07. (285410)

A review of the Northern Ireland Office website was conducted in March 2007 to optimise the site and improve performance and download speed. Maintenance and development costs for 2006-07 were £15,677.44. For the period 2005-06 the costs were £10,293.50.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland (1) pursuant to the answer of 13 July 2009, Official Report, column 39W, on departmental internet, what the (a) names and (b) versions are of the web browsers used on the (i) desktop machines and (ii) laptop computers used by his Department's (A) Permanent Secretary, (B) chief information officer, (C) head of communications and (D) head of finance; (288989)

(2) pursuant to the answer of 9 July 2009, Official Report, columns 918-19W, on departmental internet, what the (a) names and (b) versions are of the web browsers used on the (i) desktop machines and (ii) laptop computers used by his Department's (A) Permanent Secretary, (B) chief information officer, (C) head of communications and (D) head of finance.

The information requested in relation to web browsers currently used by staff in the Northern Ireland Office is listed in the following table.

(i) Desktop machines

(ii) Laptop computers

(A)

Permanent Secretary

(a) Internet Explorer

(a) Internet Explorer

(b) V6 (to be compatible with corporate applications)

(b) V6 and V7

(B)

Chief Information Officer

(a) Internet Explorer

(a) Internet Explorer

(b) V6 (to be compatible with corporate applications

(b) V6 and V7

(C)

Head of Communications

(a) Internet Explorer

(a) Internet Explorer

(b) V6 (to be compatible with corporate applications

(b)V6andV7

(D)

Head of Finance

(a) Internet Explorer

(a) Internet Explorer

(b) V6 (to be compatible with corporate applications

(b)V6andV7

Departmental Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many staff are based at each of his Department's buildings. (285409)

The number of staff based at each of my Department’s buildings is detailed in the following table.

Buildings

Staff

Annexe A, Dundonald House

13

Ballymena Chambers

64

Belfast Chambers/Laganside

177

Castle Buildings

133

Foyle Chambers

43

Hillsborough Castle

24

Hillview Buildings

28

Knockview Buildings

88

Lagan House

38

Linum Chambers

133

Lisburn Chambers

93

Massey House

79

Millbank

70

Millenium House

34

Omagh Chambers

59

Royal Courts of Justice, Belfast

79

Stormont House

29

Stormont House Annexe

55

Stormont House Bungalow

21

Unit 2 Walled Garden

19

Windsor House

55

Other buildings occupied by less than five staff

5

Departmental Public Consultation

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what consultations have been carried out by his Department since July 2007; and at what cost. [Official Report, 9 September 2009, Vol. 496, c. 33-34MC.] (279345)

Since July 2007 my Department, excluding Agencies and non-departmental public bodies, conducted the consultations set out in the following table. The table includes the cost where applicable.

Name of Consultation

Cost )

Anonymous Registration - Protecting voters at risk in Northern Ireland -February 2008

0

Improving the Administration of Elections to the Northern Ireland Assembly-July 2008

0

Consultation on proposed draft Criminal Damage (Compensation) (Amendment) (Northern Ireland) Order 2008 - June 2008

2,235.83

Proposed Northern Ireland Criminal Injuries Compensation Scheme 2009

2,681.22

Proposed draft of Sexual Offences (NT) Order - November 2007

2,171.26

Draft Guidance on Public Protection Arrangements Northern Ireland -May 2008

240.00

Proposed draft Criminal Justice Order 2007

5,984.39

Investigation Code of Practice issued under POCA 2002

0

Search Code of Practice issued under POCA 2002

0

Mentally Disorder Offenders Victim Information Scheme

0

Fine default in NI

2,088.09

Proposals for the reform of the law on murder, manslaughter and infanticide

2,126.77

Equality Impact Assessment and Guideline Principles for the Test Purchase of Alcohol

0

Pre Policy Consultation Special Measures: an evaluation and review 2009

70

Alternatives to Prosecution: A Discussion Paper

109.30

Draft Strategy for the Management of Women Offenders (inc consultation workshop)

1,545

Government's Proposals for the Safety of Older People took place between 14 June and 30 November 2007

8,094.78

Consultation on Community Safety in Northern Ireland took place between 27 October 2008 and 9 February 2009

28,771.62

The Explosive Amendment Regulations (NI) 2008

356.54

Manufacture and Storage of Explosives (Amendment) Regulations (NI) 2009

92.52

Departmental Surveys

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how much was spent by his Department on staff surveys in (a) 2007 and (b) 2008; and which companies were contracted to carry out the surveys. (287562)

Departmental Work Experience

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many work placements his Department provided to (a) school pupils, (b) university students and (c) graduates in each of the last five years. (287477)

Festivals and Special Occasions

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how much his Department spent on marking (a) St Patrick's Day and (b) the Twelfth in each of the last five years. (287680)

The Department has not incurred any spend in the past five years on marking either St. Patrick's Day or the Twelfth.

Fuels: Smuggling

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many people in Northern Ireland were convicted of offences relating to (a) fuel smuggling and (b) fuel laundering in the last 12 months. (287489)

The most up to date details for oils fraud prosecutions were published in Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs autumn performance report 2008. In the period 2007-08 there were three convictions in Northern Ireland for hydrocarbon oil offences. The HMRC autumn performance report does not differentiate between types of hydrocarbon oils offences.

Northern Ireland Information Service: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many people are employed in his Department's Northern Ireland Information Service. (286425)

There are 29.5 people employed in Northern Ireland Information Service (NIIS). NIIS conduct all press office work on behalf of the Northern Ireland Office including an in-house media monitoring service for Ministers, senior officials in the Northern Ireland Civil Service and a range of external stakeholders.

Staff within Information Service also have responsibility for any premises related issues that concern Block B, Castle Buildings.

Northern Ireland Policing Board: Irish Language

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many members of the public attended the most recent meeting of the Policing Board held in Irish. (287656)

That is an operational matter for the Northern Ireland Policing Board, which is independent of Government. The hon. Gentleman may wish to write to the Chief Executive of the Policing Board.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what the cost has been of holding meetings of the Policing Board in Irish. (287657)

That is an operational matter for the Northern Ireland Policing Board, which is independent of Government. The hon. Gentleman may wish to write to the Chief Executive of the Policing Board.

Orange Order

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what recent discussions he has had with representatives of the Orange Order. (287487)

Ministers regularly engage with a range of organisations including the Orange Order. The last meeting held with representatives of the order was in April 2009.

Organised Crime

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland with reference to the cases referred to in the Organised Crime Task Force (OCTF) Report 2009 where assets were recovered, what the names were of the persons losing assets; what the alleged criminality was in each case; which OCTF agency led each action; what the monetary value of assets recovered was in each case; on what date action was started in the courts to recover the assets in each case; how each case was concluded; what the overall monetary value was of the assets originally frozen in each case; and how much the person concerned was permitted to retain in each case. (287677)

The information requested has to be collated from a number of OCTF partner agencies. I will therefore write to the hon. Member as soon as possible.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what the monetary value of assets recovered from organised crime in Northern Ireland was in each of the last five years. (286872)

Parades

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what estimate he has made of the number of people who (a) marched at, (b) were spectators at and (c) protested against the parades which took place in Northern Ireland on 12 July 2009. (287880)

Police Service of Northern Ireland

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland (1) what his estimate is of the cost of policing the 12 July events in 2009; (287534)

(2) how many (a) uninsured and (b) untaxed vehicles were (i) involved in an accident and (ii) used in a crime in Northern Ireland in the last five years;

(3) how much the Police Service of Northern Ireland spent on offsetting its carbon dioxide emissions in each of the last five years;

(4) how many pieces of body armour the Police Service of Northern Ireland owns; and how many such pieces were (a) purchased and (b) reported (i) lost and (ii) stolen in each month of the last five years;

(5) what the average Police Service of Northern Ireland response time to an emergency call was in each of the policing districts in Northern Ireland in the latest period for which figures are available;

(6) how many armoured Land Rovers are (a) in operation and (b) in reserve with the Police Service of Northern Ireland;

(7) what percentage of emergency calls to the Police Service of Northern Ireland were centrally cleared before a response team was sent out in the last 12 months;

(8) how many Police Service of Northern Ireland firearms have been reported (a) stolen and (b) lost in each month of the last five years;

(9) how many tonnes of fertiliser the Police Service of Northern Ireland seized in the last 12 months;

(10) how many (a) armoured and (b) unarmoured vehicles the Police Service of Northern Ireland operates;

(11) for how many days Police Service of Northern Ireland (a) helicopters and (b) fixed-wing aircraft have been out of service for maintenance and repairs in the last 12 months;

(12) how many (a) helicopters and (b) fixed-wing aircraft the Police Service of Northern Ireland operates;

(13) how many times the Police Service of Northern Ireland has hired (a) helicopters and (b) aircraft in the last two years; and at what cost;

(14) what damage Police Service of Northern Ireland (a) helicopters and (b) fixed-wing aircraft have sustained from criminal activity in the last 12 months;

(15) what the cost of licensing a personal protection weapon is;

(16) how many personal protection weapon applications there were in each month of the last five years;

(17) for what average length of time personal protection weapons were held in the latest period for which figures are available;

(18) how many personal protection weapons were (a) lost and (b) stolen in each month of the last five years;

(19) how many personal protection weapons applications were refused in each month of the last five years;

(20) how many personal protection weapons were issued in each month of the last five years;

(21) how many officers are based in the Police Service of Northern Ireland headquarters;

(22) how many Police Service of Northern Ireland officers are based in each of the policing districts in Northern Ireland;

(23) how many Police Service of Northern Ireland warrant cards have been reported stolen or missing in the last 12 months;

(24) how many members of the Police Service of Northern Ireland have received specialist training in (a) serious public disorder and (b) counter-terrorist activities;

(25) how many (a) full-time and (b) part-time Police Service of Northern Ireland officers there are of each rank;

(26) how many recruits to the Police Service of Northern Ireland since 2004 had previous policing experience;

(27) how many recruits to the Police Service of Northern Ireland of each (a) religion and (b) country of residence there were in each month of the last two years;

(28) what plans there are to introduce mounted police in Northern Ireland;

(29) what discussions he has had on proposals to introduce mounted police in Northern Ireland;

(30) which duties accounted for the highest proportion of overtime accrued by Police Service of Northern Ireland officers in the last 12 months;

(31) how much was spent on overtime for Police Service of Northern Ireland officers for (a) counter-terrorism duties and (b) other duties in each of the last five years;

(32) what percentage of the Police Service of Northern Ireland budget was spent on overtime in 2008-09;

(33) how many incidents of (a) violence and (b) other crime were reported against ambulance personnel whilst on duty in Northern Ireland in each month of the last five years;

(34) how many incidents of (a) violent and (b) other crime were reported against fire service personnel whilst on duty in Northern Ireland in each of the last five years;

(35) how many officers recruited to the Police Service of Northern Ireland in the last 12 months can speak (a) Irish and (b) Ulster Scots;

(36) how much the Police Service of Northern Ireland spent on translating documents into (a) Irish and (b) Ulster Scots in the last 12 months;

(37) how many people are employed in the personal protection weapon licensing department;

(38) what the average (a) length of time and (b) cost was for processing a personal protection weapon application in the latest period for which figures are available;

(39) how many Police Service of Northern Ireland officers have been sent out alone on the beat in the last 12 months;

(40) how many new recruits to the Police Service of Northern Ireland since 2004 have had criminal convictions of each type.

These are operational matters for the Chief Constable. I have asked him to reply directly to the hon. Member, and copies of his letters will be placed in the Library of the House.

Police Service of Northern Ireland: Aircraft

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what arrangements are in place for the Army and the RAF to provide aerial support to the Police Service of Northern Ireland; and how many times in the last two years such support has been provided. (287613)

Military support is available to the Police Service of Northern Ireland under the Military Assistance to the Civil Power arrangements.

The number of times that the support has been requested in the last two years is an operational matter for the Chief Constable. I have asked him to reply directly to the hon. Gentleman, and will arrange for a copy of the letter to be placed in the Library of the House.

Police Service of Northern Ireland: Reserve Forces

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many pieces of correspondence he has received in the last 12 months (a) in favour of and (b) against maintaining the level of the police full-time reserve. (287606)

As the information requested is not held in the format requested, to answer this question would incur disproportionate costs.

Political Directorate: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many people were employed in his Department's political directorate at the latest date for which figures are available. (286426)

On 1 July 2009 there were 124 people employed in the political directorate of the Northern Ireland Office.

The political directorate provides parliamentary and private office support to Ministers as well as policy support for the NI political process and other issues including elections, human rights and public inquiries. In preparation for the completion of devolution, the directorate, which will form the core of the future NIO, has also taken management responsibility for relevant corporate services.

Public Opinion

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how much his Department spent on (a) opinion polling, (b) focus groups and (c) other forms of market research in each of the last five years; what surveys were commissioned; and what the purpose was of each. (287561)

I refer the hon. Gentleman to the reply given to the hon. Member for Hemel Hempstead (Mike Penning) on 27 March 2009, Official Report, columns 782-84W.

Security Guards: Licensing

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many times companies have been notified of the refusal of an application they have made for a security licence in each of the last five years. (287643)

The numbers of companies notified of the refusal of a licence are as follows:

Number of licences refused

2004

0

2005

0

2006

0

2007

0

2008

5

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many security companies have been licensed in Northern Ireland in each of the last five years. (287645)

The number of companies licensed are as follows:

Number of companies licensed

2004

92

2005

101

2006

95

2007

115

2008

132

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many new security staff notified to his Department under the provisions of paragraph 13(1) of Schedule 13 to the Terrorism Act 2000 failed vetting; and for what reason in each case. (287673)

There were no new security staff notified under the provisions of paragraph 13(1) of schedule 13 to the Terrorism Act 2000 that failed vetting.

The Terrorism Act 2000 provisions fell in 2007 and were replaced by interim arrangements as set out in schedule 6 to the Justice and Security (Northern Ireland) Act 2007.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many changes in security staff have been notified to his Department by private security companies in Northern Ireland as required under paragraph 13(1) of Schedule 13 to the Terrorism Act 2000 in each of the last five years; what arrangements are in place for vetting those staff; how many changed staff were vetted; and on average how long each vetting took. (287674)

The Terrorism Act 2000 provisions fell in 2007 and were replaced by interim arrangements as set out in schedule 6 to the Justice and Security (Northern Ireland) Act 2007. The information requested regarding changes to security staff is not readily available and could be compiled only at disproportionate cost.

Under the Terrorism Act 2000 arrangements, the Secretary of State took into account a range of information from differing sources to determine if a company should be issued with a security licence. It was not the practice to vet individual security staff under these arrangements.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many companies are licensed as private security companies in Northern Ireland under the provisions of paragraph 6 of schedule 13 to the Terrorism Act 2000; and how many individuals are recorded as employed in those companies. (287676)

There are no companies licensed as private security companies in Northern Ireland under the provisions of paragraph 6 of schedule 13 to the Terrorism Act 2000.

The Terrorism Act 2000 provisions fell in 2007 and were replaced by interim arrangements as set out in schedule 6 to the Justice and Security (Northern Ireland) Act 2007.

Swine Flu: Prisoners

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland (1) whether any cases of swine influenza have been diagnosed in the Northern Ireland prison population; (287709)

(2) what contingency arrangements are in place to protect the health of staff in prisons in Northern Ireland in the event of cases of swine influenza among prisoners.

There have been no cases of swine influenza reported among prisoners or prison staff in Northern Ireland. The Northern Ireland Prison Service (NIPS) is working in close partnership with the South Eastern Health and Social Care Trust, the Public Health Agency and other health service colleagues to prepare for a potential outbreak within the prison population.

Pandemic flu contingency plans have been developed and NIPS has a range of measures in place. The key objectives will be to minimise onward transmission of infection and maximise appropriate healthcare interventions.

Advice on infection control is being kept up to date throughout the prison estate and guidance for staff and prisoners has been issued. Infection control measures, including hand gel dispensers and enhanced cleaning regimes, are in place. All three NIPS establishments have been supplied with stocks of personal protection equipment (PPE) for both healthcare and operational staff, and training for staff with regard to PPE is underway. Stocks of antivirals have been issued to each establishment, as well as additional medications for managing the symptoms of swine flu, such as paracetamol, antibiotics and respiratory drugs.

Terrorism

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what recent steps he has taken to ensure the safety of Northern Ireland politicians from threats to their personal safety from (a) dissident republicans and (b) loyalist groups. (287484)

Both the Chief Constable and I take seriously the security of all those in Northern Ireland considered to be at risk. In accordance with the state's article 2 obligations, protection is provided commensurate with the threat. I regularly discuss changes to the threat profile with my security advisers.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what steps his Department is taking to reduce the number of punishment shootings. (287485)

While the most recent Independent Monitoring Commission report confirms that the number of shooting casualties is down on the preceding six months period, my Department will continue to work with the PSNI and other agencies in an effort to reduce the level of such criminality.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many people in Northern Ireland were convicted of offences relating to punishment shootings in the last 12 months. (287488)

The information is not available in the format requested. Conviction data are collated by offence, but there are no offences provided for by legislation that relate specifically to paramilitary-style shootings.

It is possible, however, to provide information on the number of casualties resulting from paramilitary-style shootings. In 2008-09, there were 20 such casualties, two of which were attributed to loyalists and 18 to republicans.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland (1) what steps are being taken to ensure the security and safety of community halls in Northern Ireland; (287490)

(2) how many attacks involving (a) petrol bombs, (b) blast bombs, (c) paint bombs and (d) pipe bombs there were in Northern Ireland in each month of the last five years;

(3) how many (a) petrol, (b) pipe, (c) blast and (d) paint bombs were recovered by the Police Service of Northern Ireland in each of last 12 months;

(4) how many members of dissident republican groups have been arrested in the last two years;

(5) how many people have been arrested for offences in connection with the activities of loyalist paramilitary groups in the last five years;

(6) how many people arrested for offences in connection with the activities of (a) dissident republican groups and (b) loyalist paramilitaries in the last 12 months had (i) a gun licence and (ii) licensed weapons at the time of arrest;

(7) how many legally-owned weapons have been confiscated in connection with (a) dissident republican and (b) loyalist paramilitary activities in the last 12 months;

(8) how many vehicles have been hijacked by (a) dissident republicans and (b) loyalist paramilitaries in each of the last 12 months;

(9) how many (a) attempted, (b) threatened and (c) completed attacks there have been by dissident republicans on police stations in Northern Ireland in each of the last 12 months;

(10) how many (a) attempted, (b) threatened and (c) completed attacks there have been by dissident republicans on schools in Northern Ireland in each of the last 12 months;

(11) how many (a) attempted, (b) threatened and (c) actual attacks there have been by dissident republicans on army bases in Northern Ireland in each of the last 12 months;

(12) how many barrack buster mortars have been recovered by the Police Service of Northern Ireland in the last five years;

(13) how many attacks by dissident republicans have involved barrack buster mortars in the last five years;

(14) how many video cameras have been seized by the Police Service of Northern Ireland from dissident republicans in the last 12 months;

(15) how many times (a) the Army and (b) the RAF have been asked to provide assistance to the Police Service of Northern Ireland in the last 12 months;

(16) how many police vehicles in Northern Ireland have been (a) damaged and (b) taken out of service due to criminal acts in each month of the last five years; and what the cost to the public purse has been;

(17) how many death threats were issued to former members of the (a) Police Service of Northern Ireland, (b) Royal Ulster Constabulary and (c) Ulster Defence Regiment by (i) dissident republicans and (ii) loyalist paramilitaries in each month of the last four years;

(18) what damage has been sustained by Land Rovers used by the Police Service of Northern Ireland whilst on patrol in Northern Ireland as a result of paramilitary activity in each of the last 12 months;

(19) what damage has been sustained by soft top vehicles used by the Police Service of Northern Ireland whilst on patrol in Northern Ireland as a result of paramilitary activity in each of the last 12 months;

(20) how many threats have been issued by (a) dissident republicans and (b) loyalist paramilitaries against off-duty members of the Police Service of Northern Ireland in the last 12 months;

(21) what recorded attempts have been made by (a) dissident republicans and (b) loyalist paramilitary groups to acquire weapons and munitions using legitimate gun licence holders in the last 12 months;

(22) how many threats have been issued by (a) dissident republicans and (b) loyalist paramilitary groups against named individuals (i) in the Police Service of Northern Ireland and (ii) not in the Police Service of Northern Ireland in each of the last 12 months;

(23) how many Police Service of Northern Ireland officers have been injured by paramilitary activity whilst on duty in each month of the last two years;

(24) how many times Police Service of Northern Ireland officers have come under (a) attack and (b) attempted attack from an explosive device whilst (i) on duty and (ii) off duty in the last 12 months;

(25) how many times in the last 12 months Police Service of Northern Ireland officers have come under gun fire whilst (a) on duty and (b) off duty;

(26) what percentage of calls answered by the Police Service of Northern Ireland related to counter-terrorism activities in the latest period for which figures are available;

(27) how many police dogs were (a) injured and (b) killed as a result of paramilitary activity in each month of the last five years;

(28) how many times Police Service of Northern Ireland officers (a) drew and (b) fired weapons in each month of the last five years;

(29) how many threats have been issued by (a) loyalist paramilitaries and (b) dissident republicans against former members of the Police Service of Northern Ireland in each of the last five years.

As these are operational matters for the Chief Constable, I have asked him to reply directly to the hon. Gentleman, and will arrange for a copy of his letters to be placed in the Library of the House.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what his estimate is of the number of rocket launchers held by dissident republicans. (287584)

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what steps have been taken to protect Police Service of Northern Ireland officers whilst they are off duty. (287634)

Both the Chief Constable and I take seriously the security of all those in Northern Ireland considered to be at risk. In accordance with the state's article 2 obligations, protection is provided commensurate with the threat. I regularly discuss changes to the threat profile with my security advisers.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what his most recent estimate is of the number of individuals involved in (a) dissident republican activity and (b) loyalist paramilitary activity. (287642)

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what recent representations he has received on paramilitary punishment shootings; and if he will make a statement. (287985)

Ministers receive representations relating to criminal activity, including punishment attacks, on a regular basis. Where offences have occurred they are actively investigated by the PSNI.

Weapons

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many personal protection weapon applications which were refused in each month of the last five years were subject to (a) successful and (b) unsuccessful appeals against the refusal. (287619)

The following table indicates the number of appeals relating to PPWs that were allowed or refused in each month since January 2004. In March 2009 the decision was taken not to make any further decisions on appeals until the outcome of the PSNI’s internal review was known. I am now considering those appeals that were suspended during that period.

Appeal

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

2004

Allowed

Refused

1

1

2

2005

Allowed

1

Refused

1

2

2

1

3

1

2006

Allowed

1

2

Refused

2

1

1

1

1

2007

Allowed

1

Refused

2

1

2

1

7

2008

Allowed

1

1

Refused

1

1

1

3

1

1

2009

Allowed

Refused

1

1

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many personal protection weapons are held in Northern Ireland. (287623)

The Chief Constable of the Police Service of Northern Ireland has informed me that there were 3,224 personal protection weapons held on firearm certificates in Northern Ireland at the end of June 2009.

Culture, Media and Sport

Bingo Industry

14. To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what recent representations he has received on the future of the bingo industry; and if he will make a statement. (287450)

We have not received any recent representations on the future of the bingo industry, but I am aware of such representations being made to my right hon. Friend the Chancellor of the Exchequer.

We recognise the important social role bingo clubs play in many communities and continue to engage with the industry on a range of issues affecting the state of the sector.

Royal Opera House: Thurrock

15. To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what recent discussions he has had on future uses of the Royal Opera House production campus in Thurrock. (287451)

I have had no discussions on the future uses of the Royal Opera House production in Thurrock.

However, I have recently discussed with the Minister for Skills (Kevin Brennan) at the Department for Business Innovation and Skills the progress of the capital bid that the Creative and Cultural Nationals Skills Academy has put in for a national training centre in Thurrock in partnership with the Royal Opera House.

Tourism Industry

16. To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what assessment his Department has made of the effect on the tourism industry of changes to the furnished holiday lettings rules. (287452)

My Department has been working with the tourism and hospitality industry to produce a detailed assessment of the impact that the changes made to the furnished holiday lettings rules in this year's Budget could have on the 50,000 individuals who declare income from them each year.

Although a range of other reliefs continue to be available under property income rules, I am making representations on behalf of the industry to the Exchequer Secretary to the Treasury on this matter.

Local and Regional Newspapers

17. To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what support his Department plans to provide to local and regional newspapers during the recession. (287453)

The Government have taken action to support local and regional newspapers including a local media summit held in April; a recent OFT review of the media merger rules; an invitation to the audit commission to look at local authority free sheets; Killian Pretty's recommendations on planning and advertising and a commitment in the Digital Britain White Paper to introduce independently funded news consortia which would be broadcast and syndicated more widely across the local and regional news environment.

Community Sports

18. To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what estimate he has made of levels of revenue and capital funding for community sport projects in the regions in the period to 2012; and if he will make a statement. (287454)

The new Sport England strategy focuses investment predominantly through the national governing bodies of sport. This funding is used to deliver Government's key community sport objectives across the country. £480 million has been made available to these national governing bodies for the period between 2008-09 and 2012-13. A further £220 million of mixed and open funding will also come on line throughout the period.

Pub Closures

19. To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what estimate he has made of the number of public houses which have closed in the last 12 months; and if he will make a statement. (287455)

The DCMS Statistical Bulletin on Alcohol, Entertainment and Late Night Refreshment does not identify the number of pubs in England and Wales; but rather the number of premises authorising the sale or supply of alcohol by means of a premises licence or a club premises certificate. We understand that CGA Strategy, the pub and drinks market analyst, which tracks the pub closure rate on behalf of the British Beer and Pub Association, currently estimates that between 51 and 53 pubs a week are closing. At 53 per week, the pub closure level would equate to around 2,750 per year.

Ministerial Visits

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what sites (a) he and (b) Ministers in his Department plan to visit in Crewe and Nantwich constituency in July and August 2009. (287716)

Departmental Accountancy

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport when he expects to publish his Department's resource accounts for 2008-09. (287338)

The Department's annual report and resource accounts for 2008-09 will be published by the end of July 2009.

Departmental Postal Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport how much his Department spent on Royal Mail services in each of the last two years. (288740)

In the last two financial years the Department for Culture, Media and Sport has paid the following amounts to the Royal Mail:

£

2007-08

35,538.40

2008-09

22,677.86

Digital Broadcasting: Northern Ireland

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what steps have been taken to prepare Northern Ireland for digital switchover. (287476)

As digital switchover in Northern Ireland in 2012 draws closer, Digital UK will run a communication programme about switchover and what people can do to ensure that they receive digital television in the area covered by the Ulster TV region.

In respect of digital radio, we will be working with broadcasters and transmission providers in the coming months to consider how and when the coverage of digital audio broadcasting (DAB) will be extended and improved across all parts of the UK. We plan to deliver the digital radio upgrade programme by the end of 2015, as set out in the recently published Digital Britain White Paper, but the top-level principle of the programme is that it should not result in reduced access to radio services.

Hotels: DVD

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what recent discussions he has had with VisitEngland on its guidance to hoteliers on the DVD concierge licence. (287906)

VisitEngland recently explained in its ‘Quality Edge’ magazine (which is distributed to all properties quality assessed by VisitEngland) that under copyright law businesses such as bed and breakfast accommodation should purchase a licence if DVDs are made available to guests.

I have had no discussions with VisitEngland about this matter.

Tourism

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what steps he is taking to encourage people to take a greater proportion of their holidays in the UK. (287839)

In partnership with other Government Departments, the tourism industry and the wider public sector, the Department for Culture, Media and Sport (DCMS) has a clear and coherent policy framework for industry growth. This includes branding and marketing improvement led by VisitBritain; the national tourism skills strategy; and work across Britain on driving up product quality through the accommodation grading schemes.

Central Government are committed to providing £130 million between 2008 and 2012 for marketing Britain overseas and England to the British. In addition, between £3.3 million and £3.5 million is provided annually to the regional development agencies for tourism support. In addition to this, Government have committed £350 million to helping small businesses get the training they need to get through the economic downturn. This investment is across the economy but we encourage small and medium-sized enterprises in the tourism industry to take full advantage of it.

Specifically, in recent months VisitBritain has emphasised its “Value Britain” message, which aims to impress on potential overseas visitors the wide range of affordable accommodation, transport and attractions available in Britain. VisitEngland has also launched its “Enjoy Every Minute, Enjoy England” campaign, designed to inspire and stimulate consumers to take day visits, short breaks and holidays in England this year based on the range of experiences, fantastic quality and value on offer.

Tourism: Morecambe

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what funding from the public purse has been made available for tourism regeneration projects in Morecambe and Lunesdale constituency in the last five years. (287833)

I have been informed by the North West Development Agency that spending on tourism regeneration projects in Morecambe and Lunesdale in the last five years is as follows:

Project

Description

Funding (£)

Midland Hotel Morecambe

Redevelopment of Midland Hotel, Morecambe

4,070,523

The Whoop Hall, Burrow, Kirkby Lonsdale

Refurbishment of redundant rooms to create four letting bedrooms

6,221

Carnforth Market Town—Winter Promotion Scheme

Partnership launch event and retail promotion of Carnforth retail centre

42,667

Winter Gardens Morecambe

Feasibility work only to allow for HLF bid

15,000

Winter Gardens, Morecambe

Detailed Planning Stage—Various technical reports to support funding applications

298,381

Seaside Square—site clearance

Site clearance and improvements to land adjacent to the Midland hotel

226,253

Total

4,659,045

Winter Gardens Project: Morecambe

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what funding from the public purse has been given to the Winter Gardens Project in Morecambe since its inception. (287834)

The Single Regeneration Budget (SRB) funding the Winter Gardens in Morecambe started in 1996 and was managed by Government office for the north-west. The SRB Programme was passed to the North West Development Agency (NWDA) to manage, upon its inception in 1999. I am informed by the NWDA that the total SRB funding between 1996 and 2001 was £546,864, and that additional investments totalling £313,381 were made by the NWDA after the closure of the specific SRB.

World Heritage Sites

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what plans he has to visit (a) Blaenavon and (b) other UK World Heritage sites. (288802)

I have no current plans to visit Blaenavon Industrial Landscape World Heritage Site, but I will be undertaking a series of regional visits in the coming months and hope to be able to include some of the UK's World Heritage Sites. The Minister for Culture and Tourism recently visited Stonehenge.

Leader of the House

Damian McBride

To ask the Leader of the House on what date she last met Mr Damian McBride in the course of her official duties. (287407)

I have had no contact with Damian McBride since his resignation from the post of special adviser to the Prime Minister.

Glasgow

To ask the Leader of the House whether she plans to visit Glasgow on official business during the summer adjournment. (288925)

My right hon. and learned Friend has no plans, at this time, to visit Glasgow on official business.

Members: Allowances

To ask the Leader of the House how much has been spent under the communications allowance in each year since it was established. (287210)

The communications allowance—renamed the communications expenditure on 1 April 2009—was established on 1 April 2007. Since then, the following amounts have been spent in each financial year:

Amount (£000)

2007-08

4,699

2008-09

5,126

To ask the Leader of the House when she plans to introduce proposals to amend controls on the communications allowance payable to hon. Members to take into account the pre-candidacy spending limits introduced by the Political Parties and Elections Bill. (287362)

My right hon. and learned Friend hopes to bring forward the necessary amendments after the summer adjournment.

Members: Correspondence

To ask the Leader of the House when she plans to reply to the letters of 2 June and 6 July from the right hon. Member for North-West Hampshire on the rules on registration of earnings. (287811)

My right hon. and learned Friend the Leader of the House has recently met with House authorities on this issue and will reply in full in light of the outcome of that meeting.

Political Parties and Elections Bill

To ask the Leader of the House whether she plans to bring forward proposals to amend controls on expenditure from the communications allowance during the pre-candidacy regulated period to be introduced on commencement of the provisions in the Political Parties and Elections Bill. (289079)

My right hon. and learned Friend hopes to bring forward the necessary amendments after the summer adjournment.

Scottish Grand Committee

To ask the Leader of the House what consideration the Government have given since November 2003 to arranging for a sitting of the Scottish Grand Committee; and if she will make a statement. (288410)

The Government keep the matter of Grand Committees under constant review. My right hon. and learned Friend the Leader and I are happy to hear any suggestions, from my hon. Friend, on the matter.

Written Questions

To ask the Leader of the House what recent assessment she has made of the quality of answers given by Ministers to parliamentary questions for written answer. (288401)

My right hon. and learned Friend and I keep the quality of answers given to written parliamentary questions under constant review.

We welcome the recent report of the Procedure Committee on this subject and will be carefully considering the proposals in that report.

Children, Schools and Families

Children: Disabled

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families (1) what steps he has taken to ensure that all English local authorities meet the readiness criteria for the distribution of Aiming High for Disabled Children short breaks funding in 2010-11; (287707)

(2) which local authorities did not meet the readiness criteria for the distribution of Aiming High for Disabled Children short breaks funding by March 2009.

The Department has contracted with the organisation Together for Disabled Children (TDC) to support local authorities and primary care trusts in improving short break services.

Early in 2008 the Department asked those local authorities that fell outside of short break pathfinder areas to undertake preparatory work on short break service reform, ahead of receipt of major new funding from April 2009. Nine criteria were set against which robust preparation could be measured.

TDC informs us that by March 2009, 15 authorities had met six, seven or eight of the criteria, these were: Brent, Hackney, Havering, Hounslow, Kingston upon Thames, Southwark, Tower Hamlets, Darlington, Northumberland, Redcar and Cleveland, St. Helens, Warrington, Southampton, Kirklees, Wiltshire

Three non-pathfinder local authorities had met less than six criteria, these were: City of London, Oldham, Sheffield.

The remaining 111 non-pathfinders authorities met all the criteria.

TDC also reports that as of the end of June 2009, 122 of the 129 non-pathfinder areas had met all nine criteria, a further six had met eight criteria, while one authority had yet to meet four criteria.

The short break national programme has now moved beyond the preparation stage and all areas have received short break funding. Readiness criteria are not being applied to the 2010-11 financial year, however TDC continue to concentrate their resource on those authorities where progress is slowest, and are providing remedial support where readiness criteria remain unmet.

Education Maintenance Allowance

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what measures his Department has in place to reassess a student's eligibility for the education maintenance allowance in the event of a change in the student's financial circumstances. (287046)

For most young people, eligibility for education maintenance allowance (EMA) is subject to an assessment of their household income based on the financial year prior to the academic year in which they start their course. A successful assessment provides a young person with a guaranteed entitlement of up to three years of EMA on the same rate regardless of whether their income increases. If there is a drop in income from one year to the next then a young person may apply to be reassessed for the subsequent academic year. They could be assessed as eligible for EMA where they were not previously, or an increased rate of it. They would receive the EMA guarantee based on the rate awarded following the most recent assessment.

There are a limited number of exceptional circumstances in which a young person may apply to be reassessed for EMA during the academic year. Those circumstances are:

(i) someone whose income was taken into account in determining financial eligibility has died;

(ii) a person whose income was taken into account in determining financial eligibility has experienced a reduction in income due to their own disability, or the disability of any other person for whom he or she has responsibility as primary carer (disability means as defined in the Disability Discrimination Act 1995);

(iii) Since the assessment of income was made, the young person has become estranged from their parents, guardians or someone else whose income was taken into account in determining financial eligibility;

(iv) The young person has become a parent with responsibility for their own child.

The financial needs of young people can be affected by a range of circumstances, including reductions in household income due to redundancy, or reduced working hours. Other mechanisms exist to help with the costs of supporting young people aged 16 to 19 in learning. Child benefit provides support for parents regardless of income, and tax credits are designed to tailor support to current circumstances and to be responsive to changing needs.

In addition to the support provided to families, discretionary learner support funds are made available via the Learning and Skills Council to colleges and local authorities. This funding is provided to enable schools and colleges, using their discretion, to help individual learners facing hardship and financial barriers to learning that are not addressed through other mechanisms. This funding can be used to respond to any hardship needs of learners that may arise through sudden changes in circumstance.

Extended Schools: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what guidance his Department has issued to local education authorities on the distribution of extended schools funding in respect of children (a) with special needs and (b) entitled to free school meals. (286237)

The Government are committed to every school providing access to a core offer of extended services and has provided significant funding to support the delivery of extended services, including committing over £1 billion in the period 2008-09 to 2010-11. Funding is allocated to local authorities. DCSF guidance states that local authorities should work closely with their schools and other children’s service partners through the children’s trust to develop and agree strategic plans for using the extended services funding. Local authorities are strongly encouraged to devolve as much of their extended schools funding to schools as possible. In determining allocations, local authorities are encouraged to consider the needs and context of schools and their population, including levels of deprivation, of which free school meals is one of the indicators. DCSF guidance also states that extended activities and services will be of particular benefit to disabled children and young people and those with special educational needs.

As part of this funding, there is over £200 million of extended services subsidy. This is focused on supporting the access to extra-curricular activities by disadvantaged children, including children eligible for free school meals. The DCSF has issued the message to local authorities that all subsidy funding is to be passed to schools to help increase the level of participation for those children. The DCSF has, working with the Council for Disabled Children, issued guidance: “Extending Inclusion—Access for disabled children and young people to extended schools and children’s centres: a development manual”, emphasising the importance of making extended services accessible to all children. This is available from

www.teachernet.gov.uk

Residence and Guardianship Orders

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many (a) residency and (b) guardianship orders there were in force in each local authority social services area in each of the last five years. (286436)

I have been asked to reply.

The number of residency and special guardianship orders made in England and Wales over the last five years are contained in the following table.

In the majority of cases individuals, not local authorities, apply for these orders in private law proceedings. Special guardianship orders came into force on 30 December 2005 and are provided for in sections 14A to 14G of the Children Act 1989.

A court may resolve a local authority's public law application by making a residence or special guardianship order to a named individual.

Residence and Special Guardianship Orders for England and Wales

Private Law

Public Law

Residence

Special Guardianship

Residence

Special Guardianship

2007

23,703

451

2,529

1,096

2006

22,991

730

2,700

176

2005

26,253

n/a

2,580

n/a

2004

31,878

n/a

2,976

n/a

2003

31,966

n/a

2,866

n/a

Note:

These figures are for ‘Orders made’ not orders in force

School Meals

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families which local authorities have applied for the exceptional capital funding for new kitchens in schools announced in December 2007; which local authorities have received such funding; and if he will make a statement. [286960]

The Department announced in 2006 that it would make £150 million targeted capital funding available in the next spending review period to local authorities to build new kitchens in areas of greatest need. Bids totalling £49,908 million were received in this first round and approved from the following local authorities:

Local authority

West Sussex

Swindon

N E Lincolnshire

Lincolnshire

North Somerset

Dorset

Wigan

Harrow

Hillingdon

Plymouth

Buckinghamshire

Bournemouth

Kingston upon Thames

Northamptonshire

Worcestershire

Bids from Gloucestershire and Hull did not meet the criteria. Payments to successful LAs are being phased over the three years 2008 to 2011 according to the needs of the individual authorities.

The Government announced in December 2007 that local authorities could bid for the remaining £100 million to support the improvement of kitchens and dining areas in order to improve school lunch take up.

Bids were received from 133 authorities and totalled just under £200 million. Although the bids varied significantly, all of them met our criteria. It was therefore decided to apply an across the board cut of just under 50 per cent. so that all LAs received a proportionate amount of their bid.

Solicitor-General

Members’ Constituency Work: Hemsworth

To ask the Solicitor-General if the Attorney-General will meet the hon. Member for Hemsworth to discuss a constituency issue. (287705)

Patrick Brendon Smith: Sentencing

To ask the Solicitor-General whether the Attorney-General considered lodging an appeal against the sentence imposed on Patrick Brendon Smith by Preston Crown Court in October 2008. (288093)

Mr. Smith was convicted of attempting to abduct a child and was sentenced to 12 months' imprisonment. Section 36 of the Criminal Justice Act 1988 empowers the Attorney-General to refer certain sentences to the Court of Appeal for review. The offence of child abduction is not an offence to which section 36 applies and the Attorney-General could not therefore consider referring the case.

Women and Equality

Breast Feeding

To ask the Minister for Women and Equality what recent representations she has received on the proposals in the Equality Bill in relation to a mother breastfeeding in a public place who is asked to (a) leave that place by a person in authority and (b) stop breastfeeding by a member of the public. (288049)

Following Second Reading of the Equality Bill, interested organisations raised concerns that, as drafted, the Bill reduced the existing protection against discrimination for pregnant women and new mothers. This drew our attention to an unintended consequence of the drafting which would have potentially allowed discrimination against pregnant women or new mothers if this could be shown to be reasonable. Therefore on 9 June, we tabled amendments to the Bill which represent a return to the level of protection given against pregnancy and maternity discrimination under the Sex Discrimination Act 1975 (as amended). These amendments were briefly debated on 16 June and agreed, and now stand part of the Bill.

The Bill makes absolutely clear that breastfeeding mothers are protected from sex discrimination in relation to provision of services to the public, whatever their baby's age. So a woman who is breastfeeding her baby in a restaurant or on a bus cannot lawfully be asked to leave, or get off, for that reason. At present we have no plans to bring forward proposals to provide a legal right for women to breastfeed in public places.

Departmental Operating Costs

To ask the Minister for Women and Equality what the running costs of the Government Equalities Office have been in each year since its establishment. (286942)

Since its establishment on 12 October 2007, the running costs for the Government Equalities Office have been:

Expenditure

£000

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

Pay costs

3,118

3,996

5,142

Non-pay costs

339

1,212

2,701

Total

3457

5,208

7,843

Equality Bill

To ask the Minister for Women and Equality what recent representations she has received from religious organisations on the provisions of the Equality Bill. (288122)

My officials and I have received a number of representations from religion and belief organisations and individuals since the introduction of the Equality Bill in April this year.

Since April there have been meetings with the Catholic Bishops Conference of England and Wales, the General Synod of the Church of England and the National Secular Society.

In that same period we have also received 45 letters from religious or belief organisations and members of the public on the provisions within the Bill. The main issues raised were:

The public sector equality duty;

The occupational requirements employment exception;

Catholic adoption agencies;

The harassment provisions;

The curbing of religious freedom and expression; and

A perceived hierarchy of rights where some protected characteristics take precedence over others.

In addition to the representations mentioned above, a number of religious and belief organisations made submissions to the House of Commons' Public Bill Committee on the Equality Bill. The Catholic Bishops' Conference of England and Wales and the British Humanist Association presented written evidence. Oral evidence was presented by the British Humanist Association, the Board of Deputies of British Jews, the Catholic Bishops Conference of England and Wales, the General Synod of the Church of England, the National Secular Society and the Muslim Women's Network.

Members: Correspondence

To ask the Minister for Women and Equality when she plans to reply to the letter of 23 February 2009 and 23 May 2009 from the right hon. Member for Tonbridge and Malling on behalf of Mr Colin Packman. (287298)

I am sorry that the right hon. Member has not received a response.

The office for the Minister for Women and Equality had no record of receiving the correspondence referred to. Following contact with the right hon. Member's office, the Government Equalities Office has now received a copy the relevant correspondence, and I will reply by the end of July.

Terrorism Bill

To ask the Minister for Women and Equality what expenditure the Commission for Equality and Human Rights incurred on commissioning legal advice on the compliance of the Terrorism Bill with the European Convention on Human Rights. (286780)

The Equality and Human Rights Commission spent £9,603 (including VAT) on expert legal advice from counsel.

Women and Work Commission

To ask the Minister for Women and Equality when she expects the Women and Work Commission to report on the impact of the recommendations adopted by the Government in response to the report of the Commission in 2006. (287736)

International Development

Departmental Buildings

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what properties his (a) Department and (b) Department’s non-departmental public bodies have sold in each of the last five years; and how many of these have been sold for housing development. (266495)

In the last five years, the Department for International Development and the non-departmental bodies it oversees have sold no property in the United Kingdom.

Departmental Data Protection

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what databases which will be managed by his Department and which will contain personal information are (a) under construction and (b) expected to go live in each of the next five years; and if he will make a statement. (286505)

The Department for International Development has no current plans to build new databases containing personal information.

We do expect to replace existing databases used for internal administration of human resources and correspondence within the next five years.

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development how many (a) attempts and (b) successful attempts were made to gain unauthorised access to each (i) database and (ii) ICT system run by his Department in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (286544)

It is not in the interests of the UK’s national security for departments to confirm information on the number of attempts, successful or otherwise, to gain unauthorised access to departmental systems or databases. Such disclosure could undermine the integrity and security of departmental systems and thereby expose them to potential threats.

The Department for International Development complies with the mandatory requirements of the security policy framework in relation to information security including managing the risk of unauthorised access to ICT systems.

Departmental Work Experience

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development how many interns work in his Department; what terms of reference apply to their appointment; what remuneration they receive; and how long on average an intern appointment lasts. (286821)

Food Security Initiative

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development how much funding the UK has pledged to the new G8; what the timescale for that funding is; and whether this funding is additional to existing funding provision. (287267)

The UK announced £1.1 billion for agriculture, rural development and food security over the period 2009-10 to 2011-12.

£370 million of this had previously been announced in 2008-09 as part of the UK’s £900 million response to the food crisis.

Communities and Local Government

Aerials: Planning Permission

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to the answer to the hon. Member for Beckenham (Jacqui Lait) of 7 January 2008, Official Report, column 252W, on planning permission: aerials, what progress has been made on the review of planning regulations affecting mobile telephone masts; and if he will bring forward legislative proposals to require full planning permission for the construction of such masts. (284004)

We will be announcing the conclusions of our review of permitted development rights for telecommunications shortly.

Business: Government Assistance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) how much of the £3 million fund for high streets adversely affected by the economic downturn has been (a) allocated to and (b) spent in each region; (288525)

(2) how many unused commercial premises have been taken over for community creative use since his announcement on such usage in April 2009.

There has been widespread interest in the “Looking after our town centres” guide, with nearly 9,000 downloads of the document since it was published in April. However, information on how commercial premises are being used is not collected centrally, as this is a matter for local authorities and their partners. An announcement will be made shortly on how the £3 million funding will be allocated.

Central Manchester Development Corporation: Archives

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to the answer of 21 February 2008, Official Report, column 900W, on the Central Manchester Development Corporation: archives, which archives of the Central Manchester Development Corporation are within the Government Office for the North-West registry. (287405)

There are no Central Manchester Development Corporation archives held in GONW. All such files were sent to an external storage facility in March 1998 with instructions to be securely destroyed on 1 April 2006.

Council Tax: Pensioners

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if he will assess the merits of introducing a council tax deferment scheme for home-owning pensioners. (286564)

The Government have no plans to assess the merits of introducing a council tax deferment scheme for home-owning pensioners. Regulation 21 of Council Tax (Administration and Enforcement) Regulations 1992 (SI 1992/613) already enables local authorities to defer payment of council tax for individual taxpayers, including pensioners. The details of such arrangements are a matter for individual local authorities.

Councillors: Allowances

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what statistical information his Department holds on average councillor allowances. (288294)

We do not collect or report on allowances paid to local authority members, which are matters for each council to decide, having regard to the recommendations of their independent remuneration panel, and on which the council is accountable to their local electorate.

Departmental Data Protection

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many (a) attempts and (b) successful attempts were made to gain unauthorised access to each (i) database and (ii) ICT system run by his Department in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (286549)

It is not in the interests of the UK’s national security for Departments to confirm information on the number of attempts, successful or otherwise, to gain unauthorised access to departmental systems or databases. Such disclosure could undermine the integrity and security of departmental systems and thereby expose them to potential threats.

Communities and Local Government complies with the mandatory requirements of the Security Policy Framework in relation to information security including managing the risk of unauthorised access to ICT systems.

Departmental Databases

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what information databases his Department (a) maintains and (b) uses which do not contain personal information. (284394)

The information requested is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what categories of personal information on members of the public will be held on each of his Department’s and its agency’s databases expected to become operational in the next five years; what estimate he has made of the likely number of individuals’ details each such database will hold when fully operational; and if he will make a statement. (286494)

New databases containing personal data are set up by Communities and Local Government as and when policy development and implementation of policy dictate the operational need for them. It is not possible to plan or predict how many individuals’ details nor what categories of their personal information are likely to need to be held on new databases that are required for the business of the Department up to five years ahead. None the less, Communities and Local Government always takes steps to ensure that new databases are fully compliant with the provisions of the Data Protection Act.

Departmental Electronic Equipment

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many (a) photocopiers, (b) scanning devices and (c) fax machines, excluding multi-function devices, there are in his Department; how many there were in each of the last three years; and if he will make a statement. (286178)

The information requested is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost. Communities and Local Government are reviewing its use of such devices with the aim of reducing the numbers and moving to a more carbon efficient approach in line with the requirements of the “Greening Government ICT programme”.

Fire Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the latest estimated total gross cost is of the FIREControl project. (283697)

We will be updating the cost figures contained in the FiReControl Business Case in due course to reflect the rescheduling I announced to the House on 15 July 2009.

Fires

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many (a) injuries and (b) deaths were caused (i) by all fires and (ii) by fires with a source of ignition in (A) wires and cables and (B) leads and appliances in each year since 2003. (287083)

The latest data on the number of injuries and deaths by the types of source of ignition requested are shown in the following table.

Casualties in fires by source of ignition, England, 2003-071

All casualties

Leads to appliances2

Wires and cables3

2003

Fatal casualties

468

1

2

Non-fatal casualties

12,383

89

263

2004

Fatal casualties

368

1

2

Non-fatal casualties

11,447

60

225

2005

Fatal casualties

387

2

3

Non-fatal casualties

11,251

68

243

2006

Fatal casualties

398

5

3

Non-fatal casualties

11,042

64

224

2007

Fatal casualties

356

1

5

Non-fatal casualties

10,446

69

236

1 Data for 2007 are provisional and subject to change.

2 Leads to appliances includes extension leads.

3 Wires and cables include: switch gear, meters, fuses, junction boxes, fixed mains wiring (before and after meter) but excludes sockets and switches in vehicles and plugs.

Source:

Fire data reports to CLG

Floods: Gardens

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for the Vale of York (Miss McIntosh) of 2 June 2009, Official Report, column 335W, on floods: gardens, when he expects to (a) receive and (b) publish the final report of the research into the effects of the paving of back gardens on levels of flood risk. (286510)

The Government have now received the research report on permeable and impermeable surfacing. We intend to publish the report shortly with the consultation on a package of measures to respond to the recommendations from Killian Pretty for improving the planning process.

Government Office for London: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the (a) administrative cost and (b) total expenditure of the Government Office for London were in 2008-09. (286514)

The 2008-09 administrative costs for Government Office for London (GOL) were:

Salary: £10,799,080

Non-pay: £972,438

Total: £11,771,518

The gross accommodation spend for GOL for 2008-09 was £4,458,591 and related tariff/minor occupier income of £358,700. The net accommodation expenditure was £4,099,891.

Home Information Packs

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate he has made of the number of registered home inspectors there were in each of the last three years. (286421)

No estimate of the number of inspectors registered to produce home condition reports in each of the last three years has been made. The number of registered inspectors on 14 July 2009, which is the most recent date for which numbers were available, was 963.

Homes and Communications Agency: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much he expects to provide the Homes and Communications Agency in grant in aid in 2009-10. (288492)

The latest estimate of the amount of grant in aid that the Department expects to give the Homes and Communities Agency is published in the notes to the Department's Main Estimates 2009-10, on the Treasury website at:

http://www.hm-treasury.gov.uk/d/13403_me08_dclg_lst.pdf

Homes and Communities Agency: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the (a) capital and (b) resource allocation for (i) the Homes and Communities Agency and (ii) the Tenant Services Authority is for (A) 2009-10 and (B) 2010-11. (286439)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave him on 16 June 2009, Official Report, column 202W.

Homes and Communities Agency: Guardian

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what (a) financial and (b) administrative support the Homes and Communities Agency provides to the Guardian newspaper website for its Housing Horizons microsite; and if he will make a statement. (288405)

The HCA has made no financial contribution or administrative support for the housing microsite, Housing Horizons.

Housing

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government to how many local newspapers the Minister for Housing and Planning's letter on being green while tackling the recession was sent. (286685)

No such letters were sent out. However, an article I wrote was made available to local newspapers through the Central Office of Information.

Housing: Energy

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what assessment he has made of the effect on the level of demand for the services of accredited energy assessors of his Department’s funding for energy assessments to be performed by Eaga. (286324)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what assessment he has made of the effect on (a) energy efficiency in council homes, (b) the number of new social rented homes, (c) the number of households in temporary accommodation, (d) repairs to council housing stock and (e) the progress of regeneration and housing infrastructure projects of the £775 million in capital funding for housing and regeneration, brought forward from 2010-11 to 2009-10 and 2008-09; and how much of the funding has been spent in each month since it was announced. (286654)

The £775 million consisted of £150 million for social rented housing, through the Affordable Housing Programme; £250 million for decent homes, which has been allocated to fund improvements and improve energy efficiency in council homes; £175 million for major repairs to council housing stock; and £100 million and £80 million respectively for the regional development agencies and Homes and Communities Agency (HCA) to support key regeneration and housing infrastructure projects.

The investment in social rented homes forms part of the National Affordable Housing Programme and is reported as part of that programme. Information on spending for new affordable housing is published in HCA's Annual Report and Accounts. The money for decent homes has been allocated directly to local authorities as part of the overall Decent Homes programme and is not reported on separately. £162 million of the £175 million for major repairs has been allocated to 39 local authorities.

A large number of our programmes are aimed at reducing the number of people in temporary accommodation. Over the past year those households placed in temporary accommodation has reduced by 17 per cent. to 64,000 from a peak of 101,000 in December 2004 (as at 30 March).

The regeneration funding was intended for 2009-10. As sponsor Department for the regional development agencies, the Department of Business, Innovation and Skills leads on the monitoring of the £100 million reprioritised for critical regeneration projects with relevant projects due to begin work in the autumn. The HCA are due to begin investment of the £80 million allocated to them shortly, with work beginning on relevant priority projects during the autumn/winter.

Because these schemes represent elements of wider programmes with established reporting mechanisms, monthly breakdowns of spend are not available.

Housing: Low Incomes

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) how many affordable homes have been built in (a) Essex and (b) Castle Point in each of the last five years. (285479)

(2) how many homes for social rent have been built in (a) Essex and (b) Castle Point in each of the last five years.

(3) how many properties he expects to be added to the stock of social rented housing through (a) construction and (b) purchase in (i) Essex and (ii) Castle Point in (A) 2009-10 and (B) each of the next four years.

The following table shows the number of new affordable homes built in Essex and Castle Point in each of the last five years.

Castle Point

Essex

2003-04

0

350

2004-05

30

500

2005-06

0

840

2006-07

0

660

2007-08

20

1,260

The following table shows the number of new social rented homes built in Essex and Castle Point in each of the last five years.

Castle Point

Essex

2003-04

0

330

2004-05

30

450

2005-06

0

650

2006-07

0

490

2007-08

10

840

Note: Figures have been rounded to nearest 10 units. Source: Homes and Communities Agency Investment Management System (IMS), and local authority returns to CLG.

Not all social rented and affordable housing is provided by new build completions, as some supply can come from acquisitions. For example, in 2007-08, a total of 1,440 additional affordable homes were provided in Essex (new build and acquisitions).

Communities and Local Government do not set targets for the National Affordable Housing Programme (NAHP) at a local level. The Homes and Communities Agency's National Affordable Housing Programme (NAHP) awards grant funding for the provision of social housing on the basis of competitive bidding.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much funding has been (a) allocated to and (b) spent in the West Midlands under the My Choice HomeBuy scheme in 2009-10. (286334)

We have not set individual budgets for each HomeBuy scheme to ensure flexibility within the Homes and Communities Agency’s National Affordable Housing programme 2008-11.

To the end of June £953,055 had been spent on My Choice HomeBuy in the West Midlands.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government during what periods bidding has taken place for funding under the (a) HomeBuy Direct, (b) New Build HomeBuy, (c) Rent to HomeBuy and (d) the First time Buyers initiative since the inception of each scheme. (286398)

An Official Journal of the European Union compliant competition to select suitable schemes and providers for HomeBuy Direct commenced on 1 October and closed on 7 November 2008.

FTBI schemes were procured by the former English Partnerships in 2006-07.

For the National Affordable Housing Programme (NAHP), bidding for the 2006-08 programme took place between July and October 2005. The initial bid round for the 2008-11 programme ran from September to early November 2007. This was followed by two Regular Market Engagements (RME). The first RME bid round ran from mid-April to mid-May 2008 and the second ran in July 2008. From September 2008 we moved to Continuous Market Engagement under which there are no longer pre-defined bid rounds and bidding is always open.

New Build HomeBuy and Rent to HomeBuy are part of the NAHP.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much his Department has spent on Rent to HomeBuy in 2009-10 to date. (286422)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what effect the decision to end the Open Market HomeBuy scheme will have on other HomeBuy schemes. (286811)

The Government remain committed to helping households who could not otherwise afford to buy into homeownership and the HomeBuy Direct, New Build HomeBuy and Rent to HomeBuy schemes remain available to help those who cannot afford to purchase without Government assistance.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what his plans are for the future operation of OpenMarket HomeBuy; and if he will make a statement. (287726)

I refer my hon. Friend to my written statement to the House on 30 June 2009, Official Report, columns 8-10WS.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what his most recent estimate is of the level of take-up of OpenMarket HomeBuy in each region; and how many purchases were made under what scheme in (a) 2007-08, (b) 2008-09 and (c) 2009 to date; and what the monetary value of those purchases was in each period. (287727)

I refer the hon. Member to my written statement to the House on 30 June 2009, Official Report, columns 8-9WS. Since 1997, we have helped over 35,000 households through the Open Market HomeBuy scheme. However, we want to maximise our efforts behind building of new affordable homes, so we are closing the open market homebuy scheme to new applicants and in future our low cost home ownership programme will be directed to schemes which support new build homes.

The following table shows the take-up of, and number of purchases made through Open Market HomeBuy by scheme and region for 2007-08, 2008-09 and the first quarter of 2009-10.

Number

2007-08

2008-091

2009-101

eOMHB

Mychoice homebuy

Ownhome

eOMHB2

Mychoice homebuy

Ownhome

Eastern

455

151

40

52

30

1

East Midlands

60

625

81

292

182

0

London

624

1,072

158

191

268

0

North East

9

15

10

3

1

0

North West

181

101

56

87

23

0

South East

904

1,176

198

412

255

12

South West

286

393

137

158

48

2

West Midlands

133

228

68

124

26

5

Yorks and Humber

97

165

51

79

8

0

Total

2,749

3,926

799

1,398

841

20

The following table shows Government investment on open market homebuy by scheme and region for 2007-08, 2008-09 and the first quarter of 2009-10.

£

2007-08

2008-091

2009-101

eOMHB

Mychoice homebuy

Ownhome

eOMHB2

Mychoice homebuy

Ownhome

Eastern

12,646,571

3,700,539

886,598

1,355,608

981,494

21,345

East Midlands

1,302,182

20,410,497

2,208,860

9,434,277

6,955,301

0

London

21,709,182

55,687,444

5,603,082

7,840,091

13,540,200

0

North East

202,916

374,546

185,200

69,138

32,335

0

North West

3,807,132

2,424,249

1,226,558

2,039,110

763,443

0

South East

27,484,354

37,648,932

5,755,648

13,998,812

10,679,519

332,391

South West

7,047,391

10,864,285

3,683,044

4,719,230

1,785,254

85,656

West Midlands

2,575,689

5,729,820

1,489,892

2,706,973

953,055

77,010

Yorks and Humber

2,281,400

3,951,227

1,140,239

2,111,025

234,567

0

Total

79,056,817

140,791,539

22,179,121

44,274,264

35,925,168

484,662

1 2008-09 and 2009-10 figures are provisional.

2 eOMHB: Transitional arrangement for those households who had already been approved in 2007-08.

Source:

Homes and Communities Agency.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many potential homebuyers have been informed that their applications to the MyChoice Homebuy scheme have been refused as a result of all the scheme's funding having been allocated. (288227)

The total number of people contacted is not held centrally.

Funding for the MyChoice HomeBuy scheme is confirmed only at the point when the equity loan provider has approved an applicant's purchase in writing. Applicants are always advised not to incur any costs until they have received written confirmation from the equity loan provider stating that their chosen property is eligible, that funding has been reserved for them and confirming that the applicant can proceed with their purchase.

Applicants who have not received confirmation have been contacted by MyChoice HomeBuy providers informing them that funding has been fully committed and that the scheme is now closed.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many homes for (a) intermediate low cost ownership and (b) social rent he expects to be (i) started and (ii) completed in each local authority area in each of the next three years. (288491)

We do not make future estimates of the number of intermediate affordable homes and social rented homes started and completed by local authority area.

Improvement and Development Agency: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much direct funding his Department has allocated to the Improvement and Development Agency in each year since 2000. (286576)

The Improvement and Development Agency receives revenue support grant (RSG) funding from my Department to provide core services for local government improvement. We give additional money for specific projects from CLG allocations. Since 2000 they will have received the following amounts

Improvement and Development Agency funding allocated (£)

2009-10

32,670,000

2008-09

28,730,000

2007-08

30,688,000

2006-07

36,924,000

2005-06

38,549,978

2004-05

21,097,000

2003-04

20,563,000

2002-03

14,212,000

2001-02

17,041,000

2000-01

14,939,000

Knowledge Network Project

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Peterborough of 11 May 2009, Official Report, column 538W, on the Knowledge Network project, if he will place in the Library a copy of the guidance provided for staff in his Department on using the Knowledge Network. (284765)

Communities and Local Government has no specific guidance relating to staff using the Knowledge Network.

Local Democratic Renewal Programme

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what plans he has for implementation of the policies outlined in the Local Democratic Renewal Programme; and if he will make a statement. (286613)

Government are preparing to consult shortly on a range of issues around local democratic renewal. A number of questions around future policy will be posed in that consultation, and we will take forward ideas in the light of comments received.

Local Government Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether his Department is taking steps to reform the parish cheque payment system operating in local authorities. (286580)

The reform of the parish cheque payment system is the subject of continuing discussions with the National Association of Local Councils and other interested parties. Once these discussions are concluded it is our policy to look for an appropriate legislative vehicle to replace the relevant legislative provisions.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether his Department is taking steps to protect local authorities against vexatious objections to the local authorities auditing system. (286581)

The Code of Audit practice makes it clear that auditors should reject objections that disclose no reasonable cause for action, are frivolous or vexatious objections to the local council auditing system.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) which (a) specific and (b) area-based grants are distributed to local authorities by each division of his Department; (285043)

(2) what recent estimate has been made of the annual cost to (a) his Department of distributing each grant made by it to local authorities and (b) local authorities of administering each such grant.

The Government believe in giving local authorities greater flexibility to take decisions on local priorities. The introduction of the area based grant has reduced ring-fencing, giving councils increased flexibility to manage their budgets. Alongside this, the new local performance framework has provided a simplified and more effective structure for priority setting and performance measurement.

The following specific grants are being paid by this Department direct to local authorities in 2009-10:

Cornish Language 2009

Housing Option Grant 2009-10

Minor Repairs and Adaptations “Handyperson” Grant 2009-10

Overcrowding Grant 2009-10

Supporting Local Delivery Grant for Local Improvement Adviser Support 2009

Planning Sector-Led Support 2009-10

Homelessness Revenue Grant 2009-10

Fire and Rescue Authorities Capital Funding 2009-10

Olympic Park Grant 2009-10

Growth Fund 2009-10

Olympic Security Funding—Dorset Fire and Rescue 2009-10

Olympic Security Funding—LFEPA 2009-10

Timely Information to Citizens 2009-10

FiReControl Implementation Funding 2009-10

Preventing Repossession Revenue Grant 2009-10

Minor Repairs and Adaptations “Enhanced Services” Grant 2009-10

Capacity Building and Efficiency Grant for Regional Improvement and Efficiency Partnerships 2009

Fire and Rescue Authorities Capital Funding (Diversity Recruitment Target Commitment) 2009-10

Empty Shops Funding 2009-10

Local Public Service Agreements Performance Reward Grant 2009-10

Supporting Worklessness Delivery Grant for Regional Efficiency and Improvement Partnerships 2009-10

Business Rates Deferral Scheme 2009-10

Community Infrastructure Fund 2009-10

Fund to Manage Transitional Impacts of Migration (No 2) 2009-10

Local Authority Business Growth Incentives

Local Enterprise Growth Initiative (capital element)

Warden Resource Centre Grant

Coastal Communities Regeneration Handbook

Housing and Planning Delivery Grant

Supporting People Programme Grant

Disabled Facilities Grant

Rent Officers Pension Liabilities

New Dimension Grant.

Area based grant is paid by Communities and Local Government on behalf of the Government as a whole, in monthly instalments. Funding streams from this Department which are being paid through area based grant in 2009-10 are:

Community Cohesion

Local Enterprise Growth Initiative (resource element)

Stronger Safer Communities

Supporting People Administration

Working Neighbourhood Fund

Preventing Violent Extremism

Climate Change.

The Department does not routinely estimate the costs of distributing grant each year, although it does consider the cost-effectiveness of proposals as part of the policy development process. It also assesses whether there will be any new burdens on local authorities, and ensures that these are fully funded when a policy is implemented.

Local Government Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government on what methodology his Department’s (a) Total Place and (b) Place Shaping approach to local service delivery was based. (286522)

The Total Place project is based on a refinement of the methodology developed by the Leadership Centre for Local Government. The idea emerged from an in depth analysis of the leadership of places run by the leadership centre in February 2007.

Our planned approach to local service delivery was set out in the 2006 Local Government White Paper “Strong and Prosperous Communities”, which was in turn informed by the work of the Lyons Inquiry into the future role, function and funding of local government. The improved delivery of services through local strategic partnerships and local area agreements has been further developed by provisions within the Local Government and Public involvement in Health Act 2007, and its success is being measured both through the new comprehensive area assessment and through evidence including the Citizenship Survey and Place Survey.

Local Government: Procurement

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what guidance his Department provides to local authorities on the procurement of halal meat; and whether that guidance differentiates between stunned and pre-stunned meat. (287725)

The Department for Communities and Local Government has not issued any guidance to local authorities on the procurement of Halal meat. However, the Food Quality Standards, published by the Office of Government Commerce (OGC) in November 2008, offers guidance to public authorities on purchasing Halal food. The standards can be accessed using the following link:

http://www.ogc.gov.uk/food_food_quality_standards.asp

Mortgages

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what assessment has been made of the effects of the level of availability of high loan-to-value mortgages on the ability of first-time buyers to obtain mortgages. (288099)

Communities and Local Government is working closely with Her Majesty’s Treasury and the Financial Services Authority to support sustainable mortgage lending to first time buyers.

The current median average loan-to-value percentage secured by first-time buyers is 75 per cent., down from 90 per cent. in December 2007. However, the Government have substantially increased investment in low cost home ownership products; such as HomeBuy Direct which provides a 30 per cent. equity loan that can be used as a deposit.

Mortgages: Government Assistance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) how much money has been allocated to the (a) Mortgage Rescue and (b) Homeowners Mortgage Support scheme for expenditure in (i) Test Valley borough and (ii) Southampton; and whether his Department has placed a limit on the number of households which may be assisted under each such scheme; (286320)

(2) how many households in (a) Test Valley borough and (b) Southampton have received assistance under the (i) Mortgage Rescue and (ii) Homeowners Mortgage Support scheme to date.

The £285 million Government Mortgage Rescue Scheme has been operational across the country since 1 January 2009. The Government do not allocate money directly to local authorities under the scheme. It is a demand-led scheme, with the number of vulnerable households benefiting in each local authority dependent on numbers of eligible applicants approaching their local authority for assistance.

As part of the monitoring arrangements for the scheme, headline data for January to May 2009, provided by local authorities and broken down by Government office region, are available on the Department’s website

http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/corporate/statistics/mortgagerescuestatistics

Figures reported by local authorities from January to May 2009 are provided in a table, which has been placed in the Library.

The Homeowners Mortgage Support scheme provides enhanced support for homeowners who have fallen on difficult times by enabling them to reduce their mortgage interest payments to affordable levels. The Government do not allocate money directly to households under the scheme. There is no target or limit to the number of households who may be assisted under the scheme in any particular region or area. Official figures on numbers of households entering HMS will be published later this year.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate he has made of the number of people who will be assisted by the Homeowners Mortgage Support Scheme in (a) West Derbyshire and (b) the UK in the next 12 months. (286408)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave to the hon. Member for Tamworth (Mr. Jenkins) on 24 June 2009, Official Report, column 961W.

Non-domestic Rates

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if he will establish a cross-Government review on the effect of the new regime of retrospective business rates on (a) businesses and (b) cross-border trade. (286681)

There will be no cross-Government review, as the business rates legislation concerning when a business becomes liable to pay rates has not changed.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Peterborough of 13 March 2009, Official Report, column 768W, on non-domestic rates: small businesses, what timetable his Department has set for the publication of data on the take-up rate of small business rate relief. (286814)

No timetable for this work has yet been set. We are currently examining data reported by local authorities on the annual national non-domestic rate return to assess their quality before making a decision on whether they are suitable for publication.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Meriden of 24 April 2009, Official Report, column 921W, on non-domestic rates: small businesses, what the maximum cash value of small business rate relief, including the value of the lower small business multiplier to a firm in (a) London and (b) outside London is in (i) 2008-09 and (ii) 2009-10. (279885)

Eligible businesses which have been granted small business rate relief have their rates calculated using the small business rates multiplier, and those under £10,000 in rateable value also receive a discount. The maximum value of the small business rate relief will apply to properties of £5,000 rateable value, as properties up to that value receive the maximum 50 per cent. discount.

The maximum cash value of small business rate relief that could be granted to a firm both inside and outside of London (excluding the City of London) was £1,165 in 2008-09 and £1,222.50 in 2009-10.

The City of London authority is allowed to add an additional supplement onto the rates multiplier of 0.4p in the pound. This means the maximum cash value of small business rate relief that could be granted to a firm in the City of London was £1,175 in 2008-09 and £1,232.50 in 2009-10.

This does not take into account any deferral of the rate increase for 2009-10.

Non-domestic Rates: Ports

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer of 24 June 2009, Official Report, column 962W, on non-domestic rates: ports, if he will place in the Library a copy of the items of correspondence. (286686)

No. It would be inappropriate for Ministers to release correspondence they receive from hon. Members and their constituents without their authority.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer of 8 July 2009, Official Report, columns 912-13W, on non-domestic rates: ports, what guidance his Department provided to the Valuation Office Agency on the 2005 revaluation. (287107)

The assessment of rateable value and the maintenance of rating lists is the responsibility of the Valuation Office Agency and not this Department. We do not provide guidance to the Valuation Office Agency on professional valuation issues.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer of 8 July 2009, Official Report, column 912W, on non-domestic rates: ports, (1) for what reasons the Valuation Office Agency did not initiate its review of all major ports in 2005; how many properties identified by the review as separately rateable had not been assessed; for what reasons those properties were not separately listed in 2005; and when and how the owners of such properties were notified of the findings of the review in respect of their properties; (287111)

(2) how many separate assessments on port businesses were undertaken by the Valuation Office Agency in 2005; whether such assessments were listed in respect of how many other businesses it was established that a separate assessment should be made; when such assessments were (a) made and (b) listed; and how many businesses which were separately assessed in (i) 2005 and (ii) 2006 consequent on the review of all major ports were reassessed in (A) 2007, (B) 2008 and (C) 2009;

(3) how many port businesses have been subject to separate assessments; and how many of those businesses were reassessed in (a) 2007, (b) 2008 and (c) 2009.

The original assessments in the 2005 rating list were produced in good faith on the basis of the information held by the Valuation Office Agency (VOA). The VOA did not undertake a review of occupations within ports at this time because it had not identified evidence that such a review was required.

Once evidence that additional properties within ports should be separately assessed came to the Agency's attention, it had a statutory duty to carry out such assessments and enter them onto the rating list.

Over 1,600 properties within the 45 ports in England were separately assessed immediately prior to the completion of the review of each port. After review, some of those properties were no longer separately listed or had their list entry altered.

A total of 748 additional properties were separately assessed for the first time with an effective date of 1 April 2005 as a result of the Agency's review of ports, of which 28 are no longer separately listed. As at 8 July 2009 the number of properties within ports that are separately assessed was 2,207, a net increase of around 600 compared with the position immediately prior to the review of each port.

The Agency notified the occupiers of these properties of the findings of the review as and when each review was completed. The exact date and method of notification varies from port to port and occupier to occupier.

Information on the date that each separate assessment was made and information on the number of separate assessments within ports that have been re-assessed in each of the years 2007, 2008 and 2009 could be obtained only at disproportionate cost.

Privacy: Impact Assessments

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what his Department's policy is on performing privacy impact assessments to accompany new regulations or legislation. (284917)

It is the Department's policy to follow the Information Commissioner's guidance on when a privacy impact assessment is required and how it should be carried out.

Regional Government: Operating Costs

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the running costs were of each regional Government Office in the last year for which figures are available. (287018)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave to the hon. Member for Putney (Justine Greening) on 12 June 2009, Official Report, columns 1062-64W.

Regional Planning and Development

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much funding his Department has allocated through regional efficiency and improvement partnerships in the last three years. (286577)

The Regional Improvement and Efficiency Partnerships were set up in April 2008 and receive core funding from my Department. My Department has provided £50 million core funding for Regional Improvement and Efficiency Partnerships since their inception in April 2008, and is committed to providing a further £135 million core funding over the remaining CSR07 period, including the £68 million investment I confirmed on 15 July 2009 for this year (2009-10). We also provide additional money for specific projects. Funding provided is as follows:

£

Revenue funding

Capital funding

2008-09

74,922,000

26,412,000

2009-10

54,000,000

13,500,000

Total

128,922,000

39,912,000

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what financial support his Department has provided to local authorities and their representative bodies through (a) regional efficiency and improvement partnerships and (b) regional empowerment partnerships in the last three years. (286579)

The Regional Improvement and Efficiency Partnerships were set up in April 2008 and receive core funding from my Department. My Department has provided £50 million core funding for Regional Improvement and Efficiency Partnerships since their inception in April 2008, and is committed to providing a further £135 million core funding over the remaining Comprehensive Spending Review 07 period, including the £68 million investment I confirmed on 15 July 2009 for this year (2009-10). We also provide additional money for specific projects.

It would not be possible to disaggregate how much the RIEPs support individual local councils and their representatives bodies.

This Department has also provided funding, via the Community Development Foundation, to the Regional Empowerment Partnerships (REPs), to support local government of all types to help improve their empowerment and engagement practice. It would not be possible to disaggregate how much the REPs support different types of councils.

Regional Planning and Development: West Midlands

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government at what phase of the West Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy review an assessment of ecotown applications will be made. (288327)

The Examination in Public into the West Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy took place between 28 April and 24 June 2009. The Examination considered what role in principle eco-towns or new settlement proposals might have in providing for housing development in the region.

The Panel Report is anticipated in September. Following this the Secretary of State aims to publish Proposed Changes to the Regional Spatial Strategy before the end of the year.

Rented Housing: Carbon Emissions

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what progress has been made towards the target for all new (a) private sector and (b) social rented housing to be zero carbon by 2016. (286524)

The Government announced in July 2007 that all new homes will be zero carbon from 2016. Following a consultation paper released last December, I made a written ministerial statement to the House announcing further decisions on the definition of zero carbon homes on 16 July 2009 Official Report, columns 43-44WS. A summary of consultation responses and updated impact assessment were published on the same day see:

www.communities.gov.uk/planningandbuilding/theenvironment/zerocarbonhomes/

Government continue to support the transition to low and zero carbon homes in a number of ways:

in my 16 July 2009 statement, I announced the first four pioneering locations for eco-towns in England and the publication of the planning policy statement on eco-towns. Eco-towns will demonstrate the highest levels of sustainability and will be zero carbon across all the town’s buildings;

the Technology Strategy Board is working with partners to enable it to harness the market for environmentally sustainable buildings, since 2004 investing £46 million in this area. Under its Low Impact Buildings Innovation Platform a further total of £50 million is now earmarked for allocation to research relevant to new build by 2011. This includes over £30 million of capability building work to be awarded over the next two years and up to £8.5 million in new build demonstration programmes;

the Government’s Code for Sustainable Homes (the Code) provides a single national standard to guide industry in the design and construction of sustainable new homes. Recently, post-construction certificates were issued for the first homes built to Code level 6 (zero carbon achieved on-site or via private wire);

the Homes and Communities Agency (HCA) Carbon Challenge programme aims to accelerate the home building industry’s response to climate change by building homes that reach Code level 6. Four new communities are planned which will together provide around 1,700 zero carbon and highly sustainable homes. Work on the first site at Hanham Hall, near Bristol, is expected to start in late 2009;

Budget 2009 announced a £400 million Kickstart Housing Delivery programme targeted at currently stalled sites, to support construction of high quality mixed tenure housing developments. This amount was subsequently increased under the Housing Pledge as part of Building Britain’s Future last month. Homes built to higher levels of the Code are encouraged under this programme;

my Department is providing funding support to the Zero Carbon Hub, the industry-led delivery body for zero carbon homes. The Hub reports to the 2016 Task Force, which I jointly chair with the Executive Chairman of the Home Builders Federation and which provides strategic oversight of our zero carbon homes policy;

stamp duty land tax exemption or reduction is available for the first acquisition of a zero carbon home.

In relation to social housing:

social housing funded under the National Affordable Housing Programme is required to meet level 3 of the Code. The HCA is reviewing the timetable for requiring housing funded under this programme to be built to higher levels of the Code;

Budget 2009 announced £100 million of new funding for local authorities to deliver new social housing at higher energy efficiency standards. This funding has been increased under the Housing Pledge to enable up a four-fold increase in new social homes to be built by local authorities.

Social Rented Housing: Essex

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what proportion of (a) local authority and (b) housing association homes in (i) Essex and (ii) Castle Point met the decent homes standard in each of the last five years. (285481)

The following table outlines the proportion of (a) local authority and (b) housing association homes in (i) Essex and (ii) Castle Point that failed to meet the decent homes standard in each of the last five years.

Proportion of dwellings that are non-decent

Percentage

Local authority

Registered social landlords

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Castle point

14.4

11.8

16.0

11.5

10.6

n/a

11.3

7.1

7.9

10.3

Essex

33.7

32.7

30.9

26.9

18.9

n/a

7.6

7.3

5.7

19.5

Source:

Annual returns, from all LAs that retain social housing stock, to Communities and Local Government and annual return from Registered Social Landlords.

Social Rented Housing: Standards

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many social homes in each region have not reached the Decent Homes standard; and what estimate he has made of the cost to the public purse of bringing such homes up to the standard. (283831)

The following table provides the information requested:

Number of social sector non-decent dwellings as 1 March 2008

Non-decent dwellings

Total stock

Percentage non-decent

North East

72,000

274,000

26

North West

94,000

576,000

16

Yorkshire and the Humber

104,000

424,000

24

East Midlands

53,000

305,000

17

West Midlands

62,000

424,000

15

East of England

54,000

387,000

14

London

175,000

786,000

22

South East

58,000

483,000

12

South West

41,000

306,000

13

England

714,000

3,965,000

18

Source: Annual returns, from all LAs that retain social housing stock, to Communities and Local Government and annual return from registered social landlords.

Landlord statistical returns show that the 18 per cent. of the social housing stock is non-decent compared to 38 per cent. in 2002.

The cost per house of meeting the decent homes standard varies across the country and the Department does not collect that information. Some landlords are refurbishing the houses in their area above the decent homes standard. Any higher local standard, and how that is to be achieved, will be determined by local circumstances and the level of resources that can be delivered into the programme locally. The Government expect over £40 billion to have been spent on refurbishing council houses by 2010.

Temporary Accommodation

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many (a) disabled and (b) elderly people were in temporary accommodation in each year since 1997. (288493)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many (a) dependent children, (b) expectant mothers and (c) children aged (i) 16 and (ii) 17 years were in temporary accommodation in each year since 1997. (288494)

Work and Pensions

Atos

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what proportion of people who undertook a health test administered by Atos on behalf of her Department were scored at zero out of 15 in the latest period for which figures are available. (283983)

[holding answer 3 July 2009]: The information is not held centrally and could be made available only at disproportionate cost. Decisions about the total points applicable from a work capability assessment or a personal capability assessment are made by Jobcentre Plus decision-makers in each case, taking account of the available evidence, including any evidence provided by the claimant in a work capability assessment questionnaire, a personal capability assessment questionnaire, the claimant's general practitioner, and advice provided to Jobcentre Plus by the Atos health care professional. Although the decision-maker records the points scored in each individual case, there is no central record of how many people score zero points.

Attendance Allowance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what percentage of total expenditure on benefits payments attendance allowance accounted for in (a) 1980, (b) 1997, (c) 2001, (d) 2005 and (e) 2008. (287417)

The information is in the following table.

Percentage of DWP total benefit expenditure accounted for by attendance allowance

Percentage

1980-81

1.3

1997-98

3.0

2001-02

3.1

2005-06

3.3

2008-09 estimated out-turn

3.4

Note:

DWP total benefit expenditure excludes benefits that are no longer within the remit of DWP. Child benefit and war pensions have been excluded.

Source:

DWP accounting data

Children: Maintenance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what mechanism is in place for the recovery of child maintenance payments from British national absent parents who are resident overseas. (281844)

The Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission is responsible for the child maintenance system. I have therefore asked the Child Maintenance Commissioner to write to the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Stephen Geraghty:

In reply to your recent Parliamentary Question about the Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission, the Secretary of State promised a substantive reply from the Child Maintenance Commissioner. The Child Support Agency is now the responsibility of the Child Maintenance Enforcement Commission.

You asked the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions, what mechanism is in place for the recovery of child maintenance payments from British national absent parents who are resident overseas. [281844]

The Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission retains the power to pursue a non-resident parent who moves overseas, but only where the non-resident is regarded as being habitually resident in the UK. The criteria for establishing jurisdiction when a non-resident parent leaves the United Kingdom is described at Section 44 of the Child Support Act. There is no distinction made between an EU state and a non-EU state.

There are certain cases where the nature of employment will bring the non-resident parent under the jurisdiction of the Commission, for example those employed in the Civil Service or a member of the naval, military or air forces. The Commission may also have jurisdiction where a non-resident parent is employed by a company that is prescribed in Child Support (Maintenance Arrangement and Jurisdiction Regulations) 1992, Regulation 7A(2).

The Ministry of Justice, however operates a system for administering international child and spousal maintenance cases where the non-resident parent can not be treated as habitually resident in the UK; this is known as the Reciprocal Enforcement of Maintenance Orders (REMO).

Where a parent with care applies to their local magistrates’ court or family proceedings court, details of the maintenance liability can be referred to the foreign jurisdiction - where the non-resident parent now resides - whom will be able to apply their domestic collection and enforcement mechanisms in order to recover the amount due. They will then refer this money back to the UK REMO administrators.

The UK has reciprocal maintenance agreements with over 100 states and territories.

I hope you find this answer helpful.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many parents making payments to the Child Support Agency have their full liability reduced because they have responsibility for the care of their child for more than one night per week. (283211)

[holding answer 8 July 2009]: The Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission is responsible for the child maintenance system. I have therefore asked the Child Maintenance Commissioner to write to the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Stephen Geraghty:

In reply to your recent Parliamentary Question about the Child Support Agency, the Secretary of State promised a substantive reply from the Child Maintenance Commissioner as the Child Support Agency is now the responsibility of the Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission.

You asked the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions, how many parents making payments to the Child Support Agency have their full liability reduced because they have responsibility for the care of their child for more than one night per week. [283211]

The Agency estimates that at the end of March 2009, there were around 180,000 cases across both schemes where the maintenance liability has been reduced to take into account a shared care arrangement between the non resident parent and parent with care.

It should be noted that the current statutory maintenance scheme defines a shared care arrangement as one where a qualifying child spends at least 52 nights per year with the non-resident parent. However the original statutory maintenance scheme defined a shared care arrangement as one where the qualifying child spends two days or more per week with the non resident parent. The figure quoted above is based on these definitions.

I hope you find this answer helpful.

Damian McBride

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions on what date she last met Mr. Damian McBride in the course of her official duties. (287419)

I can confirm that I have not met with Mr. Damian McBride in the course of my ministerial duties.

Departmental Databases

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what information databases her Department (a) maintain and (b) uses which do not contain personal information. (284383)

The Department maintains a variety of large and small databases in order to process benefits, run the Department and deliver the range of services for which the Department is responsible. Those that contain personal information include: operational systems such as our Customer Information System; databases for research purposes; databases that contain staff-related resource management information and others that relate to the administration of specific benefits. Where personal information is stored and processed on such databases these comply with the requirements of the Data Protection Act.

Departmental Electronic Equipment

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many (a) photocopiers, (b) scanning devices and (c) fax machines, excluding multi-function devices, there are in her Department; how many there were in each of the last three years; and if she will make a statement. (286162)

The Department had 5,243 photocopiers in April 2007; 4,952 in April 2008 and 4,294 in April 2009. 181 scanners and 1,377 fax machines have been ordered through the DWP IT catalogue since July and November 2007 respectively. Information on other orders and the total numbers in the Department are not available.

The Department is currently undertaking a project to rationalise the Department's printers and photocopiers and introduce where ever possible multi-functional devises with the capability to print, copy, fax and scan. This initiative will lower the total cost of printing and copying in the Department, reduce our carbon footprint and provide better support for our staff.

Departmental Risk Assessment

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many investigations her Department's Risk Assessment Division carried out with external programme providers in each of the last five years; and how many resulted in (a) prosecution, (b) an administrative financial penalty, (c) other further action and (d) no further action. (285198)

[holding answer 9 July 2009]: Data in the format requested are only available from 2006-07.

The figures are shown in the following table:

1 April 2006 to 31 March 2007

1 April 2007 to 31 March 2008

1 April 2008 to 31 March 2009

1 April 2009 to present

Number of investigations

26

34

15'

21

Prosecutions

0

0

0

0

Other further action

13

14

4

0

No further action

13

20

6

0

1 Five investigations in 2008-09 and two investigations in the current year to date are continuing and no conclusion has been reached.

All DWP contracts contain robust clauses that allow us to terminate or seek damages for breach. ‘Administrative financial penalties’ are not included in DWP contracts because penalty clauses, as such, are unenforceable through the courts. Contracts will be terminated where the breach of the contract terms is sufficiently serious.

Departmental Secondment

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many employees of her Department have been posted to work in offices of hon. Members of each political party in each of the last five years. (284883)

Civil servants may shadow MPs as part of a programme run by the industry and Parliament Trust. Details on numbers of civil servants from this Department that have had such an attachment is not held centrally.

Civil servants are required to act in accordance with the requirements of the Civil Service Code.

Drugs: Rehabilitation

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) how many people in each region were referred from Jobcentre Plus to Progress2Work in 2008-09; (284992)

(2) how many people in each region were referred from Jobcentre Plus to Progress2Work-LinkUP in 2008-09.

[holding answer 8 July 2009]: The available information is in the table.

Customers in each region who started on the progress2work and progress2work-Link UP following a referral by Jobcentre Plus, in the 2008-09 operational year

Number

Region

Starts onto progress2work

Starts onto progress2work-Link UP

East Midlands

100

180

East of England

0

200

London

280

80

North East

100

40

North West

480

640

Scotland

540

540

South East

100

160

South West

140

40

Wales

100

60

West Midlands

280

240

Yorkshire and Humberside

240

620

Total

2,360

2,820

Notes: 1. Figures have been rounded to the nearest 20. 2. Although the question has asked how many were referred by Jobcentre Plus in 2008-09 we can only say of those who started in 2008-09 how many were referred by Jobcentre Plus offices. Source: Department for Work and Pensions progress2work/LinkUp Evaluation Database.

Employment Schemes

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many and what proportion of (a) lone parents, (b) incapacity benefit claimants and (c) jobseeker's allowance claimants she estimates will be covered by the single personalised employment programme pilot scheme. (282685)

[holding answer 29 June 2009]: On 16 June 2009 we announced that we would pilot the Personalised Employment Programme in three Jobcentre Plus Districts: the London boroughs of Barnet, Enfield and Haringey, Hampshire and the Isle of Wight district and Thames Valley district

These pilot areas will cover around 6 per cent. of benefit claimants across the eligible customer groups.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what changes have been made to the single personalised employment programme pilot scheme since it was first announced; and when it is expected to commence. (282686)

[holding answer 29 June 2009]: In January 2009 the Department for Work and Pensions published a discussion paper on the next steps in implementing the Gregg Review. In this document the Government announced that the pilots would include parents with younger children in addition to jobseekers and those with health conditions or disabilities. The programme was also renamed and it is now known as the Personalised Employment Programme.

Changes to the programme have not altered the roll-out date for the pilots, which are expected to commence in March 2011.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) what the budget for (a) the Future Jobs Fund, (b) support to take an existing job in a key employment sector, (c) work-focused training places and (d) places on a community task force component of the Young Person’s Guarantee is for (i) 2009-10, (ii) 2010-11 and (iii) 2011-12; (283577)

(2) what funding her Department has allocated for the delivery of (a) the Community Task Force and (b) additional training places provided under the Young Persons’ Guarantee in (i) 2009-10, (ii) 2010-11 and (iii) 2011-12;

(3) who in her Department is responsible for the delivery of the Community Task Force under the Young Person’s Guarantee.

The total funding for Young Person’s Guarantee, which includes Future Jobs Fund, the Community Task Force, Sectoral Pathways and additional training, is £250 million for 2009-10 and £838 million for 2010-11. In addition, there is £20 million to support delivery through Jobcentre Plus. There is no funding allocated for 2011-12.

The Community Task Force will be delivered by contracted providers. The procurement process is being led by the Department.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions for how long the Government's Young Person's Guarantee will be offered; and what steps the Government plans to take to fulfil the Guarantee after the closure of the Future Jobs Fund in March 2011. (283579)

The Young Person's Guarantee and Future Jobs Fund will last from April 2009 to March 2011. Those who join the offer on the last date will continue until their placement ends.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what mechanism there is for provision of the community task force under the Young Person’s Guarantee; who will provide task force places; for how long on average a participant will be on the task force; how much Government funding has been allocated for provision of the task force; what incentives providers will receive to secure job entries; and whether young people participating in the community task force will receive a training allowance in place of jobseeker’s allowance. (283611)

The Budget announced a Young Person’s Guarantee; a guaranteed offer of a job, work experience placement or training for all jobseeker’s allowance customers approaching 12 months of their claim.

The Community Task Force is the work experience element of the Young Person’s Guarantee. It will offer work-focused placements of benefit to the community, designed to move customers closer to the labour market.

When the Young Person’s Guarantee is introduced in January 2010, the Community Task Force will be offered on a voluntary basis to all customers not taking up another element of the guarantee. It is expected to become mandatory for all customers who do not take up another element from spring 2010. Placements will last up to six months while the scheme is voluntary, and three months when it becomes mandatory, with the option in the latter case for young people to stay on for a further three months on a voluntary basis.

The Department for Work and Pensions will be contracting with external providers to provide these placements. The Community Task Force will use a standard funding model, comprising a service fee and outcome payment. The outcome payment will be paid to the provider when a customer finds sustained, paid employment.

Customers taking part in the Community Task Force will be paid a training allowance, rather than jobseeker’s allowance. However, they will still be expected to be actively looking for work and to leave the programme if they find paid employment.

Funding for the Community Task Force is included in the Young Person’s Guarantee funding and is not available as a separate figure. The budget for the Young Person’s Guarantee is approximately £250 million for 2009-10 and £838 million for 2010-11.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what mechanism there is for provision of work-focused training places under the Young Person’s Guarantee; who will provide such places; for how long on average a participant will receive training; how much government funding has been allocated for such places; what incentives providers will receive to secure job entries; and whether young people participating in such training will receive a training allowance rather than jobseeker’s allowance. (283612)

A range of public and private sector training providers will deliver the training element of the Young Person’s Guarantee. Learners can access the training through their Jobcentre Plus personal adviser or by going direct to a provider.

The length of training depends on the type of course that the participant enrols in. Shorter, sector specific training through Sector Routeways is designed to take up to eight weeks, providing more focused training for people closer to the labour market. Longer training from three to six months is designed for people who need a more significant and sustained boost to their skills.

The budget for this training is £122,400,000 in total from 2009-11. The funding model for this offer, which will detail any provider incentives and training allowances, has not yet been finalised.

Employment Support Allowance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many and what proportion of those who started claiming employment support allowance have moved into work since it came into force; and if she will make a statement. (286482)

Information on the number and proportion of people who have left employment and support allowance to move into work is not available at present.

Employment and support allowance replaced incapacity benefit for new claims from 27 October 2008. The latest provisional headline figures available are for November 2008.

Financial Assistance Scheme

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people she estimates will receive pensions under her Department's Financial Assistance Scheme; and of these how many she expects to have rights to do so based (a) solely and (b) partly on pre-1997 service. (286416)

[holding answer 13 July 2009]: We estimate that the Financial Assistance Scheme will provide assistance payments to 147,000 members.

Of these, it has been estimated that 66,000 members have pension rights based solely on pre-1997 service and 74,000 members have pension rights based partly on pre-1997 service. The remaining 7,000 have solely post 1997 service.

Foreign Workers

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what proportion of the increase in (a) people in employment and (b) people of working age in employment between the third quarter for 1997 and (i) the third quarter for 2008 and (ii) the most recent quarter for which figures are available was accounted for by non-UK citizens. (286461)

I have been asked to reply.

The information requested falls within the responsibility of the UK Statistics Authority. I have asked the authority to reply.

Letter from Karen Dunnell, July 2009:

As National Statistician, I have been asked to reply to your Parliamentary Question asking what proportion of the increase in (a) people in employment and (b) people of working age in employment between the third quarter for 1997 and (i) the third quarter for 2008 and (ii) the most recent quarter for which figures are available was accounted for by non-UK citizens. (286461)

The information requested is shown in the attached tables. The estimates are derived from the Labour Force Survey (LFS). As with any sample survey, estimates from the LFS are subject to a margin of uncertainty.

The figures in the table are derived from the LFS microdata which are weighted using the official population estimates published in autumn 2007. They are not entirely consistent with the figures published in the monthly Labour Market Statistics Statistical Bulletin, including the migrant worker figures published every quarter, which are weighted using more up-to-date population estimates.

Table 1: People aged 16 and over in employment by nationality: Three month period ending September 1997 and 2008; three month period ending March 2009—United Kingdom, not seasonally adjusted

Number in employment (thousand)

Change since 1997 Q3 (thousand)

Change since 1997 Q3 as proportion of total change (%)

UK nationals

Non-UK nationals

Total1

UK nationals

Non-UK nationals

Total1

UK nationals

Non-UK nationals

Total1

1997

Q3

25,721

986

26,707

2008

Q3

27,203

2,323

29,533

1,482

1,337

2,825

52

47

100

2009

Q1

26,763

2,357

29,128

1,042

1,372

2,421

43

57

100

1 Includes those whose nationality was not known.

Table 2: People of working age1 in employment by nationality: Three month period ending September 1997 and 2008; three month period ending March 2009—United Kingdom, not seasonally adjusted

Number in employment (thousand)

Change since 1997 Q3 (thousand)

Change since 1997 Q3 as proportion of total change (%)

UK nationals

Non-UK nationals

Total2

UK nationals

Non-UK nationals

Total2

UK nationals

Non-UK nationals

Total2

1997

Q3

24,928

964

25,893

——

2008

Q3

25,928

2,279

28,214

1,000

1,315

2,321

43

57

100

2009

Q1

25,454

2,313

27,775

526

1,348

1,882

28

52

100

1 Men aged 16-64 and women aged 16-59.

2 Includes those whose nationality was not known.

Source:

Labour Force Survey

It should be noted that the above estimates exclude people in most types of communal establishment (e.g. hotels, boarding houses, hostels mobile home sites etc.)

Future Jobs Fund

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many jobs are proposed to be created by bids for the Future Jobs Fund in total. (283571)

The Future Jobs Fund will create 150,000 new jobs, of which we will specifically target 50,000 in areas of high unemployment.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the procedure will be for (a) individuals and (b) businesses to apply for funding from the Future Jobs Fund. (286631)

The Future Jobs Fund is a fund of around £1 billion to support the creation of jobs for long-term unemployed young people and others who face significant disadvantage in the labour market.

Bids for funding can come from anyone, but we have a strong preference for partnership bids. We expect the majority of bids to the Future Jobs Fund to be led by local authorities, sub-regional, city region and local partnerships, or by national or local public sector and third sector bodies. We published the invitation to bid on 13 May, and had received over 200 bids by 30 June, which we are currently assessing. Up-to-date guidance on how to bid is available from the Future Jobs Fund website at:

www.dwp.gov.uk/futurejobsfund

We expect that in most cases eligible candidates will be referred to employers by Jobcentre Plus. In some cases individuals may self-present to the employer, or may be identified by them directly. In these situations, Jobcentre Plus will need to confirm an individual’s eligibility. Future Jobs Fund employers will be encouraged to sign a local employment partnership with Jobcentre Plus.

Health and Safety Executive: Reorganisation

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many copies of the consultation paper on proposed changes to the Nuclear Directorate of the Health and Safety Executive have been printed; what methods have been used to publicise the consultation; and what financial impact assessment of the proposed changes has been undertaken. (286862)

The joint Department for Work and Pensions (DWP)/Department of Energy and Climate Change (DECC) consultation on the restructuring of the Health and Safety Executive's (HSE) Nuclear Directorate was launched on 30 June 2009 and will run until 22 September 2009. A total of 170 copies of the consultation document have been printed. Copies of the document are available from Publications Orderline, Admail 528, London SW1W 8YT. It is also available electronically via the DECC website at:

http://www.decc.gov.uk/en/content/cms/consultations/hse_restruct/hse_restruct.aspx

A written ministerial statement announcing the launch of the consultation was made by the Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change on 30 June. The consultation was publicised through a press notice and on the DWP, DECC and HSE websites. Copies of the consultation document were sent electronically to around 2,200 contacts.

A partial impact assessment, which includes an assessment of the financial impact of the proposed restructuring, was published as part of the consultation document.

Health and Safety: Teachers

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many non-fatal major injuries which were sustained in the workplace by (a) secondary, (b) primary and nursery and (c) special needs education teaching professionals resulted in legal proceedings in each of the last five years. (285727)

There are no prosecution cases recorded on the Health and safety Executive’s database resulting from reported non-fatal major injuries to individuals in the teaching profession in the last five years.

Health Professions

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions pursuant to the answer of 22 June 2009, Official Report, column 684W, on social security benefits: medical examinations, how many of the health care professionals against whom complaints were made under the heading claimants experiences were the subject of more than one complaint and how many health care professionals have been (a) disciplined and (b) dismissed. (283836)

Further to the answer of 22 June 2009, there were 15 health care professionals against whom complaints were made under the heading claimants experiences were the subject of more than one complaint.

The number of health care professionals that have been (a) disciplined is nil and (b) dismissed is nil.

Incapacity Benefit

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what estimate her Department has made of the average cost of re-assessment of an existing incapacity benefit claimant as part of the programme to migrate the current incapacity benefit population onto the employment and support allowance by 2013; and how much her Department plans to spend on assessing the existing incapacity benefit population in (a) 2009-10, (b) 2010-11, (c) 2011-12 and (d) 2012-13. (288519)

The average cost of a medical assessment for an incapacity benefits claimant is commercially sensitive and can not be provided.

Planned expenditure on medical assessments for existing incapacity benefits customers is detailed in the following table.

Medical assessment expenditure

£ million

2009-10

20

2010-11

45

2011-12

35

2012-13

35

Notes:

1, Figures include the planned expenditure on reassessing incapacity benefits claimants under the Personal Capability Assessment and the additional funding to reassess incapacity benefits customers under the Work Capability Assessment.

2. Figures are rounded to the nearest £5 million.

Industrial Injuries

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions if she will estimate the average weekly saving to the public purse of an individual delaying making a claim for industrial injury benefit for beat knee and osteoarthritis of the knee. (286875)

Osteoarthritis of the knee was added to the list of diseases covered by the industrial injuries scheme on 13 July 2009. The disease prescribed disease A6 (commonly known as ‘Beat Knee’) has been prescribed since 1958.

Any person who feels they may be eligible to claim for either disease should do so as soon as possible. Awards may be backdated up to three months. If a person makes a claim for osteoarthritis of the knee within three months of 13 July 2009, any award may be backdated to that date only, as no payment can be made for the period before the law changed.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions if she will make available expert advisers from her Department to inform the public of beat knee and osteoarthritis of the knee industrial injury claims at public meetings organised by hon. Members. (286877)

The communication strategy for osteoarthritis of the knee has been deliberately targeted at the most effective means of reaching the mining community. My officials have met with senior representatives of the National Union of Mineworkers (NUM), National Association of Colliery Overmen, Deputies and Shotfirers (NACODS), and the Union of Democratic Mineworkers (UDM) at their headquarters to explain what the changes mean for their members, and have contacted the miners' pension schemes to ensure all retired miners would be aware of the change. Press releases and posters containing contact details for advice on claiming have supported that strategy and its effectiveness has already been demonstrated by the numbers of claims already received. I am satisfied with our publicity arrangements, and do not plan to routinely make officials available to attend public meetings.

Prescribed Disease A6 (commonly known as Beat Knee) has been covered by the IIDB scheme since 1958. It is well known and we have no plans to further publicise this disease.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what provision her Department is making with Atos Origin to allow local and cost-effective medical examinations for beat knee and osteoarthritis of the knee industrial injury claims. (286878)

Atos Origin IT Services Ltd. (Atos Healthcare) has Medical Examination Centres (MEC) across the country. All DWP customers claiming Industrial Injuries Disablement Benefit (IIDB) for beat knee and osteoarthritis of the knee will be asked to attend the MEC nearest to their home. In addition the DWP do not require customers to travel further than 90 minutes, each way, by public transport. Where there is no MEC within 90 minutes of a customer's home address, Atos Healthcare can make alternative arrangements.

Discussions are under way between the DWP and Atos Healthcare to secure the best value for money solution to deliver this new requirement.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many industrial injury claims for beat knee and osteoarthritis of the knee were submitted in advance of the July start date for compensation payments. (286879)

4,834 claims for osteoarthritis of the knee were received before the law came into force on 13 July 2009 to include this disease in the industrial injuries scheme.

Prescribed Disease A6, commonly known as 'Beat Knee', has been on the list of diseases covered by the scheme since 1958. There were 880 new claims for Prescribed Disease A6 received during the period October 2007 to September 2008. This is the latest full year validated figures held for that disease.

Source:

Clerical Count 100 per cent. data

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what guidance her Department has issued to claimants of industrial injury benefit for beat knee or osteoarthritis of the knee on charges levied by claims handlers. (286880)

Osteoarthritis of the knee was added to the industrial injuries disablement benefit scheme on 13 July 2009. We have made it clear in our publicity that customers do not need to involve solicitors and they should contact Jobcentre Plus industrial injury disablement benefit offices direct for advice about claiming.

Prescribed Disease A6 (commonly known as Beat Knee) has been covered by the industrial injury disablement benefit scheme since 1958. The Jobcentre Plus leaflet covering industrial injury disablement benefit advises individuals to contact their local Jobcentre Plus industrial injury disablement benefit regional centre if they require more information or want to make a claim.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many advertisements her Department has placed to explain industrial injury benefit claims for beat knee and osteoarthritis of the knee in the last 12 months. (286881)

We have not placed any paid-for advertisements in the last 12 months. We have, however, produced 500 posters to publicise the new entitlement to industrial injuries disablement benefit for miners with osteoarthritis of the knee. These have been distributed to MPs in their constituencies, and the major miners’ unions to distribute through their networks (including National Association of Colliery Overmen, Deputies and Shotfirers [NACODS], Union of Democratic Mineworkers [UDM], and National Union of Mineworkers [NUM]).

In addition, we have sent articles to pension trustees of the above unions to include in their newsletters and other communications. We have also placed an article in September’s edition of Touchbase, the Department for Work and Pension’s newsletter for its advisers.

We have worked with national and local media outlets to explain the change and achieved free coverage in the Daily Mirror, on the BBC news website, and throughout the country, particularly in mining and former mining communities, including the Newcastle Journal, Northern Echo, Hartlepool Mail, Sunderland Echo, Wigan Observer, Warwickshire Telegraph, Coventry Telegraph, Nuneaton News, Staffordshire Newsletter and the Sheffield Star.

The Under-Secretary of State for Work and Pensions, my hon. Friend the Member for Burnley (Kitty Ussher), visited the National Coal Mining Museum in Wakefield, along with representatives from NUM and NACODS. The visit was covered by the Yorkshire Post, Yorkshire Star and Sheffield Telegraph newspapers, as well as BBC Look North and BBC Radio Leeds.

My hon. Friend wrote a letter advising potential applicants in South Wales to apply direct to Jobcentre Plus, after local solicitors were found to be targeting miners. The letter was published in the Bridgend & Porthcawl Gem, South Wales Echo, Western Mail and the Cynon Valley Leader.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many claim forms for industrial injuries disablement benefit in relation to beat knee or osteoarthritis of the knee have been (a) ordered from and (b) returned to her Department by claims handlers working for the company BCP. (287016)

Jobcentre Plus does not keep information about the number of industrial injuries disablement benefit claim forms ordered by and returned from claims handlers and individual organisations.

Jobcentre Plus

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions if she will instruct Jobcentre Plus staff to seek to schedule regular meetings with jobseekers in part-time work to take place on days when they are not regularly employed. (284421)

The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the acting chief executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked him to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Mel Groves:

The Secretary of State has asked me to reply to your question asking if she will issue guidance to Jobcentre Plus that it should seek to schedule regular meetings with jobseekers in part-time work to take place on days when they are not regularly employed. This is something that falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

Regular face-to-face contact with people is the most effective method of helping them find work quickly, and ensuring they remain entitled to payment of benefit by demonstrating they are actively seeking work. People claiming Jobseeker’s Allowance are therefore usually required to attend their nearest Jobcentre for regular jobsearch reviews and more in-depth interviews with a personal adviser if they do not find work quickly. Where someone is undertaking part-time work we will make every effort to make alternative arrangements to accommodate their part time working patterns. We will, however, ensure that the guidance is clarified in this respect.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) when the results of the next Jobcentre Plus staff survey will be reported; and if she will place in the Library a copy of that report; (286638)

(2) if she will place in the Library a copy of the results of each of the three most recent Jobcentre Plus staff surveys.

Copies of the three most recent sets of survey results for Jobcentre Plus, from the Department for Work and Pensions Surveys conducted in 2009, 2008 and 2006, have been placed in the Library. There was no staff survey in 2007 as surveys were conducted in November 2006 and January 2008.

As part of the Cabinet Office cross-Government employee engagement programme the next staff survey of Jobcentre Plus, which is part of the Department for Work and Pensions Survey, will take place in October/November 2009. Results will be available in January/February 2010. The results will be placed in the Library.

Jobcentre Plus: Buildings

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) whether her Department consulted disability organisations on the most recent programme of refurbishment to Jobcentre Plus offices; (284017)

(2) whether the tendering contract for the most recent refurbishment to the Jobcentre Plus offices stipulated the provision of accessible seating for elderly and disabled people in Jobcentre Plus offices.

[holding answer 3 July 2009]: The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the acting chief executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked him to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Mel Groves:

The Secretary of State has asked me to reply to your questions asking: whether her Department consulted disability organisations prior to the most recent programme of refurbishment to Jobcentre Plus offices and whether the tendering contract for the most recent refurbishment to the Jobcentre Plus offices stipulated the provision of accessible seating in Jobcentre Plus offices. This is something that falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

During the programme to roll out Jobcentre Plus offices, in the period 2002 to 2006, Jobcentre Plus worked in partnership with the Department's Diversity and Equality specialist, to ensure the changes met the needs of all our customers. The Jobcentre Plus Project developed a Jobcentre Plus Environmental Guide (JPEG) in association with the project architects which referenced all relevant external legislation including the Disability Discrimination Act (DDA). DDA requires all providers of public services to ensure that services to customers can be accessed by all, whether that is in regard to the physical office environments or by other means. The JPEG was reviewed throughout the rollout programme to ensure compliance with the Act. This was reflected both in the standards and specifications deployed in the physical refurbishment of our offices and in the design of specific components.

The tendering exercise for the national roll out of Jobcentre Plus offices between 2002 and 2006 identified a range of customer seating which complied with statutory requirements. The scope of the tenders included a range of design options that took account of our business-related Health and Safety considerations and also met key customer needs such as comfort, visibility and ease of use. Consultation with the Department's Diversity and Equality specialists provided Jobcentre Plus with assurances that the broadest range of customer requirements would be met.

As part of the planning for delivery of services through the new Jobcentre Plus network, each District drew up a local service delivery plan which was the subject of consultation with a range of local stakeholders, including customer representatives. Customer Service Directors have recently been asked to review their existing service delivery arrangements in meeting the challenge of the current economic climate, taking account of the planned welfare reform changes for the next two to three years.

This exercise has identified that a number of Jobcentre Plus offices currently face capacity pressures. These pressures will be met through a range of solutions. This includes making our services more accessible to customers by providing a range of support through outreach, often delivering advisory and other support on partners' premises. We are supplementing these measures by operating extended opening hours in some locations where the need for this is identified locally, including some offices opening to the public on Saturday. In the light of the increase in customer demand we have embarked on a programme to convert or extend our existing buildings where necessary, deploying existing components including similar seating to that already installed as part of the 2002-2006 roll out of Jobcentre Plus offices.

However, we will only acquire new space where all other measures are insufficient.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how much her Department has spent on projects to refurbish Jobcentre Plus offices since 2001. (284018)

[holding answer 3 July 2009]: The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the acting chief executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked him to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Mel Groves:

The Secretary of State for Work and Pensions has asked me to respond to your question asking how much her Department has spent on projects to refurbish Jobcentre Plus offices since 2001. This is something which falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

Jobcentre Plus came into being in April 2002. The refurbishment of Jobcentre Plus offices was carried out over five years as part of the £1.9 billion rollout of the Jobcentre Plus office network, which included estates refurbishment costs of £782 million.

Jobcentre Plus: Essex

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the rate of (a) absence and (b) absence resulting from injury at work was among Jobcentre Plus employees in (i) Essex and (ii) Castle Point in each of the last five years; what estimate she has made of the cost to the public purse of such absences; and if she will make a statement. (283886)

The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the acting chief executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked him to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Mel Groves:

The Secretary of State has asked me to reply to your question asking what the rate of (a) absence and (b) absence resulting from injury at work was among Jobcentre Plus employees in (i) Essex and (ii) Castle Point in each of the last five years; and what estimate she has made of the cost to the public purse of these absences. This is something that falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

The system we use to monitor sick absence is a relatively new system so I am only able to provide data from May 2007 to June 2009. I have therefore detailed below the average working days lost per member of staff in Jobcentre Plus in Essex between June 2007 and May 2008, and between June 2008 and May 2009 along with the associated financial cost. I am unable to provide you with details for Castle Point as we do not record them for this area specifically.

Average work days lost to sickness (in days)

Total cost of sickness days lost (£)

June 2008 to May 2009

8.79

964,874

June 2007 to May 2008

11.17

1,072,866

The level of sickness absence data that Jobcentre Plus collects does not allow us to identify specific work related injuries as the cause of sickness absence.

Jobcentre Plus is very aware of the negative impact of sickness absence on customer service and is committed to improving performance in this area. Indeed, our strategies are delivering considerable success, with the latest data confirming the improving trend we have seen over the last 16 months. We remain committed to securing further improvements.

In addition, we are embarking upon a major health and wellbeing programme across all of our sites. The programme provides staff with a wealth of information and guidance to support healthier lifestyles. It gives them access to a confidential on-line health and wellbeing assessment and delivers targeted solutions to support the individual. The programme also provides managers at our Jobcentres with comprehensive information about the potential health risks to staff, ensuring specific preventative action is taken to address the issues.

My District Manager for Essex, Neil Brettell, will be happy to talk to you further if you have any further questions. He can be contacted on 01245 214242, by post at Government Buildings, Beeches Road, Chelmsford, Essex CM1 2RT or by email at Neil.Brettell@jobcentreplus.gsi.gov.uk

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many jobs have been advertised at customer-facing Jobcentre Plus units in (a) Essex and (b) Castle Point in each of the last 12 months; and if she will make a statement. (283887)

All Jobcentre Plus offices have access to all vacancies advertised by Jobcentre Plus. Each office has jobpoints that allow jobseekers to search for jobs by various criteria including location. Therefore jobseekers using the Jobcentre Plus offices in Essex and Castle Point will be able to access the same vacancies as would a jobseeker in any other part of the country.

The number of vacancies advertised for Essex and the Castle Point constituency in the latest 12 months for which data are available are shown in the following table.

Number of notified vacanciesNumber of live unfilled vacancies

Essex

Castle point

Essex

Castle point

June 2008

8,144

331

6,606

331

July 2008

6,706

270

6,662

366

August 2008

8,203

210

6,633

259

September 2008

6,299

263

5,939

253

October 2008

6,864

263

6,185

318

November 2008

6,855

180

5,803

188

December 2008

3,923

135

4,311

168

January 2009

2,241

108

2,687

103

February 2009

6,150

329

3,890

164

March 2009

4,782

254

3,954

226

April 2009

4,534

231

3,758

125

May 2009

5,503

246

4,112

241

Notes:

1. Interpretation of these data need to take account of changes in recent years to Jobcentre Plus procedures for taking and handling vacancies. These figures are not fully comparable over time and may not indicate developments in the labour market. A more detailed explanation is available on the nomis website.

2. Notified vacancies include any speculative placings recorded by Jobcentre Plus. Datasets from May 2006 may reflect substantially reduced levels of speculative placings as part of the notified series. Consequently, care should be taken in interpreting time-series data.

3. The stocks of unfilled vacancies reflect more accurately job opportunities available via Jobcentre Plus. In the case of unfilled vacancies, use of the figures on live vacancies is recommended (that is, excluding suspended vacancies), and this is the default option. Live vacancies may still include some vacancies which have already been filled or are otherwise no longer open to recruits, due to natural time lags in procedures for following up vacancies with employers.

4. Data are unrounded.

5. Comprehensive estimates of all job vacancies (not just those notified to Jobcentre Plus) have been available from the monthly ONS Vacancy Survey since April 2001, based on a sample of some 6,000 enterprises. However, the ONS survey is currently designed to provide national estimates only.

Source:

Jobcentre Plus Labour Market System.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions whether free at the point of use telephones are available to Jobcentre Plus customers in each jobcentre in Essex. (286356)

The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the acting chief executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked him to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Mel Groves:

The Secretary of State has asked me to reply to your question asking whether free at the point of use telephones are available to Jobcentre Plus customers in each Jobcentre in Essex. This is something that falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

We have Customer Access Telephones in all our Jobcentres in Essex. These telephones are free for our customers to access a range of services. They are primarily used to make enquires about benefit claims and other services offered by us. They can also be used to contact employers and other agencies that can help customers find work. On request we can also make other telephones available, at no cost, for customers to telephone prospective employers or make other relevant calls.

Jobcentre Plus: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how much and what proportion of its annual budget Jobcentre Plus plans to spend on (a) staff and (b) Jobcentre Plus programmes in (i) 2009-10 and (ii) 2010-11. (278232)

[holding answer 8 June 2009]: The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the acting chief executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked him to provide the right hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Mel Groves:

The Secretary of State for Work and Pensions has asked me to reply to your question asking how much and what proportion of its annual budget Jobcentre Plus plans to spend on (a) staff and (b) Jobcentre Plus programmes in (i) 2009-10 and (ii) 2010-11. This is something that falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

The available information is provided below.

Employment programme budgets are not held by Jobcentre Plus but are controlled centrally by DWP.

Jobcentre Plus administration budget

£ million

2009/10

3,683

2010/11

3,951

Source:

DWP Three Year Business Plan

Based on our indicative plans for 2009/10, our best estimate is that approximately 70 per cent of the Jobcentre Plus administration budget will be spent on staff costs. The remaining 30 per cent will be spent on other non staff related costs. Detailed planning for 2010/11 has not yet commenced but it is expected that a similar proportion will also be spent on staff costs in that year.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions on which programmes the planned additional £3 billion funding allocation to Jobcentre Plus will be spent. (285988)

The Department was allocated £1.7 billion additional funding in the Budget 2009 in addition to the £1.3 billion announced in the pre-Budget report in November 2008 to fund additional volumes. The funding will be used to support Jobcentre Plus activity and to fund additional long-term employment programmes.

The funding for long-term employment programmes is £620 million as announced in Budget 2009, plus £350 million announced at the pre-Budget report 2008. Most of the provision for the long-term unemployed will be provided through the Flexible New Deal over the next two years. However phased implementation means that there will still be some expenditure on New Deal and Employment Zones programmes over the next two years.

Jobcentre Plus: Job Description

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what guidance her Department gives to jobcentres on procedures to ensure that job advertisements placed with them are genuine. (285813)

The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the acting chief executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked him to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Mel Groves:

The Secretary of State for Work and Pensions has asked me to reply to your question asking what guidance is given to jobcentres on procedures to ensure that job advertisements placed with them are genuine. This is something that falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

The following guidance is provided to Jobcentre Plus staff when handling vacancies from employers to ensure they are genuine. When advertising with Jobcentre Plus employers must provide us with:

a full and clear job description (which is lawful and unambiguous to our customers)

a rate of pay equal to or more than that stated in the National Minimum Wage Act

a guarantee that all other terms and conditions of employment are lawful; and

an assurance that all jobs are available on an open and fair basis to jobseeking customers using our services.

To ensure wherever possible that the employers and their vacancies are genuine we also require:

a full postal address

a landline telephone number

contact name, position with the company and direct telephone number

the type of business they are involved in

the number of employees they have at the individual site; and

a verbal/written National Minimum Wage assurance.

To ensure vacancies advertised by recruitment agencies are genuine, the recruitment agency must sign a service level agreement agreeing to the terms under which Jobcentre Plus will advertise their vacancies. This agreement specifies that all vacancies must be genuine and the agency must supply details of the employer on whose behalf they are advertising.

Jobcentre Plus also contacts all employers 48 hours after their vacancy was advertised to discuss the vacancy and this provides additional assurance that the employer and vacancy are genuine.

Jobcentre Plus: Opening Hours

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many Jobcentre Plus offices operate extended opening hours. (271697)

The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the acting chief executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked him to provide the right hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Mel Groves:

The Secretary of State has asked me to reply to your question asking how many Jobcentre Plus offices operate extended opening hours. This is something that falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

Extending opening hours is one of the ways in which we are responding to the demands on our service. The precise numbers of offices operating extended hours will vary week by week depending on the need.

However, as an example, between 15 and 28 June a total of 301 Jobcentres opened to customers on Saturday, 21 opened to customers on Sunday and 63 opened for extra hours during the week. Our Service Delivery plans are kept under constant review to make sure we offer the best possible service to meet the needs of our customers.

Jobcentre Plus: Qualifications

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions whether she has made an assessment of the merits of requiring minimum qualifications for Jobcentre Plus personal advisers; and if she will make a statement. (275406)

The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the acting chief executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked him to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Ruth Owen:

The Secretary of State has asked me to reply to your question to James Purnell asking whether he had made an assessment of the merits of requiring minimum qualifications for Jobcentre Plus personal advisers. This is something that falls within the responsibilities delegated to Mel Groves as Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus. As Mel Groves is currently on annual leave, I am replying in his absence.

I have recently commissioned a review to develop an accreditation strategy for a number of key job roles across Jobcentre Plus, which will include the personal adviser role. The results of this review will be available in the Autumn.

Currently, within the recruitment process all Jobcentre Plus personal advisers are required to meet a minimum entry standard. This is assessed through testing literacy and numeracy. Successful candidates will then go to the second stage interview where the individual's relevant competencies are examined.

Once recruited, in addition to an internal learning programme we invest in the S/NVQ programme where personal advisers work towards an externally recognised qualification in ‘advice and guidance’. This is not a mandatory requirement.

Jobcentre Plus: Telephone Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what steps her Department is taking to ensure the provision of access to freephone Government helplines in Jobcentre Plus offices for benefit claimants; and if she will make a statement. (278372)

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions if she will instruct Jobcentre Plus to ensure all calls to social fund offices are free of charge to customers using either landline or mobile telephones. (282636)

The Department believes strongly that calls to its 0800 numbers should be free to mobile phone users as they already are to callers from landlines. Officials from the Department have accordingly held discussions with the Telephone Helplines Association, and with mobile telephone operators, seeking to secure the Department’s customers a free service when contacting the Department’s 0800 numbers via a mobile phone. These discussions are continuing.

Jobseeker’s Allowance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions if she will estimate the proportion of jobseeker's allowance claimants of each age who have skills levels equivalent to less than level 2. (287316)

Jobseeker’s Allowance: Fraud

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many applications for jobseeker's allowance were rejected owing to fraudulent documents being used in support of such applications in each of the last five years. (281986)

We do not record the number of applications for jobseeker's allowance (JSA) rejected due to fraudulent documents being used. However, we can provide reassurance that rigorous checks of all documentation are undertaken when an application to JSA is made. If there is a suspicion about the validity of the documentation produced, the case is referred to our Fraud Investigation Service. The claim will not be put into payment until the questions around the documentation are resolved.

Jobseeker’s Allowance: Personation

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many individuals have been found to be claiming jobseeker's allowance under a false or stolen identity in each of the last five years. (281987)

Lone Parents: Employment

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many and what proportion of the lone parents who were moved from income support onto jobseeker's allowance as a result of changes to benefit rules in December 2008 are in employment; and if she will make a statement. (286481)

Due to unavoidable time lags in the collation and assessment of our benefits and employment data, the Department cannot provide this information at this point in time. Our comprehensive evaluation of Lone Parent Obligations will address benefit transitions and employment outcomes and this information will be available in due course.

New Deal Schemes: Essex

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people in (a) Essex and (b) Castle Point have participated in a New Deal programme in each of the last three years. (282435)

The figures for New Deal starters in Essex and in Castle Point are shown in the tables:

(a) Essex

2006

2007

2008

New deal for young people—starters (spells)

2,450

2,640

2,590

New deal 25+—starters (spells)

1,260

2,140

1,740

New deal for lone parents—starters (spells)

2,240

2.940

4,730

New deal for disabled people—starters (spells)

930

940

1,070

New deal 50+—starters (individuals)

260

130

100

New deal for partners—starters (individuals)

10

10

40

(b) Castle Point

2006

2007

2008

New deal for young people—starters (spells)

120

130

150

New deal 25+—starters (spells)

60

90

60

New deal for lone parents—starters (spells)

130

180

330

New deal for disabled people—starters (spells)

100

80

80

New deal 50+—starters (individuals)

10

10

New deal for partners—starters (individuals)

10

Notes:

1. Westminster Parliamentary Constituency (post May 2005) is allocated using the ONS postcode directory and customer’s postcode.

2. Time series—year of starting: the calendar year of starting the New Deal. Latest data is to February 2009.

3. The measure used for New Deal 50 Plus and New Deal for Partners is Starters (individuals) as spells are not available in these cases.

4. Since June 2008, the New Deal for Disabled People has ceased to operate as a national programme.

5. Figures are rounded to the nearest 10.

Source:

Department for Work and Pensions Information Directorate. Figures are available at:

http://research.dwp.gov.uk/asd/asd1/tabtools/tabtool_nd.asp

New Deal: Pathways to Work

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what (a) criminal and (b) administrative penalties are available in respect of contractors for work under the (i) New Deal and (ii) Pathways to Work programmes found to have defrauded her Department; and if she will make a statement. (283974)

All DWP Welfare to Work contracts, including Pathways to Work and New Deal programmes, include mandatory clauses outlining the remedies where contractor fraud is committed. Remedies range from a formal warning with the recovery of any amounts paid by the Department in respect of any fraud or financial irregularity and damages that are appropriate through to termination of contract. Contracts will be terminated where the breach of the contract terms is sufficiently serious.

DWP deals with minor irregularities internally. Where the Department believes the matter is more serious, and where there may be sufficient evidence for a prosecution, the matter will be referred to the police.

DWP will always investigate any allegations and take action where there is sufficient evidence for us to do so.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many investigations her Department is undertaking into contracts for (a) New Deal and (b) Pathways to Work. (283975)

The Department is undertaking four investigations into contracts for New Deal and one investigation into contracts for Pathways to Work.

Pension Credit: Bexley

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many households in (a) Bexleyheath and Crayford constituency and (b) the London Borough of Bexley have received pension credit in each year since its inception. (286690)

The information requested is in the following table.

Household recipients of pension credit

As at November each year

Bexleyheath and Crayford parliamentary constituency

Bexley local authority

2003

2,030

5,280

2004

2,690

7,020

2005

2,810

7,250

2006

2,820

7,340

2007

2,780

7,360

2008

2,770

7,390

Notes:

1. The number of households in receipt are rounded to the nearest 10.

2. Household recipients are those people who claim Pension Credit either for themselves only or on behalf of a household.

Source:

DWP Information Directorate Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study 100 per cent data

Pension Credit: Derbyshire

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many households in (a) Derbyshire and (b) West Derbyshire have received pension credit in each year since its inception. (286415)

The information requested is in the following table.

Household recipients of pension credit

As at November each year

Derbyshire local authority

West Derbyshire parliamentary constituency

2003

25,700

2,470

2004

34,090

3,400

2005

35,140

3,540

2006

35,420

3,590

2007

35,120

3,510

2008

34,800

3,560

Notes:

1. The number of households in receipt are rounded to the nearest 10.

2. Household recipients are those people who claim pension credit either for themselves only or on behalf of a household.

Source:

DWP Information Directorate Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study 100 per cent. data

Pension Credit: North East

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many pension credit recipients live in Middlesbrough, South and East Cleveland constituency. (280704)

As at November 2008, there were 5,230 households in receipt of pension credit in Middlesbrough, South and East Cleveland constituency.

Notes:

1. The number of households in receipt are rounded to the nearest 10.

2. Household recipients are those people who claim pension credit either for themselves only or on behalf of a household.

Source:

DWP Information Directorate Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study 100 per cent. data.

Pension Service: Internet

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many upgrades have been made to the Pension Service's state pension forecast e-service system since September 2008; when each upgrade was made; for how long the online form was unavailable as a result of each upgrade; and if she will make a statement. (287547)

Since September 2008 there have been three upgrades of the online state pension forecasting service.

To implement these upgrades, the online service was unavailable as follows:

From 00.00 on 24 October 2008 to 07:00 on 27 October 2008

From 17:00 on 23 January 2009 to 07:00 on 26 January 2009

From 19:00 on 3 April 2009 to 01:00 on 4 April 2009

Times are given using the 24 hour clock.

Pensioners: Council Tax

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions if she will make an assessment of the effect on the disposable income and quality of life of pensioners in receipt of pension credit of changes in council tax levels over the last 10 years. (275481)

Pension credit was introduced in October 2003. Between then and 2007-08 (the latest data available) average council tax liability for pension credit recipients has remained the same at around 7 per cent. of net income.

Notes:

1. Receipt of the guarantee credit element of pension credits brings entitlement to full help with a council tax bill through council tax benefit.

2. Based on the family resources survey and as such subject to a degree of sampling and non-sampling error.

Pensioners: Poverty

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions if she will estimate the number of pensioners that would be lifted out of poverty if take-up of means-tested benefits was 100 per cent.; and if she will make a statement. (287325)

Our latest estimates show that if there were 100 per cent. take-up of all income related benefits by pensioners entitled to them the number of pensioners below 60 per cent. of contemporary median income, after housing costs, would fall by around 700,000, after housing costs have been taken into account, based on 2008-09 benefit rates.

Pensioners: Social Security Benefits

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the average monetary value of benefits in kind provided by her Department was to (a) single pensioners and (b) pensioner couples in York in respect of (i) NHS services, (ii) social services, (iii) travel concessions, (iv) television licences, (v) insulation and home repairs and improvements grants and (vi) other services in each year since 1996-97. (286008)

A wide range of services and benefits in kind are available to older people and these are administered both centrally and locally. As a result, the information is not available in the format requested: some information is not collected and some could be obtained only at disproportionate cost. The information which is available is given as follows.

(i) NHS services

People aged 60 and over are able to claim free prescriptions and eye tests on the grounds of age. Detailed information on prescription charges is not held in the format requested.

Free NHS sight tests were made available to people aged 60 and over from 1 April 1999. Information on the average value of NHS sight tests provided to people aged 60 and over within the area of the former York and Selby primary care trust is only available on a consistent basis for the three years 2003-04 to 2005-06 and is set out in the following table.

Financial year

Number of free NHS sight tests given to people aged 60 and over

Estimated cost of NHS sight tests to people aged 60 and over (£)

2003-04

26,254

453,144

2004-05

26,619

474,351

2005-06

25,057

460,798

PCTs were restructured in October 2006 and no equivalent data for 2006-07 are available. Information for 2007-08 is available for the North Yorkshire and York PCT area and is set out in the following table.

Financial year

Number of free NHS sight tests given to people aged 60 and over

Estimated cost of NHS sight tests to people aged 60 and over (£)

2007-08

88,428

1,708,429

NHS optical vouchers and free dental treatment may additionally be available to individuals in receipt of certain qualifying benefits, or if they have been assessed as eligible for assistance under the NHS Low Income Scheme. Information on the value of such NHS services is not available centrally and could be obtained only at disproportionate cost.

(ii) Social services

The following table shows the gross current expenditure by York council on social services for people aged 65 or over from 1996-97 to 2007-08.

Gross current expenditure1 by York council on older people (aged 65 or over)

1 April to 31 March

Gross current expenditure (£000)

1996-97

15,200

1997-98

16,300

1998-99

17,400

1999-2000

18,700

2000-01

19,100

2001-02

19,400

2002-032

23,500

2003-043

21,900

2004-05

25,600

2005-06

27,500

2006-07

27,600

2007-08

27,600

1 Gross expenditure includes income from client contributions, but excludes capital charges and certain income items which count as expenditure elsewhere in the public sector, such as contributions from primary care trusts. This is to avoid double counting within the aggregate public sector accounts of the money involved.

2 From 2002-03 onwards, the data includes clients who transferred to council with social services responsibilities (CSSR) support on 8 April 2002, who were formally in receipt of higher rates of income support under the Department for Work and Pensions preserved rights scheme.

3 From 2003-04, additional funding was made available to CSSRs via the Supporting People grant.

Source:

R03 and PSS EX1 returns

(iii) Travel concessions

The statutory minimum travel concession, introduced in April 2008, gives those aged 60 or over and eligible disabled people free off-peak local bus travel in any part of England. The Government provide around £1 billion a year to fund the concession.

Travel concession schemes are provided through local authorities, which have flexibility to enhance their schemes to offer more than the statutory minimum, so there are local variations in what is offered and take-up of concessionary travel also varies from one area to another. Therefore it is not possible to quantify the value of the benefit in kind in a specific local authority area.

(iv) Television licences

Free television licences for people aged 75 or over were introduced in November 2000. TV Licensing, who administer free licences as agents for the BBC, are not able to provide geographical breakdowns of licences issued. However, figures, shown in the following table, are available for the number of households with at least one person aged 75 or over claiming winter fuel payments in York local authority. These people would be eligible for a free television licence.

York local authority area

Number of households with someone aged 75 or over

2004-05

11,685

2005-06

11,930

2006-07

12,070

2007-08

12,240

Television licence fees for each year since the concession was introduced are shown in the following table:

TV licence fees

£

Colour

Black and white

2000-01

104.00

34.50

2001-02

109.00

36.50

2002-03

112.00

37.50

2003-04

116.00

38.50

2004-05

121.00

40.50

2005-06

126.50

42.00

2006-07

131.50

44.00

2007-08

135.50

45.50

2008-09

139.50

47.00

2009-10

142.50

48.00

(v) Insulation

The Warm Front scheme is the Government's main programme for tackling fuel poverty in vulnerable households in the private sector in England. Warm Front provides grants for heating, insulation and energy efficiency measures. The following table displays the number of pensioner households that have received Warm Front assistance in the York local authority area since the scheme's inception in 2000, and the average spend on each of those households.

Number of single pensioner households assisted in York

Average spend per single pensioner household assisted (£)

Number of two pensioners households assisted in York

Average spend per two pensioner household assisted (£)

2000-01

63

345.50

16

791.74

2001-02

170

502.44

43

1,156.06

2002-03

184

611.81

46

1,424.28

2003-04

82

748.75

21

1,701.55

2004-05

87

693.71

22

1,596.59

2005-06

199

778.45

102

765.08

2006-07

364

753.92

252

657.25

2007-08

390

1,020.33

297

998.20

2008-09

199

1,741.24

155

1,612.50

Pensions

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the rates of basic state pension payable to (a) single pensioners and (b) couples were in (i) 1996-97 and (ii) the latest date for which figures are available; and what the rates would have been if they had been uprated in line with earnings. (285753)

The information requested is in the following table:

Financial yearLevel of the basic state pension (£ per week)

Standard rate on own contributions

Standard rate for couple where wife is reliant on husband's insurance

1996-97

61.15

97.75

2009-10 (actual)

95.25

152.30

2009-10 (uprated by prices)

88.70

141.80

Notes:

1. All figures in cash terms.

2. Uprating calculations employ historic annual increase in the RPI series for September of the previous year.

3. There is no such thing as an actual ‘singles rate’ though the standard rate of the Category A pension is commonly referred to as the ‘singles rate’. Similarly the sum of the Category A and Category B(L) pension is often referred to as the ‘couples rate’.

4. Category B(L) pension is about 60 per cent. of the standard rate basic Category A pension. It is payable by virtue of a spouse's qualifying years or earnings.

Pensions: Ex-servicemen

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions for what reasons non-taxable war disablement pension is not disregarded in means-testing calculations for the provision of NHS and other services to armed services veterans. (286405)

Access to NHS services is a matter for my hon. Friend the Secretary of State for Health.

Armed service veterans who are in receipt of pension credit, income support, income-based jobseeker’s allowance or income related employment and support allowance have access to free prescriptions, dental treatment, eye tests and other NHS services.

For all means-tested benefits income is normally taken fully into account when calculating entitlement. However, a £10 disregard is applied to payments of War Disablement Pension, War Widow’s Pension and their replacement under the Armed Forces Compensation Scheme when calculating a person’s entitlement to these benefits. This disregard, which gives war pensioners an advantage over other groups, is made in recognition of the special nature of these payments.

Certain elements paid with War Disablement Pension are disregarded in full. These are constant attendance allowance, mobility supplement, severe disablement occupational allowance and dependency increases for anyone other than the applicant or his partner.

In addition to the statutory disregards mentioned, local authorities, who administer housing benefit and council tax benefit, have discretion to disregard all or part of a War Pension over and above the statutory £10 disregard. The cost of any further disregard is met by the local authority, not by central Government. It is, therefore, for each local authority to decide whether a higher disregard should apply.

Research Report

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many individuals in each birth cohort, as shown in Figure 4.3 on page 55 of DWP Research Report number 558, would be modelled as having payback equivalent to having received at least the full value of the assumed rate of return used in the modelling; and what the equivalent figures are under alternative scenarios (a) 1 and (b) 2 as referred to on page 57 of DWP Research Report number 558. (287114)

The Department's population-level modelling calculates payback rather than internal rate of return, and there is no simple correspondence between the two measures—for each individual it depends on their patterns of saving and decumulation through time. As a result it would be a major exercise to calculate the distribution of internal rates of return for birth cohorts, and the cost of producing this analysis would be disproportionate.

Sick Leave: Stress

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many working days were lost due to stress-related illness in each of the last 30 years. (286290)

The information the HSE holds on the estimated working days lost due to stress is as follows:

Estimated days lost due to stress, anxiety and depression

Days lost—rounded to nearest 1,000

2007-08

13,547,000

2006-07

13,760,000

2005-06

10,537,000

2004-05

12,820,000

2003-04

12,803,000

2001-02

12,919,000

19951

6,465,000

1 The figure for 1995 was gathered using a different method from those for subsequent years, but is included for completeness; it should not be used for comparison purposes.

The Health and Safety Executive collects this information by commissioning a self-reported work-related ill-health (SWI) survey conducted on its behalf by the Office for National Statistics as part of its Labour Force Survey.

No data are available before 1995 and the SWI Survey has not always been conducted on an annual basis.

Social Security Benefits: Expenditure

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions if she will place in the Library a copy of each quarterly update of her Department’s benefit expenditure tables produced in the last two years. (285844)

The benefit expenditure tables are updated every half year following each Budget and pre-Budget report forecasting round.

The tables are not formatted for printing, and their number and size means that formatting could be done only at disproportionate cost. However, they are made available on the Department’s internet site for public access.

The 2009 Budget report benefit expenditure tables are currently on the Department’s website at

http://research.dwp.gov.uk/asd/asd4/expenditure.asp

State Retirement Pensions

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people have opted to defer their state pension in each year since the deferred scheme was introduced. (286673)

I refer the hon. Member to the written answer that was given to the hon. Member for Eastbourne (Mr. Waterson) on 19 November 2008, Official Report, column 570W.

State Retirement Pensions: Females

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what estimate she has made of the number of women who would become eligible to receive a full state pension if the reduction in the number of qualifying years required for those reaching the state pension age at or after 6 April 2010 were applied to all women in receipt of a state pension in 2010-11; and what estimate she has made of the cost to the Exchequer of such an extension. (284491)

It is estimated that an extra 850,000 women in Great Britain would become eligible to receive a full basic state pension based on their own contributions if the number of qualifying years necessary to receive a full basic state pension were lowered from 39 to 30, along with the implementation of other changes in the 2007 pension reforms, for women already in receipt of a basic state pension in April 2010.

Calculating basic state pension entitlement on the basis of 30 qualifying years, along with the implementation of other changes in the 2007 pension reforms, for women pensioners would cost around £1 billion (2009-10 price terms) in 2010 (net of income-related benefits).

Unemployed: Qualifications

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many applicants for Jobcentre Plus registered qualifications at levels one to five in (a) London and (b) Enfield in (i) 2008 and (ii) 2009 to date. (286006)

Unemployment Benefits

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the cost to the Exchequer has been of unemployment benefits (a) in current prices and (b) as a percentage of gross domestic product in each year since 1997. (285697)

The information requested is shown in the following table.

Benefit expenditure to unemployed, Great Britain

£ million (at 2009-10 prices)

Housing benefit

Council tax benefit

Jobseeker’s allowance

Total benefit expenditure

Percentage of GDP

1997-98

2,255

413

5,109

7,777

0.7

1998-99

1,820

348

4,571

6,739

0.6

1999-2000

1,581

315

4,102

5,998

0.5

2000-01

1,408

281

3,585

5,274

0.4

2001-02

1,266

247

3,170

4,684

0.4

2002-03

1,270

236

3,093

4,599

0.4

2003-04

1,098

248

2,933

4,279

0.3

2004-05

1,216

243

2,459

3,918

0.3

2005-06

1,271

264

2,527

4,061

0.3

2006-07

1,327

259

2,596

4,182

0.3

2007-08

1,329

251

2,323

3,903

0.3

2008-09 (estimated outturn)

1,645

299

2,909

4,854

0.3

Note:

GDP percentages calculated using HM Treasury Budget Report 2009.

Source (benefit expenditure):

DWP statistical and accounting data.

Unemployment: Hemsworth

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the level of (a) claimant unemployment, (b) youth unemployment and (c) long-term unemployment was in Hemsworth constituency (i) in 1997 and (ii) at the latest date for which information is available. (288692)

I have been asked to reply.

The information requested falls within the responsibility of the UK Statistics Authority. I have asked the authority to reply.

Letter from Karen Dunnell, July 2009:

As National Statistician, I have been asked to reply to your Parliamentary Question asking what the level of (a) claimant unemployment, (b) youth unemployment and (c) long-term unemployment was in Hemsworth constituency (i) in 1997 and (ii) at the latest date for which information is available. (288692)

The Office for National Statistics (ONS) compiles unemployment statistics for local areas from the Annual Population Survey and its predecessor the annual Labour Force Survey (LFS) following International Labour Organisation (ILO) definitions. Estimates of youth unemployment and long term unemployment are not available for the Hemsworth constituency due to the small sample size.

The Office for National Statistics (ONS) compiles the number of claimants of Jobseeker's Allowance (JSA) from the Jobcentre Plus administrative system. The number of persons claiming JSA in June 1997 was 2,400 and in June 2009 was 2,300.

National and local area estimates for many labour market statistics, including employment, unemployment and claimant count are available on the NOMIS website at:

http://www.nomisweb.co.uk

Unemployment: Oxfordshire

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions pursuant to the Draft Legislative Programme 2009, Cm 7564, page 37, who in Oxfordshire will be responsible for delivering the proposed programme for access to jobs supported by recruitment subsidies, skills training or volunteering opportunities for adults who have been unemployed for six months or more. (284959)

On 6 April 2009, the Department introduced an offer of extra support for customers who have been claiming jobseeker’s allowance for six months. This included access to recruitment subsidies, work-focused training and volunteering opportunities. Jobcentre Plus personal advisers discuss these options with customers at interview.

For the work-focused training element of the six-month offer, customers in Oxfordshire will be referred to Oxford and Cherwell Valley college or in some cases Newbury college if they reside in South Oxfordshire. These colleges have been contracted by the Learning and Skills Council for delivering this part of the six-month offer in Oxfordshire.

BTCV are the lead organisation responsible for delivering access to volunteering opportunities in England. In partnership with v, Volunteering England and Community Service Volunteers, they run a brokerage network offering work-focused volunteering opportunities to eligible jobseekers.

Jobcentre Plus is responsible for the delivery of the recruitment subsidy throughout England, Scotland and Wales. The recruitment subsidy is available through two delivery channels: it can either be issued as a voucher to individual jobseeker’s allowance customers by their Jobcentre Plus personal adviser, or multiple vouchers can be delivered to employers with higher volume or long-term recruitment plans who are working with Jobcentre Plus account managers.

Winter Fuel Payments

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the cost to the public purse of winter fuel payments was in each of the last five years; and what estimate she has made of the cost in each of the next five years. (285846)

Published information is in the table.

Benefit expenditure, Great Britain (£ million)

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

2009-10

2010-11

Winter Fuel Payments (at 2009-10 prices)

2,189

2,166

2,144

2,144

2,720

2,731

2,121

Winter Fuel Payments (nominal terms)

1,962

1,982

2,015

2,071

2,694

2,731

2,153

Source:

DWP accounting data

These figures are published on the DWP website:

http://research.dwp.gov.uk/asd/asd4/medium_term.asp

Written Questions: Government Responses

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions when she plans to answer question (a) 273933, (b) 273934, (c) 273935 and (d) 273936, tabled on 5 May 2009, on the Cabinet meeting in Glasgow. (281290)

The hon. Member's questions were replied to as follows: 273933 on 24 June 2009, Official Report, column 1021W; 273934 and 273936 on 19 June 2009, Official Report, column 553W; 273935 on 16 June 2009, Official Report, column 159W.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions when she plans to answer question 277517, on Jobcentre Plus, tabled on 21 May 2009. (285054)

Young Person’s Guarantee

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what estimate she has made of the effect of the introduction of the Young Person's Guarantee on predicted levels of referrals to the flexible New Deal; and whether young people unemployed for 12 months or more will have a choice of being referred to the flexible New Deal or one of the options offered through the Young Person's Guarantee. (285139)

The Young Person's Guarantee will provide all customers aged 18-24 approaching 12 months of their claim to jobseeker's allowance with the opportunity of a job, work-focused training or work experience placement.

The flexible new deal gives providers the flexibility to offer personalised support tailored to each individual jobseeker. It will be introduced in phase 1 areas from October 2009 and from October 2010 in Phase 2 areas.

The Young Person's Guarantee will be available to all eligible customers on a voluntary basis from January 2010. In line with the jobseeker's allowance benefit entitlement rules, any customer who is offered suitable paid employment through the Young Person's Guarantee must accept it or could face a sanction. However, while the programme is voluntary, customers may choose to be referred to the flexible new deal instead of the training or work experience options of the Young Person's Guarantee.

The Young Person's Guarantee will become mandatory from spring 2010. Then all customers must complete an element of the Young Person's Guarantee before they are referred to the flexible new deal.

The Department will continue to liaise with the Flexible New Deal Preferred Bidders about any potential impacts on referrals to the flexible new deal as a result of the Young Person's Guarantee. Any impacts will be time-limited, as referrals to the Young Person's Guarantee will end in March 2011.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions when she expects the Community Task Force to be operational under the Young Person's Guarantee. (286742)

The Young Person’s Guarantee will provide all customers aged 18 to 24 approaching 12 months of their claim to jobseeker’s allowance with the opportunity of a job, work-focused training or work experience placement. The community task force is the work experience element of the Young Person’s Guarantee.

In phase 1 flexible new deal areas, the community task force will be available to all eligible customers on a voluntary basis from January 2010. The community task force will become mandatory in these areas later in 2010 for all customers who do not take up another element of the Young Person’s Guarantee.

In phase 2 flexible new deal areas, the ‘work experience placement’ element of the Young Person’s Guarantee will be delivered through the voluntary sector and environmental task force options of the new deal for young people. When referrals to this provision stop during 2010, customers will instead be referred to the community task force.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) whether young people aged between 18 and 24 years old who complete one of the options on the Young Person's Guarantee but who have not secured employment will be referred on to the Flexible New Deal; (286752)

(2) what plans her Department has to provide assistance for young people aged between 18 and 24 years old who complete one of the options on the Young Person's Guarantee but who have not secured employment.

The Young Person’s Guarantee will provide all customers aged 18 to 24 approaching 12 months of their claim to jobseeker’s allowance with the opportunity of a job, work-focused training or work experience placement.

The flexible new deal will be introduced in phase 1 areas from October 2009, and in phase 2 areas from October 2010. It will give providers the flexibility to offer personalised support tailored to each individual jobseeker.

All customers in phase 1 areas who participate in work-focused training or take up a work experience placement and who do not manage to secure employment will be referred to the flexible new deal.

Prior to the introduction of the flexible new deal in phase 2 areas, customers who do not secure employment as part of the Young Person’s Guarantee will be referred to the new deal for young people.

From October 2010, all customers in phase 2 areas who do not manage to secure employment after completing one of the options of the Young Person's Guarantee will also be referred to the flexible new deal.

Defence

Afghanistan

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence if he will hold discussions with his Chinese counterpart about the reported involvement of Chinese nationals in fighting UK armed forces in Afghanistan. (287025)

The UK and China routinely discuss issues of mutual interest, including Afghanistan. Although there are occasional media reports of Chinese nationals fighting inside Afghanistan, these reports are unconfirmed and no individuals killed or detained by UK forces operating in Afghanistan have been confirmed as having Chinese nationality.

Afghanistan: Helicopters

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence on how many occasions British commanders in Afghanistan have requested the use of coalition helicopters; and on how many occasions this has been agreed to. (287433)

Helicopter support to ISAF operations in Regional Command (South) is provided from a multinational pool of helicopters, to which the UK makes a significant contribution. The UK routinely requests the use of the Regional Command (South) helicopter assets, and these requests are met by available assets. UK helicopters are also tasked by Regional Command (South) to support other nations within the Regional Command (South) area of operations. The specific number of requests and occasions when British Commanders have used coalition helicopters is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence which helicopters owned by the armed forces of other nations and manned by (a) UK and (b) non-UK aircrew the UK has borrowed for service in Afghanistan since 1 January 2008; and if he will make a statement. (286819)

Helicopter support to ISAF operations in Southern Afghanistan, where the majority of British troops are located, is provided from a multinational pool of helicopters allocated by Regional Command (South), to which the UK makes a significant contribution. Therefore, the UK makes use of helicopter capability from other nations and also provides helicopter capability to support other nations. Helicopters are matched to tasks on the basis of capacity, capability and availability rather than nationality.

The UK does not provide complete crews for helicopters from other nations. On occasion the UK deploys exchange officers with the armed forces of other nations but we do not centrally record the individual missions which they are tasked with in Afghanistan. This information could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Afghanistan: Peacekeeping Operations

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many explosions caused by improvised explosive devices were recorded by the armed forces in Afghanistan in (a) 2007, (b) 2008 and (c) 2009 to date. (283559)

Records of incidents for the whole of Afghanistan are not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Data are more readily available for attacks within Regional Command (South), which includes the vast majority of UK forces deployed to Afghanistan.

The following table shows all improvised explosive device detonations in Regional Command (South):

2007

2008

2009

January

20

54

83

February

19

44

78

March

31

55

85

April

26

76

74

May

61

64

98

June

56

76

July

55

115

August

46

120

September

63

106

October

56

90

November

51

99

December

46

104

These figures do not include improvised explosive device finds with no detonation or improvised explosive device false alarms. These figures are based on information derived from a number of sources and can only be an estimate, not least because of the difficulties in ensuring a consistent interpretation of the basis of collating statistics in a complex fast-moving multinational operational environment.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what investigations his Department has undertaken into incidents involving civilian death or injury as a result of the use by British forces of enhanced blast munitions in Afghanistan. (284854)

UK forces thoroughly investigate all reports of civilian casualties in Afghanistan, regardless of their potential cause. We regret incidents where civilians are accidentally killed as a result of actions by UK armed forces. In addition to investigating all reports of civilian casualties, procedures are in place, and being constantly updated in the light of experience, to minimise the risk of these casualties occurring.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence which UK helicopter types were deployed in Afghanistan as at 13 July 2009; and if he will make a statement. (287699)

ISAF helicopter support in Regional Command (South) in Afghanistan is provided through a multinational pool to which the UK makes a significant contribution. The UK currently has Chinook, Sea King and Lynx helicopters deployed to undertake combat support roles, and in addition has Apache attack helicopters deployed in theatre.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what his policy is on day landings at Kandahar airbase. (287928)

The Ministry of Defence takes a risk based approach to landings at all operational bases, including Kandahar airbase. The level of risk takes into account the task concerned, the security situation and the aircraft. I am withholding further information on this subject as its disclosure would prejudice the capability, effectiveness or security of the armed forces.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many of the Mk3 Chinooks currently being upgraded he expects will be deployed to Afghanistan; and what the dates of deployment will be. (287936)

We are converting the eight Chinook Mk3 helicopters to a support helicopter role. The first of these aircraft will be delivered to operational squadrons before the end of this year thus increasing the pool of Chinooks available for deployment. It is for the chain of command to determine how many and which of their aircraft should be deployed and when.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what supplies were lost when the Mi-26T helicopter carrying supplies to a British base in Afghanistan crashed on 14 July 2009; and of what nationality the crew members of that helicopter were. (288220)

The Mi-26T helicopter was carrying non-sensitive cargo, including food and fuel, when it crashed. The crew members were Ukrainian.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what (a) types of aircraft and (b) nationality of aircraft crews other than British, American and Canadian supply British forces in Afghanistan. (288221)

A combination of UK military and civilian charter aircraft are used to transport supplies to British forces in Afghanistan. Within Afghanistan, supplies are delivered to UK forces by UK Hercules and C17 aircraft, UK Chinook, Sea King and Lynx helicopters and by helicopters from troop contributing nations in Regional Command (South). Within Regional Command (South), helicopter support is provided from a multinational pool of helicopters, to which the UK makes a significant contribution. The UK also makes use of a range of civilian helicopters through the NATO logistics supply contract and a UK contract for transporting non-sensitive stores.

We are not able to comment on the types of helicopter deployed by other nations in Regional Command (South) or on the nationality of the crews which operate them, since this is a matter for each individual nation. Contracts for helicopter assets are let for the provision of a capability. Consequently, the types of contracted helicopter and the nationality of those who operate them are a matter for the contractor.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the maximum number of (a) Royal Navy and (b) Royal Air Force helicopters is which could be deployed in Afghanistan. (288238)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer the hon. Member for Grantham and Stamford (Mr. Davies) gave on 17 June 2009, Official Record, column 338W, to the hon. Member for Woodspring (Dr. Fox).

Helicopters and crews from all three services continue to serve with distinction in Afghanistan. We have already deployed to Afghanistan the maximum number of helicopters that are both properly equipped for the challenges of the operational theatre, and that we can sustain on an enduring basis. While it would be possible to surge additional helicopters into theatre on a temporary basis, this would be unsustainable over time and would severely impact upon the achievement of harmony guidelines for helicopter air and ground crews and training of new and existing crews. We are working hard to increase the number of deployed helicopters but we need to do so sustainably. That is why we have been investing in additional aircraft and crews, logistics and infrastructure, as well undertaking significant modifications to our existing helicopter fleet to enhance their capabilities.

Helicopter capability is measured by flying hours rather than airframe numbers. The helicopter fleet is managed to ensure that our operational and other commitments are met, including an 84 per cent. increase in flying hours in Afghanistan between November 2006 and April 2009.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to the answer of 11 June 2009, Official Report, column 999, on armed conflict: Afghanistan, what his policy is on the introduction of a single, uniform system by which all members of the International Security Assistance Force investigate and provide compensation to civilian casualties. (283871)

A civilian casualties tracking cell has been established by NATO ISAF to investigate reports, with the Government of Afghanistan, of alleged incidents involving ISAF in Afghanistan.

As detailed in my answer of 11 June 2009, Official Report, column 999W, compensation claims brought against the Ministry of Defence as part of the International Security Assistance Force are considered on the basis of whether or not the Department has a legal liability to pay compensation. Where there is a proven legal liability, under UK law, compensation is paid.

Other members of the International Security Assistance Force will also assess liability when considering compensation claims though this will be against their own national law. This therefore precludes the implementation of a uniform system for providing compensation for civilian casualties.

Apache Helicopters

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) what through-life upgrades are planned for the Apache helicopter; (288195)

(2) when he plans to start the Block 3 upgrade to the Apache helicopter.

The MOD plans to upgrade the Apache helicopter throughout its life to sustain the capability provided, through a Spiral Development programme, starting before 2017 when the US Army will stop operating their AH64D block 1 aircraft on which the Apache AH Mk1 is based. A number of options have been identified, which include utilising US Army block 3 technology. The UK assessment phase of the upgrade is scheduled to commence in financial year 2012-13.

Armed Forces: Afghanistan

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what percentage of all Afghan government military forces are based in Helmand province; and what efforts are being made to increase that percentage. (287272)

The number of Afghan National Security Forces in Helmand province is approximately 7,500, the total number of Afghan National Security Forces in Afghanistan is approximately 170,000.

The decision on where to deploy Afghan National Security Forces is a decision for the Afghan Government. The UK is working closely with the Government of Afghanistan, the International Security Assistance Force, and the Combined Security Transition Command to ensure that new Afghan National Security Force units are deployed where they are needed most.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many UK service personnel have been killed or seriously injured while being transported in road vehicles on operations in Afghanistan in circumstances where helicopters would have been used for the transport if they had been available in each of the last five years. (287434)

The Ministry of Defence recognises the vital role that helicopters play in supporting operations in Afghanistan. There are also many tasks that can only be carried out by troops on the ground, and situations in which road vehicles are a more suitable or better means of transporting personnel than helicopters.

It is not possible to make an assessment of whether an incident in which a UK serviceman has been killed or sustained serious injuries could have been avoided should a helicopter have been used in place of a road vehicle. We constantly monitor and respond to the capability and protection requirements of our troops, and strive to ensure that our armed forces have the protection and mobility they need to do their jobs as safely and effectively as modern technology allows.

Armed Forces: Health Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence for how many service personnel his Department has purchased accelerated access to (a) NHS and (b) private treatment in each region in each of the last 10 years. (282936)

Accelerated access is a term used by MOD in the context of physical illnesses and injuries. It is separate to the specific “fast track” arrangements for orthopaedic treatment; separate provision is also made for access to in-patient care for mental health conditions.

Secondary healthcare accelerated access for Service personnel is commissioned through the NHS. In England, contracts have been established with selected NHS Trusts in the locations shown in the following table. There are no such formal arrangements with private sector providers for physical conditions.

Patients based in the devolved Administrations who require accelerated access will have this provided through local commissioning arrangements with relevant NHS Trusts.

Comprehensive data for the last 10 years are not readily available and could be provided only at disproportionate cost. However, during the period 2004-05 to 2007-08 a total of 100,112 treatments have been delivered through accelerated access arrangements in England. A detailed breakdown of this activity by hospital is provided in the following table.

Derriford

Frimley Park

Northallerton

Peterborough

Portsmouth

RCDM1

Royal Surrey

2004-05

2,491

5,897

3,106

4,985

6,895

2,214

962

2005-06

1,858

5,554

3,421

4,762

6,605

1,777

876

2006-07

2,770

5,663

3,511

5,109

5,057

2,191

887

2007-08

2,470

6,754

3,011

4,741

2,953

2,684

908

Total

9,589

2,3868

13,049

19,597

21,510

8,866

3,633

1 Royal Centre for Defence Medicine, hosted by University Hospital Birmingham Foundation Trust

Final confirmed numbers for 2008-09 are not yet available.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) on how many occasions his Department has arranged fast access to (a) NHS and (b) private surgery under the orthopaedic-fast track programme for service personnel in each region in each of the last 10 years; (283007)

(2) what the average waiting time for service personnel to receive physiotherapy (a) on the orthopaedic-fast track programme and (b) in each of his Department’s regional rehabilitation units was in each of the last 10 years.

The most common medical conditions in military patients are musculo-skeletal disorders. Since April 2004, for patients with these conditions, we have arranged rapid access to diagnosis and, for the minority who are then found to need it, surgery in NHS facilities, thus enabling the services to respond to the current high operational tempo and return personnel to full fitness for task when this is clinically deliverable.

The following table shows how many referrals to fast-track surgery have been made by each rehabilitation and recovery unit in the UK in each financial year since 2005-06. Details as to which medical facility each referral was made could be obtained only at disproportionate cost. Figures for 2004-05 are not readily available.

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

2008-091

2009-102

Aldergrove

10

114

6

7

1

Aldershot

90

28

14

21

1

Bulford

39

32

36

13

18

Catterick

7

22

32

10

14

Colchester

24

35

39

9

7

Cranwell

40

40

27

7

1

Edinburgh

90

147

64

20

8

Halton

81

97

93

15

22

Honington

17

24

25

37

4

Lichfield

22

65

71

13

20

London (Headley Court)

3

14

20

9

1

Plymouth

43

96

115

68

19

Portsmouth

47

101

47

52

7

1 2008-09 statistics subject to final analysis and confirmation

2 2009-10 figures up to June 2009

Typically we achieve a decision as to which path the patient will follow, either to surgery or straight to physiotherapy/rehabilitation within 10-20 days of injury. Those needing only physiotherapy/rehabilitation treatment (the majority) are referred directly for treatment in one of the RRUs. Typically, these patients will start physiotherapy within four to six weeks of the decision on their treatment path.

Patients requiring physiotherapy following fast track surgery will receive this either at a local MOD Primary Care Rehabilitation Facility (PCRF) or by referral back to an RRU. This will usually commence within two weeks of surgery, depending upon the patient’s individual and geographic circumstances. No strict measure of waiting times are taken, as each patient’s care pathway is individually managed and co-ordinated by the referring RRU, and timescales will depend on continuing assessment and surgical outcome.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) at which armed forces medical centres the Defence Medical Information Capacity Programme is in use; and on what date the programme is expected to be introduced at medical centres where it is not yet in use; (283026)

(2) what mechanisms are in place to ensure the exchange of information between the Defence Medical Information Capacity Programme and health services in the devolved administrations;

(3) whether the roll-out of the Defence Medical Information Capability Programme has been completed;

(4) when the interface between the Defence Medical Information Capacity Programme and the NHS National Programme for IT is expected to be completed.

The roll-out of the Defence Medical Information Capability Programme (DMICP) is being undertaken in three parts, to fixed permanent defence medical facilities; to deployed defence medical facilities; and to enable information exchange with the NHS. The first part of the roll-out is now drawing to a close. The list of medical centres where DMICP is already in use and a list of the expected dates of implementation of DMICP in medical centres, where it is not yet in use will be placed in the Library of the House.

The second part of the roll-out is to cover deployed operational and maritime units. It is expected to start in September 2009 with field trials and pilot sites, with the main roll-out due to begin in January 2010. The deployed roll-out is expected to complete by December 2010, subject to any necessary rescheduling for operational reasons, ship upkeep and maintenance periods, and to reflect lessons learned from earlier phases.

Services to deliver the third part of the roll-out—the interface between DMICP and the NHS National Programme for IT (NPfIT)—will be introduced in a phased manner beginning later this year and are expected to be completed by the end of 2014.

Although NPfIT does not extend to the NHS in the devolved Administrations, we are in contact with their health officials so that as far as possible the same benefits, in terms of speedy and accurate exchange of data, will be available to defence patients and medical staff in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland over the same period.

Armed Forces: Helicopters

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many (a) Army, (b) Royal Air Force and (c) Royal Navy personnel (i) entered and (ii) completed pilot training for each helicopter type in each of the last five years. (284518)

Initial training for all three Services is provided by the Defence Helicopter Flying School (DHFS) at Shawbury. Around 140 new pilots complete the training each year. On completion of single engine training at DHFS, the three Services conduct separate training streams leading to the final phase in which pilots convert onto specific aircraft types. This is known as Operational Conversion Flight/Operational Conversion Unit training.

The numbers of armed forces personnel who entered and completed helicopter conversion to type pilot training, by each helicopter type, in the last five years, where data are available, are provided in the following tables.

Royal Navy helicopters

Personnel numbers

Merlin Mk1

Lynx Mk8

Sea King

Sea King Commando

Entered

Completed

Entered

Completed

Entered

Completed

Entered

Completed

2004-05

6

6

11

11

4

4

13

14

2005-06

4

4

8

7

0

0

17

17

2006-07

8

7

7

8

0

0

6

6

2007-08

8

4

11

8

0

0

12

14

2008-09

10

8

5

5

3

3

12

12

Army Air Corps helicopters

Personnel numbers

Gazelle

Lynx

Apache

Service

Entered

Completed

Entered

Completed

Entered

Completed

2004-05

Royal Navy

2

2

8

8

1

1

Army

19

19

29

29

42

37

RAF

0

0

1

1

0

0

2005-06

Royal Navy

0

0

6

6

0

0

Army

6

6

40

40

24

22

RAF

0

0

0

0

0

0

2006-07

Royal Navy

0

0

4

4

1

1

Army

4

4

39

39

31

31

RAF

0

0

0

0

0

0

2007-08

Royal Navy

1

1

5

4

0

0

Army

9

9

21

21

37

34

RAF

0

0

0

0

0

0

2008-09

Royal Navy

0

0

4

4

0

0

Army

5

5

21

19

33

29

RAF

1

1

0

0

1

1

Royal Air Force helicopters

Personnel numbers

Chinook

Puma

Merlin Mk 3

Sea King

Entered

Completed

Entered

Completed

Entered

Completed

Entered

Completed

2004-05

21

21

20

20

14

14

n/a

n/a

2005-06

23

23

19

19

13

13

n/a

n/a

2006-07

18

17

20

20

12

12

n/a

n/a

2007-08

28

28

8

8

13

13

13

13

2008-09

19

19

14

14

20

20

9

9

A breakdown by Service of pilots trained on RAF and Royal Navy helicopter types is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Pilots entering training in one year may not complete training in the same year. Therefore, numbers entering and completing training in each of the financial years may not equate.

Armed Forces: Housing

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many emergency maintenance requests were made for properties occupied by service personnel and their families in each month since October 2007; and what the average time was for requested maintenance to take place. (277258)

The requested information is not held centrally and will take a little time to collate and verify. I will write to the hon. Member.

Substantive answer from Kevan Jones to Lady Sylvia Hermon:

In my answer of 1 June 2009 (Official Report, column 37W) I undertook to write to you with details of how many emergency maintenance requests were made for properties occupied by Service personnel and their families in each month since October 2007; and what the average time was for requested maintenance to take place.

The table below shows the number of emergency repair calls in the UK since October 2007. Like for like information about cases overseas is not held centrally or on a consistent basis.

UK

October 2007

3,085

November 2007

3,784

December 2007

3,637

January 2008

4,105

February 2008

3,464

March 2008

3,412

April 2008

3,073

May 2008

2,389

June 2008

2,263

July 2008

2,621

August 2008

2,809

September 2008

3,046

October 2008

3,591

November 2008

4,044

December 2008

5,441

January 2009

5,022

February 2009

3,739

March 2009

3,447

Information on response times is not held in the format requested. The MOD contract sets the response time for attending emergency repairs as 3 hours, and repairs to remedy or make safe are to be completed within 24 hours.

In the UK, requests for repairs to Service Family Accommodation are classed as an emergency in cases where there is an immediate risk of injury to individuals or damage to property, or where the problem could give rise to serious inconvenience or hardship to occupants. Examples include a total loss of essential facilities or insecure premises.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many and what percentage of units of service (a) single living accommodation and (b) service family accommodation at each location in (i) England, (ii) Wales and (iii) Northern Ireland are in each condition grade. (287911)

Details of single living accommodation (SLA) and service family accommodation (SFA) units broken down by grade and location in England, Wales and Northern Ireland are not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

However, as at June 2008, the latest date for which figures are available, SLA in each country was at the following “grade”, an assessment of the physical condition of the accommodation and “scale”.

Grade 1

Grade 2

Grade 3

Grade 4

Total

England

30,705

15,702

18,862

56,799

122,068

Percentage

25

13

15

47

Northern Ireland

1,002

960

1,402

776

4,140

Percentage

24

23

34

19

Wales

671

1,277

160

1,129

3,237

Percentage

21

39

5

35

An asset survey of SFA in England and Wales is currently being undertaken to help plan and prioritise the maintenance and improvement of SFA properties more effectively and to target resources at areas of greatest need. As at 1 July 2009, of the 44,000 SFA properties in England and Wales, over 33,500 had been surveyed and were at the following Standard for Condition (SfC).

SfC

Number of properties

Percentage

S1fC

12,089

36

S2fC

19,525

58

S3fC

1,850

6

S4fC

231

1

1 Less than 1 per cent.

Although NI SFA has not been assessed for its SfC, it is generally considered to be in a good condition.

Armed Forces: Mental Health Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how much funding his Department has given to each military department of community mental health in each year since their inception; and how much has been allocated to each department in the next two years. (283077)

The MOD has 15 Departments of Community Mental Health (DCMHs) in the UK (with additional satellite centres in Germany, Cyprus and Gibraltar), which have since 2004 provided out-patient mental healthcare for members of the armed forces. Responsibility for their individual management is shared between the single service commands, and it is not possible to separate out costs from overall unit medical budgets. Each service funds its respective DCMHs differently, with funding provision coming from a number of areas. Due to the number of budgets to which costs would be attributable, any detailed study of DCMH finances would incur disproportionate costs.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) how many military psychiatrists of each specialism there are in each of the armed services; and at what location each is working; (283663)

(2) how many service personnel have been referred to a military psychiatrist in each of the last 10 years.

All military psychiatrists are trained as general psychiatrists. There are currently 15 uniformed consultant psychiatrists working for the Defence Medical Services (DMS), as well as 13 civilian consultant psychiatrists, many of whom are former military members of the DMS. They work in the military Departments of Community Mental Health (DCMH), which provide out-patient mental health care for members of the armed forces. I will place a copy of the specific location of each consultant in the Library.

Military psychiatrists

Civilian psychiatrists

Total

Aldershot

1

1.5

2.5

RAF Brize Norton

1

1

2

Catterick

2

1

3

Colchester

1

0

1

RAF Cranwell

1

0

1

Donnington

1

1

2

RAF Kinloss

1

0

1

RAF Leuchars

0.5

0

0.5

RAF Marham

1

0

1

Northern Ireland

0.5

0

0.5

Plymouth

0

3

3

Portsmouth

0

2.5

2.5

Tidworth

1

1

2

Woolwich

1

0

1

Rhine (Germany)

1

0

1

Hohne (Germany)

0

1

1

Paderborn (Germany)

0

1

1

Gutersloh (Germany)

1

0

1

Other1

1

0

1

Total

15

13

28

1 “Other” includes personnel in staff posts.

Note:

Two individuals work part-time at two separate DCMHs. These are shown as “0.5” at each location.

Service personnel who have a concern about their mental health will normally be referred in the first instance for assessment and/or treatment at one of the DCMHs, which are manned by multi-disciplinary teams of consultant psychiatrists, clinical psychologists, community mental health nurses and mental health social workers.

Since July 2007 the Defence Analytical Services and Advice (DASA) organisation has reported on the psychiatric morbidity of the UK armed forces. Quarterly reports for the whole of 2007 and 2008 are available to view both in the Library of the House and on the DASA website at the following link:

www.dasa.mod.uk

Equivalent verified data prior to 2007 are not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

The morbidity report shows numbers of new attendances at DCMHs or at the MOD’s in-patient contractor during each quarter and the results of the initial mental health assessment. However, the data collected do not indicate whether an individual was seen by a military psychiatrist or by another qualified member of the mental health team.

Armed Forces: Training

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many armed forces personnel (a) entered and (b) completed fast jet training in each aircraft type in each of the last five years. (284519)

The following table provides the number of RAF and RN personnel who (a) entered and (b) completed fast jet training and the type of aircraft they trained on in each of the last five years. All personnel start training on the Hawk but move on to receive more advanced training on other types of aircraft.

Financial year

Aircraft type

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

(a)

Hawk

65

61

71

70

69

(b)

Harrier GR7/9

8

7

6

3

6

Tornado GR 4

28

27

26

29

26

Tornado F3

28

19

18

12

6

Typhoon

0

0

4

3

4

Jaguar

9

4

0

0

0

Total

73

57

54

47

42

Note: Jaguar was withdrawn from Service after financial year 2005-06 and formal Typhoon pilot training commenced in financial year 2006-07.

With the introduction of Typhoon we are bringing into service a state of the art multi-role weapons system, suitable and adaptable to meet the challenges of the 21st century. It is in certain key aspects already a significantly more capable platform than the aircraft it replaced and it continues to develop and improve. Typhoon requires only a one-person crew rather than a two-person crew like the Tornado F3, which is being phased out. Additionally, as the 2004 Defence White Paper “Delivering Security in a Changing World” made clear, “the effectiveness of modern precision weapons and sensors, which can be used in all weathers, day and night, mean that highly accurate air delivered offensive effects can be achieved with fewer fast jets than before... Similarly the air threat to deployed forces has greatly reduced and the capability of our air superiority aircraft and other air defence assets is continuing to improve. So we need fewer aircraft and fewer ground-based air defence systems to meet the threat.”

The number of fast-jet aircrew completing training is sufficient to meet training requirements, and aircrew training for Typhoon is planned to increase over the next few years as the aircraft comes into wider service. Under current plans, by 2014-15 there will be an annual requirement for 16 newly qualified Typhoon pilots each year, to support a requirement for 92 front-line Typhoon pilots within a total force of 122 pilots.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence in what proportion of his Department’s military training exercises (a) an injury to armed forces service personnel, (b) damage to public property and (c) damage to private property has occurred in each of the last 10 years. (286357)

The information requested is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost. I can assure the House, however, that every effort is taken to ensure that our service personnel undertake military training safely and to minimise damage to either public or private property.

We can identify the number of service personnel who have sustained an injury whilst on a training exercise as reported on the MOD Health and Safety systems between 2006 and 20081.

1 Figures have been rounded to the nearest five.

Service

2006

2007

2008

Naval Service1

65

5

25

Army

240

240

325

RAF

30

15

20

1 Naval Service figures include Royal Navy and Royal Marines.

Armed Forces: Yorkshire and the Humber

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many people were recruited to the armed forces through Armed Forces Career Offices in the Yorkshire and the Humber in each year since 2001. (285704)

The number of officers recruited to the Royal Air Force through Armed Forces Career Offices in the Yorkshire and Humberside area can be found in the following table.

RAF

2003-04

20

2004-05

10

2005-06

20

2006-07

20

2007-08

30

2008-09

30

The Naval Service currently recruit officers through one of seven Officer Careers Liaison Centres (OCLCs) situated throughout England, and Army officers are currently recruited by Army Career Advisors and are not recruited through the Armed Forces Career Offices. Both of these figures are not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

The number of Other Ranks recruited to the armed forces through Armed Forces Career Offices in the Yorkshire and Humberside area can be found in the following table.

Naval Service

Army

RAF

2001-02

1,330

2002-03

1,510

2003-04

270

1,300

310

2004-05

260

1,020

180

2005-06

280

1,110

130

2006-07

250

1,390

180

2007-08

240

1,230

230

2008-09

260

1,300

320

Following a move onto a new reporting system accurate data for the Naval Service and RAF are only available from financial year 2003-04.

Yorkshire and Humberside covers the Armed Forces Careers Offices based in Hull, Leeds and Sheffield. Additionally Army Regular soldier figures include those recruited from Army Career Information Offices in York, Scarborough, Barnsley, Doncaster, Bradford, Halifax, Huddersfield and Wakefield.

All figures have been rounded to the nearest 10 to avoid disclosure and are provisional and subject to review.

Armoured Fighting Vehicles

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what assessment he has made of the capacity of the new Husky vehicle to withstand the impact of improvised explosive devices and mines in Afghanistan. (287100)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave her on 14 July 2009, Official Report, column 269W. Husky has been subject to a range of tests, including the impact of improvised explosive devices. It has passed these tests, but for reasons of operational security it would be inappropriate to comment further.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the cost per vehicle is of the extra armour added to the new Husky vehicle prior to deployment. (287101)

The armour solution on Husky is an integral part of the vehicle, embodied on the production line. There is no extra armour added to the vehicle prior to deployment. There is therefore no cost for extra armour.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the unladen weight is of the new Husky vehicle. (287102)

The unladen weight of the Husky cannot be released as this would, or would be likely to, prejudice the operational security of our armed forces.

Armoured Fighting Vehicles: Procurement

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what criteria were used in the evaluation process for the procurement of the new Husky vehicle. (287099)

The Navistar Defence vehicle selected for the Husky programme was evaluated against a number of key user requirements, which included protection and mobility, a demanding delivery timeline and the requirement to provide value for money.

Army: Training

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the average waiting time for an Army infantry recruit to enter basic training after passing initial entry assessments and requirements was in the latest period for which figures are available. (288199)

Over the period 1 July 2008 to 30 June 2009, the average waiting time between an applicant obtaining a pass at an Army development and selection centre and commencing infantry training was 79 days.

Having obtained a pass at a selection centre, a commencement date is mutually agreed by the individual and their recruiting staff, and is tailored to the Army’s and the individual’s circumstances.

Astute Class Submarines

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the estimated in-service date is for each of the first four Astute-class submarines. (287192)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave him on 22 January 2009, Official Report, column 1667W. The Astute programme is currently being re-baselined and I will make an announcement in due course.

Baha Mousa Inquiry

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence whether legal aid has been made available to any persons who are to appear as witnesses at the Baha Mousa Inquiry. (287179)

[holding answer 16 July 2009]: Legal aid is not available to participants in public inquiries. However, under the Inquiries Act 2005 the chairman may make awards where he considers it appropriate. I understand that the right hon. Sir William Gage, chairman of the Baha Mousa Public Inquiry, which is established under the Inquiries Act, has made two awards under section 40(2) of that Act in respect of legal representation for two of the Inquiry’s core participants. Separately, legal assistance at no cost to the individual will be offered to all current and former service personnel and civil servants who are asked to provide evidence as a consequence of their employment.

Barron Report

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence, if he will place in the Library a copy of the Barron Report on defence land needs. (245123)

A copy of the ‘Barron Report’, which was prepared some years ago, is being obtained and will be placed in the Library of the House.

Substantive answer from Kevan Jones to Liam Fox:

In my answer to your Parliamentary Question of 12 January (Official Report, column 86W), asking for a copy of the Barron Report on defence lands needs to be placed in the Library of the House, I advised that a copy was being obtained and would be placed in the library of the house as soon as practicable.

I regret that, given the amount of time that has elapsed since the production of the Report (some 20 years); and despite strenuous efforts by officials, it has not proved possible to locate a copy.

I apologise for any inconvenience this may have caused.

Clyde Naval Base: Radioactive Waste

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to the answer of 12 May 2009, Official Report, column 753W, on radioactive waste: waste management, if he will introduce an annual review of compliance with best practice of arrangements for the handling, movement, processing, storage and disposal of radioactive waste at HM Naval Base, Clyde, Faslane. (288295)

Management of radioactive waste at Her Majesty’s Naval Base (HMNB) Clyde is carried out in accordance with a comprehensive set of requirements, both statutory and those derived from MOD policy, including authorisation conditions (ACs) imposed by the Department’s Defence Nuclear Safety Regulator. These ACs require an annual review to be carried out for all nuclear facilities, including the two facilities that deal with radioactive waste: the Active Processing Facility and the Radioactive Effluent Disposal Facility.

Damian McBride

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence on what date he last met Mr Damian McBride in the course of his official duties. (287396)

Defence: Procurement

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what reports he has received of the outcome of legal proceedings in the United States against L-3 Communications Corporation; if he will assess the effect on his Department's policies on (a) security and (b) ethical procurement of its contract with L-3 Communications Corporation to examine the replacement of the Nimrod R-1 fleet; and if he will make a statement. (278808)

The Ministry of Defence is aware of the legal proceedings in the USA involving L-3 Communications, with whom MOD has a number of contracts.

We have not yet made a final decision on the solution for sustaining the Airborne Signals Intelligence Capability, currently provided by Nimrod R-1.

All major equipment procurements are subject to MOD's assurance processes, which include an assessment of the suitability of prospective contractors before any commitments are entered into.

Departmental Buildings

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what (a) land and (b) buildings his Department has sold since 1997. (278021)

Records of transactions prior to 2000 are not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost. I will write to the hon. Member with the information on land and buildings sold since 2000 as soon as this data has been verified and collated.

Substantive answer from Kevan Jones to Susan Kramer:

In my answer of 9 June 2009 (Official Report, column 831W) I undertook to write to you with details of what land and buildings have been sold since 1997.

I am placing a copy of the details of the land and buildings that have been sold since 2000 in the Library of the House.

As I indicated in my earlier response, records of transactions prior to 2000 are not held centrally and could only be provided at disproportionate cost.

Departmental Contracts

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many contracts let by his Department were awarded to businesses with fewer than 50 employees in each of the last five years; and what the monetary value of such contracts was in each such year. (287798)

The information requested is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Departmental Data Protection

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) how many successful attempts were made to gain unauthorised access to each (a) database and (b) ICT system run by his Department in (i) 2008 and (ii) 2009; and if he will make a statement; (286557)

(2) how many attempts were made to gain unauthorised access to each (a) database and (b) ICT system run by his Department in (i) 2008 and (ii) 2009; and if he will make a statement.

It would not be in the interests of the UK’s national security for the MOD to confirm whether it holds information about attacks against its data or ICT systems as this would enable individuals to deduce how successful the Department is in detecting these attacks.

Departmental Detergents

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence if he will make it his policy to ensure that no cleaning products or ingredients of cleaning products used by his Department have been tested on animals. (261130)

Cleaning services are generally procured by the Ministry of Defence through wider Facilities Management and PFI contracts. The MOD requires contractors to comply with all applicable legislation. Above this, the Department does not have a specific policy regarding animal testing.

Departmental Disclosure of Information

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) which requests for information received by his Department under the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act 2000 in 2008 were (a) classified as not resolvable and (b) refused in full; (286135)

(2) in respect of which requests for information received by his Department in 2008 under the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act 2000 it has received permission to extend the deadline for a response by more than 40 days; and what the reason for the request for an extension was in each case.

In 2008 the Ministry of Defence received some 2,631 requests for information centrally, under the Freedom of Information Act.

As of 30 January 2009,258 cases were closed in which the information requested was withheld in full. A further 315 cases were closed and classed as not resolvable.

As at the same date, 49 cases required more than 40 days on top of the statutory 20 working day period and have now been closed. As of 30 January 2009, a further 69 cases remained open in which the statutory 20 working day period and a further 40 working days had passed.

The exact text of each of the 791 requests in the categories listed above, and the detailed reasons for each extension, could be provided at only disproportionate cost. However, I will write to the hon. Member to provide a short summary of each request for information received in 2008 that was classified as ‘not resolvable’ or ‘withheld in full’, and list any exemptions that applied. I will also set out simplified reasons for those that have required more than 40 working days on top of the statutory 20 working day period.

Departmental Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many (a) regular military, (b) Territorial Army and other part-time military and (c) civilian personnel were employed by his Department in (i) total, (ii) Yorkshire and the Humber, (iii) North Yorkshire and (iv) City of York in each year since 1997. (285733)

Regular military strength breakdown by Government office region prior to 2002, local authority level breakdown of MOD Civilians prior to 2006 and stationed location of Volunteer Reserve personnel are not held centrally and cannot be provided without incurring disproportionate cost.

The following table shows the total Regular Service, Civilian and Volunteer Reserve Force Strengths. Civilian strength is reported as full-time equivalents (FTE) and includes MOD permanent and casual personnel, trading funds, royal fleet auxiliaries and locally engaged civilians.

Volunteer reserve force

Regular military personnel1

Naval reserves2

Territorial army3

Royal auxiliary air force

MOD civilian personnel

1997

210,820

4,260

n/a

2,020

133,330

1998

210,140

4,440

n/a

2,490

126,290

1999

208,640

4,520

n/a

2,620

123,010

2000

207,610

4,820

n/a

2,740

121,290

2001

205,650

4,830

n/a

2,570

118,170

2002

204,680

4,980

n/a

2,590

110,090

2003

206,910

4,910

n/a

2,580

107,580

2004

207,020

4,480

38,320

2,580

109,050

2005

201,100

4,360

37,260

2,450

108,470

2006

195,850

n/a

38,460

2,300

103,380

20074

190,400

3,680

36,790

p2,160

97,690

20085

187,060

3,590

p35,020

p2,200

89,500

20096

188,370

n/a

p35,350

n/a

86,620

The following table shows the strength of regular military and civilian personnel in Yorkshire and the Humber Government Office Region (GOR). Civilian strength is reported in full-time equivalent (FTE) for MOD permanent and casual personnel only. GOR breakdown excludes trading funds, royal fleet auxiliaries and locally engaged civilians.

Regular military personnel1

MOD civilian personnel

2001

n/a

2,880

2002

13,760

2,840

20037

n/a

3,400

20047

n/a

3,770

2005

13,830

3,790

2006

13,040

3,700

2007

13,790

3,590

2008

13,530

3,560

2009

14,730

3,640

The following table shows the strength of regular military and civilian personnel in North Yorkshire. Civilian strength is reported in full-time equivalent (FTE) for MOD permanent and casual personnel only. Local authority level breakdown excludes trading funds, royal fleet auxiliaries and locally engaged civilians.

Regular military personne1

MOD civilian personnel

2002

12,000

n/a

20037

n/a

n/a

20047

n/a

n/a

2005

12,690

n/a

2006

11,880

2,000

2007

12,540

1,980

2008

12,140

1,950

2009

13,310

1,930

The following table shows the strength of regular military and civilian personnel in City of York. Civilian strength is reported in full-time equivalent (FTE) for MOD permanent and casual personnel only. Local authority level breakdown excludes trading funds, royal fleet auxiliaries and locally engaged civilians.

Regular military personnel1

MOD civilian personnel

2002

640

n/a

20037

n/a

n/a

20047

n/a

n/a

2005

730

n/a

2006

710

760

2007

800

650

2008

840

650

2009

880

680

n/a = not available

p = provisional

1 UK Regular forces includes all trained and untrained personnel. Gurkhas, full-time Reserve personnel, and mobilised reservists are excluded.

2 Includes the Royal Naval Reserve and Royal Marine Reserve.

3 Territorial Army data prior to 2004 are not available.

4 2007 Territorial Army data are as at 1 March.

5 2008 Territorial Army data are as at 1 June.

6 Data on Naval Reserves and Royal Auxiliary Air Force at 1 April 2009 are due to be published in September 2009

7 2003-04 Regular military stationed location figures are not available because of concerns over data quality.

Note:

Figures are rounded to the nearest 10, numbers ending in 5 have been rounded to the nearest multiple of 20 to avoid systematic bias.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many civilian staff his Department (a) employed in each of the last three years, (b) employs and (c) plans to employ in each of the next three years. (287199)

Table 1 comprises the total number of Full-Time Equivalent (FTE) civil servants employed by the Ministry of Defence at each 1 April point since 2006.

Table 1: Total civilian personnel strengths

FTE

Civilian Level 1

Civilian Level 0

April 2006

78,140

103,380

April 2007

73,780

97,690

April 2008

69,050

89,500

April 2009

66,440

86,620

Notes:

1. Civilian Level 1 includes all permanent and casual civilian personnel and Royal Fleet Auxiliaries, but excludes Trading Funds and Locally Engaged Civilians.

2. Civilian Level 0 contains all those at Level 1 plus Trading Funds and Locally Engaged Civilians.

3. Numbers are rounded to the nearest 10. Numbers ending in “5” have been rounded to the nearest multiple of 20 to prevent systematic bias.

4. Full time equivalence counts part time staff by the number of hours they work as a proportion of their full time conditioned hours.

Source:

DASA (Quad-Service).

The projected numbers of civilian staff employed across MOD for the remainder of this Spending Review period ending April 2011 are set out in Table 2.

Table 2: Current Level 0 FTE projections

Civilian Level 0 (FTE)

1 April 2010 (projected)

184,000

1 April 2011 (projected)

181,500

1 Provisional

Source:

Stat Mann.

Data provided are provisional and subject to review. As the Department develops more mature plans for the delivery of the required input savings and outsourcing then these figures will be subject to change.

Departmental Work Experience

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many (a) paid and (b) unpaid graduate internships his Department has awarded in each of the last six months. (281514)

The information requested is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

EU Law

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what estimate he has made of the cost to his Department of the statutory obligations upon it provided for in legislation introduced as a consequence of obligations arising from EU legislation in the most recent 12 months for which figures are available. (283479)

The Department has a responsibility to ensure that it complies with all relevant EU legislation. The cost of complying with these obligations is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Future Lynx Helicopters

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) when he expects the first Future Lynx helicopters to enter service; (287236)

(2) what estimate he has made of the cost to the public purse of the procurement of Future Lynx helicopters;

(3) what his policy is on proceeding with the Future Lynx contract.

There are two variants of the Future Lynx aircraft which is now known as the Lynx Wildcat. The first aircraft is due to enter service in January 2012, leading to an initial operating capability in 2014 for the Army’s Battlefield Reconnaissance Helicopter (BRH) and in 2015 for the Royal Navy’s Surface Combatant Maritime Rotorcraft (SCMR). A contract has been agreed with AgustaWestland for the procurement of 62 Lynx Wildcat aircraft. The total cost of the demonstration and manufacture of the project is forecast to be some £1.7 billion.

Gurkhas: Pensions

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many Gurkha soldiers who retired prior to 1997 would have qualified for a British Army pension given their length of service, if eligibility for a British Army pension was extended to such soldiers. (287432)

There are no plans to extend eligibility to transfer from the Gurkha pension scheme (GPS) to the armed force pension scheme (AFPS) to those Gurkhas who retired before 1 July 1997. Their pension arrangements have been found to be fair and lawful in two Judicial Reviews and a High Court appeal.

However, of the recipients of the GPS who retired before 1 July 1997 (which includes Gurkha veterans, their widows or dependants), it is estimated that about 1,800, would, by length of service or because of disability, be qualified for an immediate pension from the date of their discharge under the AFPS. A further 8,800 who were discharged after 1 April 1975 would be qualified for a preserved pension under the AFPS from the age of 60.

Those Gurkha service pensioners who served for less than 22 years and who discharged before 1 April 1975, would not be entitled to a service pension since there were no preserved pensions prior to the introduction of AFPS 75.

Helicopters

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the average cost is of upgrading a Merlin helicopter for use in Afghanistan. (287103)

It is envisaged that all 28 Merlin Mk3/3a helicopters will be upgraded at a cost in the region of £42 million. This equates to an average of £1.5 million per aircraft. These figures are lower than previously reported and stated in the written answer my predecessor, my right hon. Friend the Member for Barrow and Furness (Mr. Hutton), gave on 2 March 2009, Official Report, column 1364W, to the hon. Member for Congleton. This is due to improved maturity in our cost estimates following work undertaken in the intervening period.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what progress has been made in the conversion of the eight Mark 3 Chinook helicopters; and if he will make a statement. (287104)

The conversion of the Chinook Mk3 helicopters is progressing well. The first successful test flight of the modified aircraft took place in June 2009. This is a significant milestone on the project. The programme is on schedule to deliver the first aircraft to operational commanders later this year.

HMS Invincible

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what plans his Department has for the disposal of HMS Invincible. (287194)

HMS Invincible is currently in a state of very low readiness and on present plans she will be withdrawn from service in 2010. Once she has been declared surplus to Royal Navy requirements, all disposal options will be considered.

Military Aircraft

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many training sorties have been flown by each aircraft type in each of the armed forces in each year since 2003. (284538)

Training does not cease after pilots have completed their formal training but continues throughout their flying career because all operational flying contains an element of training. The information is not held in the format requested; either by the number of training sorties undertaken during basic flying training or by qualified personnel undertaking training on other aircraft types. In addition, flying is not recorded by the number of sorties undertaken by individual pilots. Furthermore, the number of hours flown during basic flying training is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Military Aircraft Reach and Sustainability Programme

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence when he expects to announce decisions on the future of the Military Aircraft Reach and Sustainability programme. (287191)

The requirements and procurement strategy for the Military Aircraft Reach and Sustainability programme are currently under review and we expect to announce a way forward later this year.

Military Aircraft: Training

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the (a) required and (b) actual number of training instructors for each Royal Air Force aircraft type was in each of the last five years. (284545)

Historical information for each of the last five years is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

The required and actual training instructor number for each aircraft type in the armed forces as at 9 July 2009 is provided in the following table. These figures are for RAF flying instructors in current flying instructional positions of all ranks.

Training instructor numbers fluctuate on a day by day basis as individuals are reassigned, medically downgraded or leave the service. The overall aircraft fleet is currently undergoing significant change with some aircraft types drawing down and new aircraft coming into service, such as with the rapid expansion of the Merlin Force. Numbers of training instructors are responding to reflect these changes and action is being taken to ensure that current operations are not affected.

Aircraft type

Required training instructors

Actual training instructors

Hercules C130J

37

38

Hercules C130K

8

8

VC10

25

22

TriStar

5

5

C17A

3

3

HS125

1

1

BAe146

1

1

Tornado GR4

50

39

Typhoon

27

20

Tornado F3

0

0

Harrier GR9

8

11

Nimrod MR2/MR4

32

29

Nimrod R1

7

7

Sentinel R1

5

5

E3D

25

21

King Air

30

24

Dominie

34

32

Tutor EFT

33

45

Tutor UAS

15

21

Tucano

51

49

Hawk

71

60

Puma

19

21

Chinook

25

23

Merlin

17

15

Squirrel

19

18

Sea King

15

12

Griffin

49

45

Augusta 109

1

1

Reaper

1

1

Islander

1

1

Military Bases: Northern Ireland

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to the answer of 6 July 2009, Official Report, column 558W, on gifts and endowments, which military bases in Northern Ireland were sold to the Northern Ireland Executive; and at what cost. (287786)

To date, three sites have been sold to the Northern Ireland Executive at market value. They are Grosvenor Barracks, Enniskillen at £15.45 million, Girdwood Barracks, Belfast at £7 million and Clooney Barracks, Londonderry at £12.78 million.

In addition, working in partnership with the Northern Ireland Housing Executive and the Department of Social Development, Oaklee Housing Association were appointed to take ownership of 112 former Ministry of Defence houses at Pond Park, Lisburn which were sold for £7 million in financial year 2008-09.

Navy

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what his Department’s plans are for replacing the Royal Navy’s mine countermeasures vessels. (287166)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave on 30 March 2009, Official Report, columns 891-92W, to the hon. Member for New Forest, East (Dr. Lewis).

Navy: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many naval officers are serving on all ships in commission, including those in refit. (287195)

I refer the hon. Member to the answers my predecessor gave to the hon. Member for Woodspring (Dr. Fox) on 13 November 2007, Official Report, column 127W and 4 February 2009, Official Report, column 1257W.

Nuclear Weapons

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence whether a British nuclear deterrent system consisting of (a) land-based, (b) air-launched and (c) ship-borne nuclear cruise missiles would be compatible with the provisions of the 1987 Intermediate-range Nuclear Forces Treaty. (287182)

The 1987 Intermediate-range Nuclear Forces Treaty is a bilateral treaty between the US and Russia. The UK is not a state party to the treaty and our nuclear deterrent is not bound by its provisions.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what his latest estimate is of the lifetime cost of a replacement system for Trident. (288433)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave on 13 July 2009, Official Report, column 19W, to the hon. Member for Orkney and Shetland (Mr. Carmichael).

Parachute Training

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how much expenditure on parachute training his Department has incurred in each of the last five years. (284534)

The figures provided in the following table show the operating and staff costs for: No 1 Parachute Training School (PTS), RAF Brize Norton; its Parachute Support Wings; and the Joint Service Parachute Centres (JSPC). The training undertaken by the PTS and its support wings provide basic parachute training and specialist high altitude training. The JSPCs undertake freefall parachute training as part of military adventurous training.

Cost (£ million)

2004-05

5.2

2005-06

5.5

2006-07

5.0

2007-08

4.6

2008-09

5.5

The costs include those incurred by the RAF Falcons Display team which cannot be separated. However, the majority of team members are instructors and their display activities are considered to be training in free-fall techniques which they then use in their role as instructors. Military aircraft costs are excluded as they have already been programmed as part of the RAF Management Plan and would be incurred whether the aircraft were used for parachute training or other activities.

During financial year 2005-06 the Parachute Support Wings were restructured, which is a contributory factor in the drop in costs in subsequent years.

Permanent Joint Headquarters

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence for what reasons there is no permanent representation of (a) the Stabilisation Unit and (b) the Joint Cimic Group at Permanent Joint Headquarters. (287937)

There are good working relationships between the Ministry of Defence, Stabilisation Unit and the Joint Civil-Military Co-ordination Group at all levels. No requirement has been identified for permanent representation of the Stabilisation Unit or the Joint Civil-Military Co-ordination Group at the Permanent Joint Headquarters given the close engagement that exists on a wide range of issues.

There is an increasingly capable joint effort in Afghanistan brought together through the Civil Military Mission Helmand which is staffed by civilian personnel from across Whitehall and the armed forces.

Piracy

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Shrewsbury and Atcham (Daniel Kawczynski) of 29 June 2009, Official Report, column 46W, on piracy: Navy, on what authority the Royal Navy has seized weapons during the boarding of pirate vessels in the last 12 months. (287714)

In the last 12 months, the Royal Navy has seized weapons from suspected pirates in accordance with the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) Article 105.

Principal Anti Air Missile System: HMS Daring

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the estimated cost to the public purse is of the Principal Anti Air Missile System; and what the estimated cost is of the construction of HMS Daring. (287197)

As set out in the Major Projects Report 2008 (MPR08), the total procurement cost of the Type 45 programme is £6.5 billion. This includes the design and manufacture costs for all six Type 45s to be built and the Principal Anti Air Missile System (PAAMS), renamed Sea Viper by the Royal Navy. These costs are broadly split 60 per cent. for the ship and 40 per cent. for the weapons system. As set out in MPR08, the unit production cost for each Type 45, including PAAMS, is £649 million.

RAF Regiment Field Squadron

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence when he expects to announce the UK basing arrangements for the new RAF Regiment Field Squadron. (286987)

I refer the hon. Member to the written ministerial statement ‘RAF Force Protection Wing’ released on 9 July 2009, Official Report, column 51WS. The new RAF Regiment Field Squadron will be based at either RAF Shawbury or RAF Leuchars. The final outcome of the study to determine the optimum basing solution is expected by autumn 2009.

RFA Fort Austin

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence for how long RFA Fort Austin is planned to remain in extended readiness; and for what reasons it is not being used. (287193)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer my predecessor, my right hon. Friend the Member for East Kilbride, Strathaven and Lesmahago (Mr. Ingram), gave to him on 3 May 2007, Official Report, column 1854W. It is MOD policy not to publish details of the readiness states of individual Royal Navy and Royal Fleet Auxiliary vessels or types.

Thermobaric Weapons

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many times thermobaric weapons have been used by UK armed forces in each of the last 12 months. (281920)

[holding answer 23 June 2009]: UK armed forces use variants of the AGM-114N Hellfire missile, which is an enhanced blast weapon, in Afghanistan. The Ministry of Defence does not classify this weapon as thermobaric. It is, however, sometimes referred to as such in the media. The following table provides details of the number of enhanced blast munitions fired on operations over the last 12 months.

Number

June 2008

5

July 2008

3

August 2008

3

September 2008

3

October 2008

1

November 2008

2

December 2008

0

January 2009

3

February 2009

4

March 2009

13

April 2009

3

May 2009

3

Total

43

Wind Power: Heysham

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence for what reasons his Department has objected to the siting of a wind turbine by British Telecom at Heysham, Morecambe. (287993)

The Ministry of Defence has objected to the Heysham development on the grounds that the turbines would cause unacceptable interference to air traffic control radar at the nearby Warton airfield. It is believed that this would unacceptably jeopardise flight safety in the airspace around the turbines.

We are working with the developer and hope that we can find mitigation measures to enable us to remove our objection. Failing this, the objection will be maintained.

Treasury

Assets: Sales

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer pursuant to the Prime Minister’s oral statement of 29 June 2009, Official Report, columns 21-41, on Building Britain’s Future, what categories of asset he plans to include in the proposed £16 billion asset sale. (284414)

Budget 2009 announced that new incentives and mechanisms would be introduced with the aim of realising up to £16 billion of property and other asset sales over the period 2011-14. This comprises fixed asset sales. As announced in “Building Britain’s future”, the Shareholder Executive will be strengthened by the appointment of a board of external experts to support this agenda.

Banks

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many banks he has visited on official business in the last 12 months. (287955)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer given to him on 10 June 2009, Official Report, column 901W.

Budget 2009

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many copies of the Budget 2009 Report his Department ordered; and what the cost was of that order. (287947)

HM Treasury ordered 1,800 copies of the Budget 2009 report at a cost of £41,000. This figure has been rounded to the nearest thousand pounds and excludes VAT.

Business: Government Assistance

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many applications have been made under the working capital scheme for small and medium-sized businesses to date. (255607)

I have been asked to reply.

The Working Capital Scheme is not available directly to businesses. The scheme enables participating banks to increase the amount of working capital they can make available to businesses.

By guaranteeing portfolios of working capital facilities, this will release regulatory capital held by the banks against these portfolios. The banks have agreed they will make commitments to re-deploy this capital in order to increase all types of lending to Small and Medium sized Enterprises (SMEs) and Mid Size Corporates above their current base line.

We have signed £1 billion of guarantees with RBS and Lloyds for portfolios of £2 billion. The financing for businesses it releases has already started from 1 March as a result of the lending agreements based on the Asset Protection Scheme and WCS. We will be allocating from the £10 billion WCS, guarantees for trade credit insurance in response to the constraint to working capital arising from withdrawal of trade credit insurance. We will also be consulting on the viability of using some of these guarantees for letters of credit and other forms of export finance which are also possible areas of constraint for working capital.

Charities

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what recent discussions he has had with charities which have lost money as a result of the collapse of Icelandic banks. (287954)

The Government take the problems faced by the charities affected by the Icelandic banking collapse seriously and Treasury Ministers—the Financial Services Secretary and the Economic Secretary—along with the Minister for the Third Sector, have met with representatives of the charities to understand the challenges they face.

Child Trust Fund

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer when he expects to publish the Child Trust Fund annual report for 2009. (287319)

There is no date fixed for the publication of the next Child Trust Fund Annual Statistical Report.

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what estimate he has made of the number and proportion of stakeholder child trust funds which have decreased in monetary value since they were taken out; and what estimate he has made of the average monetary value of such decreases. (288178)

HM Revenue and Customs does not hold data on how many individual child trust fund accounts have fallen or risen in value, nor what the average rise or fall in those values has been. Child trust funds are long-term investments, and the first accounts will not mature until 2020.

Child Trust Fund: Bexley

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many children in (a) Bexleyheath and Crayford constituency and (b) the London Borough of Bexley had received child trust fund payments by the latest date for which figures are available. (288228)

The most recent constituency level statistics on child trust fund accounts were published on 6 November 2008 and can be viewed on the HM Revenue and Customs website at:

http://www.hmrc.gov.uk/ctf/cons-stats-oct08.pdf

There were 11,700 children born before 6 April 2007 in the London borough of Bexley who have a child trust fund account.

Child Trust Fund: Hertfordshire

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many children in (a) Hemel Hempstead constituency, (b) Dacorum and (c) Hertfordshire had received Child Trust Fund payments on the latest date for which figures are available. (287861)

In Hertfordshire there were 57,300 children born before 6 April 2007 who have a child trust fund account. Similarly in Dacorum there were 7,100 such children.

I referred the hon. Member to the constituency level data available on the HM Revenue and Customs website in my answer to him on 2 July 2009, Official Report, column 422W.

Contracts

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what research has been carried out into the number of contracts for goods or services let by the Government which are then sub-contracted by the prime contractor. (286713)

No specific research has been carried out into the number of contracts let by Government which are then subcontracted.

The Glover report, “Accelerating the SME economic engine”, refers to limited research conducted by Middlesex university and to earlier external research, both covering SME subcontracting and is available at:

www.ogc.gov.uk/documents/Accelerating_the_ SME_Economic_Engine.pdf

Damian McBride

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer on what date the Parliamentary Secretary to the Treasury last met Mr. Damian McBride in the course of his official duties. (287408)

The duties and responsibilities of the Chief Whip are not matters for the Treasury. However, I understand that the Parliamentary Secretary to the Treasury has not met Mr, Damian McBride in the course of his official duties.

Departmental Accountancy

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer when he expects to publish his Department's resource accounts for 2008-09. (287344)

Departmental Conditions of Employment

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what percentage of employees in his Department are on a (a) flexible working contract and (b) job share employment contract. (287105)

The Treasury offers flexible working and job share to staff where operational constraints permit in order to improve work/life balance. Many flexible working arrangements including job share are made informally between managers and staff and are therefore not formally recorded. This information could therefore be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Departmental Flags

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many flags his Department owns; and what the cost of maintaining them was in the latest period for which figures are available. (287958)

Departmental Flowers

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how much his Department spent on flowers in each of the last five years. (287950)

For information on spending on flowers by the Department, I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave on 11 February 2009, Official Report, column 2101W to the hon. Member for South-West Surrey (Mr. Hunt). Spending in 2004-05 on flowers was the same as in 2005-06.

Departmental Internet

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how much has been spent on the maintenance of his Departmental website in each of the last two years. (287953)

For previous answer referring to maintenance costs of the departmental website for the last two years, I refer the hon. Member to the answer given on 10 June 2009, Official Report, column 901W.

Economic Growth

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what recent discussions he has had with Ministerial colleagues on economic growth rates over the next two financial years. (287960)

The Treasury's latest assessment of the economy was published in Budget 2009 (HC 407). HM Treasury continues to monitor all relevant factors to inform its assessment of the UK economy, and has regular engagements with outside organisations including relevant Government Departments on a range of issues relating to the economy.

Empty Property

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer which public bodies are not required to report their actual and vacant property to the e-PIMS database. (287360)

The following public bodies are not required to report their actual and vacant property to the e-PIMS database:

1. HM Court Service Courts

2. Laboratories

3. Other specialist facilities owned, leased and occupied by central Departments, agencies and NDPB's such as museums, power stations and port facilities

4. Civil engineering infrastructure owned, leased and used by central Departments, agencies and NDPB's such as flood defences, roads, canals and railways.

5. English Heritage estate.

6. Historic Royal Palaces.

7. Defence military estate.

8. Prisons estate.

9. NHS Estate, e.g. hospitals,

10. DEFRA estate e.g. farms.

11. F and CO and Home Office overseas estate.

12. Doctors' surgeries and clinics.

13. Schools.

14. Higher Education facilities.

15. Police stations.

16. Fire stations.

17. All local government estate.

18. The Crown estate.

19. Parliament's estate.

20. Public corporations' estate

21. Devolved assemblies.

EU Grants and Loans: Wales

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer pursuant to the answer of 17 June 2009, Official Report, column 325W, on EU grants and loans: Wales, whether monies received by the Welsh Assembly Government from the EU Convergence Programme are paid through his Department. (287265)

The European Commission makes cash payments from the EU Convergence Programme direct to the United Kingdom paying authorities, including the devolved Administrations, not through HM Treasury.

EU Law

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what estimate he has made of the cost to his Department of the statutory obligations upon it provided for in legislation on matters for which it is responsible which were introduced as a consequence of obligations arising from EU legislation in the most recent 12 months for which figures are available. (283470)

The information requested is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost. It is very difficult to provide precise figures for the proportion of UK legislation that stems from the European Union.

Holiday Homes

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer (1) what consultation he undertook before deciding to reclassify income from holiday lets as unearned income; (288116)

(2) what estimate he has made of the effects on the revenue of the Exchequer of reclassifying income from holiday lets as unearned income.

The Government are not reclassifying income from holiday lets as unearned income.

Income from furnished holiday lettings will continue to be assessed as property income, but after the repeal of the FHL rules, it will no longer be treated as trade income for certain purposes.

This change was necessary because the FHL rules may not be compliant with EU law, it was therefore not appropriate to consult on whether a change should be made.

The repeal was announced in the Budget 2009 in order to provide advance notice of the change, and allow those affected time to plan. Although a formal consultation is not planned, the Government do intend to publish draft legislation at the pre-Budget report, and will be happy to receive comments at that time.

Estimates of the revenue impact of this change were published at Budget 2009, and an impact assessment will be published at PBR 2009 alongside the draft legislation.

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many people claimed tax relief for expenditure on furnished holiday letting properties in each of the last five years; and how much was claimed in relief in each of those years. (288205)

I refer the hon. Member to the reply given to the hon. Member for Chesham and Amersham (Mrs. Gillan) on 5 May 2009, for estimates for 2006-07, the last full year for which information is available. Estimates for earlier years are of a similar magnitude.

Housing

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what recent discussions he has had with Ministerial colleagues on the sale and rent back market. (287949)

Treasury Ministers and officials meet with a wide variety of organisations in the public and private sectors to discuss as part of the process of policy development and delivery. As was the case with previous administrations, it is not the Government's practice to provide details of all such discussions.

On 1 July 2009, the Government extended the scope of Financial Services Authority (FSA) regulation to include sale and rent back agreements. The FSA's regime affords borrowers important protections and provides consumers with means of redress in case they experience problems. More information on the FSA's regime is available at:

http://www.fsa.gov.uk/pages/Library/Policy/Policy/2009/09_09.shtml

Housing: Valuation

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer with reference to the answer of 6 November 2008, Official Report, column 682W, on housing: valuation, what the value significance of each individual locality reference in each valuation area in the (a) North East and (b) North West is. (286813)

A list of locality reference numbers, ranked in order of value significance by valuation area within the areas covered by (a) the Government Office for the North East and (b) the Government Office for the North West, has been placed in the Library. The list is based on data extracted between 9 June 2009 and 17 June 2009.

Information that identifies the extent of each locality can be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Individual Savings Accounts: Pensions

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer if he will assess the merits of permitting persons with a value of £250,000 or over to add the proceeds of such accounts to their personal pension provisions in return for a guarantee of retirement with immediate effect. (287694)

Individual investors are free to use their savings from individual savings accounts as they choose. Any contributions to registered pension schemes will be subject to the tax rules that apply to those schemes. Those rules include limits on the amount of tax relief that is provided.

Industrial Health and Safety: Training

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how much his Department spent on health and safety training in each of the last two years. (287951)

Estimated external expenditure on health and safety training was £36,500 in 2007-08 and £40,000 in 2008-09. Other information and training for officials is provided by our in-house health and safety team and costs cannot be identified separately from their other duties.

Members: Correspondence

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer (1) when the Financial Secretary plans to respond to the letter from the right hon. Member for West Derbyshire of 31 March 2009 on the KSFIOM Depositors Group; (280873)

(2) when the Financial Secretary will respond to the letter from the right hon. Member for West Derbyshire of 31 March 2009 on the KSFIOM Depositors Group.

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer pursuant to the Answer of 7 July 2009, Official Report, column 778W, on Members: correspondence, for what reason the Answer did not set out the information requested on the time taken to reply. (287043)

The current economic and financial situation has given rise to a huge increase in the volume of correspondence received over the last 12 months in particular. There has been an increase of over 100 per cent. in Members’ correspondence over the previous 12-month period, creating a considerable backlog, which HM Treasury is in the process of clearing. The hon. Member’s correspondence was unfortunately part of that backlog and we apologise for the delay.

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer when he plans to respond to the letter from the hon. Member for Torbay of 31 March 2009 on a constituent, Mr Robert Phillips of Torquay. (287184)

The hon. Member’s correspondence was transferred to the Department of Works and Pension for reply.

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer when he plans to reply to the letter from the hon. Member for Torbay of 9 April 2009 on the 2009 Budget; and what the reason is for the time taken to reply. (287185)

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer when he intends to reply to the letter of 10 June 2009 from the hon. Member for Walsall North, regarding a constituent, PO Ref: 6/00416/2009. (287899)

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer when the Financial Secretary to the Treasury will reply to the letters of 14 April and 20 May 2009 from the hon. Member for Forest of Dean, on funding for charities and loss of funds with KSF, reference FD1288. (287931)

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer when he will reply to the letters of 16 April and 14 May 2009 from the hon. Member for Forest of Dean, on expatriates, reference FD7868. (287933)

The correspondence was transferred to the Department for Works and Pensions on 19 May and a notification sent to the hon. Member on that date.

Official Gifts

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what the monetary value is of (a) bequests and (b) other gifts and donations made to the nation in each of the last five years; and how much was given (i) in the form of (A) cash, (B) works of art and (C) property and (ii) in other forms. (287516)

The information is not available.

Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (HMRC) does hold information on bequests and gifts where tax relief has been claimed. However HMRC’s data systems do not hold sufficient information to distinguish those which might be regarded as “gifts to the nation”.

Procurement

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer whether his Department has accepted the recommendations of the All-Party Parliamentary Small Business Group report on access to public procurement in respect of (a) the introduction of specific proposals aimed at the micro-enterprise sector and (b) the provision of feedback on unsuccessful bids; and if he will make a statement. (287678)

The Government welcomed the report from the All-Party Parliamentary Small Business Group on ‘SME Access to Public Procurement’, which identified a similar set of barriers to SME participation as the Glover Review, ‘Accelerating the Economic Engine’. The Government are now working to deliver the Glover recommendations, and will continue to take account of the needs of all businesses, including micro-enterprises.

Property

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what estimate he has made of the amount of capital gains tax receipts which would have accrued from the UK property market if there had been no offshoring in the latest period for which figures are available. (287514)

Property Unit Trusts

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what the cost to the public purse was of the exemption from capital gains tax of authorised property unit trusts in the latest period for which figures are available. (287523)

Reforming Financial Markets: Public Consultation

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what representations he received from representatives of (a) bank employees and (b) consumer groups during the drafting of the proposals contained in Reforming Financial Markets, Cm 7667. (287828)

The Government are consulting widely on the proposals contained in Reforming Financial Markets—this includes a formal 12-week consultation process, which concludes on 30 September 2009.

Revenue and Customs: Communication Service Providers

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many requests for communications data were made by HM Revenue and Customs to communication service providers (CSPs) under the Taxes Management Act 1970 in (a) 2000, (b) 2001, (c) 2002, (d) 2003, (e) 2004, (f) 2005, (g) 2006, (h) 2007 and (i) 2008; and how many of these requests resulted in the requested communications data being disclosed by the relevant CSP. (284868)

Prior to 2005 when the Inland Revenue and HM Customs and Excise merged to form HM Revenue AND Customs (HMRC) S.20 Notices under the Taxes Management Act were regularly sought by the Inland Revenue Inspectors of Taxes on a case by case basis and could be issued from any tax office and a copy retained in individual taxpayers folders. There was no form of central record of the issue of S.20 Notices and the type of information requested. It is therefore not possible to provide this information for this period.

In February 2006 the HMRC Single Point of Contact (SpoC) for the acquisition and disclosure of communications data was designated as the National Telecoms Unit who are responsible for all departmental matters relating to communications data, including RIPA requests, witness statements and Production Orders. From 2006 onwards the HMRC SpoC has not issued any S.20 TMA Notices.

Revenue and Customs: Manpower

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many (a) administration assistants, (b) assistant officers, (c) officers, (d) higher officers, (e) senior officers, (f) fast stream/trainees, (g) Grade 7 employees, (h) Grade 6 employees and (i) senior civil servants there were in each HM Revenue and Customs office in each of the last five years. (285536)

A table setting out the number of staff in each grade at each HM Revenue and Customs office in each of the last five years has been placed in the Library.

Tax Credits

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer (1) what his most recent estimate is of the number of people in (a) Scotland, (b) Glasgow and (c) Glasgow South West constituency claiming family tax credit; (287596)

(2) what his most recent estimate is of the number of people in (a) Scotland, (b) Glasgow and (c) Glasgow South West constituency claiming working tax credit;

(3) what his most recent estimate is of the level of take-up of working tax credit in (a) Scotland, (b) Glasgow and (c) Glasgow South West constituency;

(4) what his most recent estimate is of the level of take-up of family tax credit in (a) Scotland, (b) Glasgow and (c) Glasgow South West constituency.

Working families tax credit was replaced by working tax credit and child tax credit in April 2003.

The latest estimates of the average number of families benefiting from child and working tax credits in each Government office region, local authority and parliamentary constituency are published in the HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) finalised awards geographical publication, “Child and Working Tax Credits Statistics Finalised annual awards Geographical analyses” for 2007-08. The publication is available on the HMRC website at:

http://www.hmrc.gov.uk/stats/personal-tax-credits/cwtc-geog-stats.htm.

The most recent child tax credit (CTC) take-up rates for United Kingdom regions and countries are published on the HMRC website at:

http://www.hmrc.gov.uk/stats/personal-tax-credits/cwtc-take-up2006-07.pdf.

Child tax credit take-up rates are not available below these levels.

Working tax credit take-up rates are not available for geographies below United Kingdom level.

Tax: Isle of Man

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what recent discussions he has had with the Isle of Man government on Isle of Man tax reforms. (287948)

Taxation: Banks

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what recent discussions he has had with the banking industry on a code of practice on tax for banks. (287959)

The consultation document on the Code of Practice on Taxation for banks was issued on 29 June 2009. Since then HM Revenue and Customs has been in regular contact with banks, their industry representatives and advisers regarding the issues arising from this.

Taxation: Domicil

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what criteria his Department uses to determine when to investigate alleged tax fraud cases concerning (a) non- domiciled status and (b) other matters. (278502)

Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs criminal investigation policy is available on its website. The criteria for investigating people with non-domiciled status are no different from those for people with domiciled status. A decision to investigate any specific case is based on the available evidence, along with the facts and features of the case.

Taxation: Pensioners

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many and what proportion of recipients of tax relief on pension contributions are women. (287326)

There were 6.6 million women in receipt of tax relief on pension contributions. This represented 44 per cent. of all recipients. This information relates to 2008-09.

UK Financial Investments

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what discussions he has had with the chief executive of UK Financial Investments on its policy on publishing information about its activities. (287851)

HM Treasury has regular discussions with UK Financial Investments and regularly monitors UKFI's performance against its objectives. It is not the Government's practice to provide details of all such meetings.

VAT: Overpayments

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what estimate he has made of (a) the monetary value of claims lodged with HM Revenue and Customs for repayment of overpaid value added tax arising as a result of the decision of the House of Lords in the cases of Fleming and Conde Nast and (b) the amount paid out by HM Revenue and Customs in respect of such claims. (282981)

[holding answer 29 June 2009]: The Government have already made prudent provision in the public finances to represent tax and interest that might be repaid following this ruling.

The total value of claims received by HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC) as a result of the House of Lords decision in the joined cases of Michael Fleming t/a Bodycraft and Condé Nast Publications Ltd. is estimated at around £8.5 billion. Past experience of such claims suggests that many will prove either to be speculative, incorrect or otherwise overstated.

In those cases so far verified by HMRC, around half the amount claimed by tax value has been refused following verification, and around £1.5 billion in tax and interest has been repaid to date. HMRC is also ensuring that taxpayers bring to account any direct tax liabilities created as a result of these repayments.

The provision for future repayments of tax and associated interest will be reviewed and adjusted as necessary, to reflect HMRC’s continuing experience in verifying these claims.

Working Tax Credit: Morecambe and Lunesdale

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many people in Morecambe and Lunesdale constituency claimed working tax credit in the latest period for which figures are available. (288447)

The average number of families benefiting from working tax credit in the Morecambe and Lunesdale parliamentary constituency was 3,720 for 2007-08.

This information is given in the HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC) finalised awards geographical publication, “Child and Working Tax Credits Statistics Finalised annual awards Geographical analyses, 2007-08”, available on the HMRC website at:

http://www.hmrc.gov.uk/stats/personal-tax-credits/cwtc-geog-stats.htm

World Customs Organisation

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer which Minister is responsible for representing the Government’s interest at the World Customs Organisation. (287992)

The World Customs Organization (WCO) is the only intergovernmental organisation with competence on Customs Issues. HM Revenue and Customs officials usually represent the UK’s interests at WCO. I am the Minister responsible for Customs policy, and I am accountable to Parliament for HMRC.

Zimbabwe

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what the value of local Zimbabwean bonds held by his Department was in each of the last 10 years, expressed in (a) Zimbabwean dollars and (b) pounds sterling. (287517)

The value held in the last 10 years is zero: local Zimbabwe bonds are not held in the UK's foreign currency reserves (the Exchange Equalisation Account).

Home Department

Antisocial Behaviour

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what proportion of local government formula funding has been spent on tackling anti-social behaviour in 2009-10 to date. (282544)

Information on the amount spent by local authorities on tackling antisocial behaviour is not collected centrally. In both England and Wales, it is for local partnerships to agree how the grants received should be allocated against locally determined priorities, including tackling antisocial behaviour.

Asylum

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department pursuant to the answer of 3 February 2009, Official Report, columns 1040-41W, on asylum, how many of the 500 Iraqi refugees identified for resettlement during 2008-09 under the Gateway Protection Programme are being or have been resettled from Syria. (255377)

Asylum: Iran

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what recent representations he has received on the effects on policy on Iranian asylum seekers of the recent unrest in Iran. (286308)

We have not received any such representations. We continue to monitor closely the political and human rights situation in Iran through key governmental, non-governmental and other human rights organisations. The visa operation in Tehran is monitored on a daily basis by the UK Border Agency and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office.

The asylum determination process assesses the protection needs of claimants and where the recent unrest in Iran impacts directly on the circumstances of an individual claimant, then it is duly considered as part of that individual’s claim.

All Iranian asylum and human rights applications are considered by the Home Office on their individual merits, in accordance with our obligations under the 1951 UN refugee convention and the European convention on human rights (ECHR).

Each application is assessed against the latest available information about the situation in Iran. Specially-trained case owners consult these sources via the Iran Country of Origin Information Report produced by UKBA’s Country of Origin Information Service, and the Iran Operational Guidance Note which gives guidance on the most common types of asylum claims received and the circumstances in which they are likely to prove founded or unfounded.

Asylum: Northern Ireland

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many asylum seekers who entered through Northern Ireland airports in the last 12 months have presented as (a) having no identification, (b) being juveniles without any identification and (c) being juveniles without any identification and have subsequently absconded from social services accommodation. (274349)

Asylum: Offenders

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many foreign nationals of each nationality who have been released from UK prisons since 2005 have subsequently applied for asylum in the UK. (282991)

Published statistics on immigration and asylum are available from the Library and from the Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate website at:

http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/immigration-asylum-stats.html

Borders: Police

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much funding his Department has allocated to border policing in each year since 1997; and if he will make a statement. (282651)

Local forces have responsibility for policing at the border. However, between 1998-99 and 2008-09 the Home Office contribution to these costs rose from £121.4 million to £222.4 million, an increase of 83.2 per cent. over this period.

The costs of police at ports are met as part of the forces overall policing duties and the division of these funds is a matter for each force, in consultation with the police authority. In some cases, such as where an airport is “designated” under the Aviation Security Act 1982, contributions are provided by airport operators. Provisions included within the Police and Crime Bill currently being debated in the other place, include the requirement for all airports to provide such contributions. No central record is kept of these costs.

In addition, between April 1998 and April 2009 the Home Office made a contribution to the costs of special branch officers at ports as a part of the dedicated security post grants. From April 2009 funding of these posts will be made as part of the wider funding of police counter terrorism activity. The overall level of the dedicated security post grants for the years it was allocated is detailed in the following table. For security reasons, we do not disclose the breakdown of this grant between different security functions.

£ million

1998-99

121.4

1999-2000

142.5

2000-01

146.8

2001-02

154.5

2002-03

155.3

2003-04

196.5

2004-05

203.4

2005-06

212.6

2006-07

212.6

2007-08

212.6

2008-09

222.4

Cabinet: Glasgow

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department (1) how many (a) special advisers and (b) officials of his Department accompanied him to Glasgow for the Cabinet meeting on 16 April 2009; (273961)

(2) what car journeys he took in attending the Cabinet meeting in Glasgow on 16 April 2009;

(3) how much expenditure was incurred by his Department in respect of the Cabinet meeting in Glasgow on 16 April 2009;

(4) what expenditure on (a) travel, (b) accommodation and (c) food he (i) incurred and (ii) officials in his Department in connection with the Cabinet meeting in Glasgow on 16 April 2009.

The then Home Secretary was accompanied by two officials during the Cabinet. No special advisers travelled.

For security reasons we do not disclose details of the Home Secretary’s travel arrangements.

The cost incurred by the two officials supporting the Home Secretary came to a total of £926.45, including the cost of return flights, accommodation and meals.

For information relating to the Cabinet and public engagement event held in Glasgow on 16 April, I refer the hon. Member to the answer given by my right hon. Friend the Prime Minister on 3 June 2009, Official Report, column 487W.

CCTV

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what funding his Department has allocated to (a) local authorities and (b) police forces for the installation and operation of CCTV cameras fitted with microphones in the last 12 months. (284147)

There has been no specific funding issued to local authorities or police forces for CCTV cameras fitted with microphones.

Between 1999 and 2003, £170 million of Home Office capital funding was made available to local authorities for investment in public space CCTV. Around 680 CCTV town centre schemes were set up with this funding.

Closed Circuit Television: York

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much funding allocated by his Department has been spent on closed circuit television in York since 1997. (285709)

Yorkshire and Humberside (information is not available on a constituency-by-constituency basis) received a total of £20,357,137 as part of the Home Office Crime and Disorder Reduction Programme, between 1997 and 2003. No further funding has specifically been provided for the installation of town centre CCTV security systems by the Home Office since 2003. However, crime reduction funding could have been used by Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships for CCTV.

Community Relations: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department pursuant to the answer of 21 January 2009, Official Report, column 1482W, on community relations: finance, which 33 projects receive funding from the £5.8 million fund to disrupt violent extremism; and how much each of these projects will receive in 2008-09 and in each of the two subsequent years. (259142)

The information requested is given in the table.

£

Project

2008-091

2009-101

2010-111

UKBA West Midlands Pilot

190,000

Metropolitan Police Service

57,511

74,489

Swindon

14,560

50,440

Government Office East Midlands

191,251

608,749

480,530

Government Office West Midlands

52,665

242,335

Enfield Borough Council and Enfield Police

161,000

144,000

Lambeth Community safety Partnership

12,000

84,500

Wandsworth Borough Council

11,500

28,500

Slough Borough Council

50,000

56,750

Barnet Borough Council

51,300

59,520

Brent Borough Council

96,082

115,918

DIUS capacity building in Higher Education Sector

125,000

Universities for North East

15,631

29,369

London Borough of Croydon

243,000

London Borough of Newham

7,500

27,500

Cambridgeshire Police

56,000

Crawley Borough Council

130,000

149,000

Birmingham City Council

48,500

49,086

West Sussex County Council

8,100

112,900

ACPO TAM

375,370

Plymouth Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnership and Plymouth City Council

61,594

31,406

Leeds Counter Terrorism Unit

70,000

Avon and Somerset Police

30,000

49,000

London Probation

58,000

190,000

190,000

Mosaic Mentoring Network

60,000

185,000

148,000

NOMS on behalf of HMP Woodhill

14,000

Government Office London

17,500

72,500

Lancashire Constabulary

180,500

Council of Ethnic Minority Voluntary Sector Organisations

14,250

34,150

Ealing Community and Voluntary Service

76,875

93,025

South Yorkshire Constabulary

50,000

Institute of Community Cohesion (ICoCO)

55,000

Yorkshire Universities

45,000

45,000

Total

2,579,689

2,583,137

818,530

Grand total

5,981,356

1 These figures are correct at 7 July 2009

Crime

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many offences of (a) less serious wounding, (b) harassment, (c) assault without injury, (d) criminal damage to a dwelling, (e) criminal damage to a building other than a dwelling, (f) criminal damage to a vehicle and (g) other criminal damage which were deemed to be racially or religiously aggravated have been recorded in each police force area in each year since 1997. (286038)

The available information is given in the tables placed in the House Library. Racially aggravated offences have been included in the recorded crime series from 1999-2000. Religiously aggravated offences were added in 2002-03.

Crimes of Violence: Essex

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what proportion of violent crime committed in (a) Essex and (b) Castle Point in each of the last 12 months for which figures are available was perpetrated against (i) young people, (ii) families and (iii) pensioners. (287502)

The requested information is not collected centrally.

Recorded crime data provided to the Home Office from each police force area cannot separately identify the individual circumstances of victims.

Criminal Records Bureau: Compensation

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much has been paid in compensation to people whose Criminal Records Bureau disclosure was delayed in each year since the inception of the disclosure service. (283426)

The Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) makes financial awards to redress customers for its maladministration in accordance with Treasury Policy. It calculates each award on the merit of the claim. Awards range from small consolatory payments for inconvenience, to larger sums representing actual loss. The CRB does not maintain separate statistics which distinguish delay from the other elements which merit an award.

Cybercrime

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department (1) what his most recent estimate is of the cost of e-crime to the economy; (287110)

(2) how much money was misappropriated through online fraud in the UK in each of the last three years; and if he will make a statement.

These data are not kept centrally. The Government prosecute crimes on the basis of the offence committed and not the medium used. UK legislation does not distinguish between offences committed online or offline and so there are no estimated costs of e-crime or online fraud as a whole.

Damian McBride

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department on what date (a) he and (b) the Chief Secretary to the Treasury last met Mr. Damian McBride in the course of their official duties. (287368)

I have not met Damian McBride in the course of my ministerial duties, nor have I met him personally.

Demonstrations: Parliament Square

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department whether notice of the Tamil demonstration in Parliament Square and adjacent areas has been given to the Commissioner of Police for the Metropolis under section 133 of the Serious Organised Crime and Police Act 2005; and whether the Commissioner has given authorisation under section 134 of that Act. (271681)

I am informed by the Commissioner of the Metropolitan Police that many of those demonstrating in Parliament Square and the adjacent areas did not notify the Commissioner of the Metropolitan Police of their intention to demonstrate in accordance with section 133 of the Serious Organised Crime and Police Act 2005.

On 20 April notice of a demonstration by the British Tamil Student society was given to the Commissioner of the Metropolitan Police in accordance with section 133 of the Serious Organised Crime and Police Act 2005. The Commissioner of the Metropolitan Police authorised the demonstration notified to him as required under section 134(2) of the 2005 Act. I am further informed that a condition was placed on the organisers of this demonstration limiting the numbers of participants to 50 people.

Demos

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department whether his Department has any contracts with the think-tank Demos. (279501)

The Home Department has no current contract with Demos. However, in 2008 Demos was engaged to run workshops on counter terrorism and ethics, and international context courses.

Departmental Consultants

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much his Department and its agencies have spent on consultants in each year since 1997. (286039)

It is not possible to provide figures going back to 1997 without incurring disproportionate cost owing to a change in accounting systems during the intervening period. Available information on Home Department's consultancy expenditure from 2004-05 is as follows:

£ million

Financial year

Home Department including executive agencies consultancy expenditure

2004-05

139

2005-06

139

2006-07

148

2007-08

96

2008-09

140

This expenditure on consultancy services is associated with the high volume of major programmes currently underway across the Department to deliver new technologies and business change, providing skills not readily available within the civil service. Consultancy services are procured under strict oversight from Commercial Directorate and are negotiated and contracted in accordance with Office of Government and Commerce/National Audit Office guidelines.

Departmental Drinking Water

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much his Department has spent on (a) bottled water and (b) water coolers in each of the last six months. (284111)

Departmental Flags

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many flags his Department (a) owns and (b) maintains; and what the cost of maintaining them was in the last 12 months. (284106)

For the Home Office HQ at 2 Marsham street the Department has 10 flags including replacements. Union flag replacements are needed every three to six months according to weather conditions at a cost of around £130 per flag. Flag pole maintenance costs are not held separately as they are part of the building's overall PFI charge. Information on the number and annual cost of flags held across the rest of the Department is not held centrally.

Departmental Internet

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much his Department has spent on maintenance of its website in each year since 2007. (284189)

The costs of maintaining Home Office websites (i.e. hosting, licensing, domain registration, and updates but excluding staff costs) has been:

£

2006-07

750,100

2007-08

620,000

2008-09

577,000

Departmental Secondment

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many employees of his Department have been posted to work in offices of hon. Members of each political party in each of the last five years. (284891)

Civil servants are required to act in accordance with the requirements of the Civil Service Code.

Civil servants may shadow MPs as part of a programme run by the industry and Parliament Trust. Details on numbers of civil servants from this Department that have had such an attachment are not held centrally.

Deportation

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many foreign nationals with addresses in Burnley were deported in each of the last five years; and how many of them had committed a crime in the UK. (286454)

The information requested is not readily available and could be obtained only at disproportionate cost. The chief executive of the UK Border Agency has regularly written to Home Affairs Select Committee in order to provide them with all the robust and accurate information available relating to foreign national criminals. Copies of these letters are available in the Library of the House.

Deportation: Prisoners

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many foreign national prisoners who were released from prison between February 1999 and March 2006 have (a) since been deported and (b) remain at large. (286610)

[holding answer 14 July 2009]: The Chief Executive of the UK Border Agency has regularly written to the Home Affairs Select Committee in order to provide all of the most robust and accurate information on the removal and deportation of foreign national prisoners, including those released from prison before March 2006. A copy of these letters are available in the Library of the House.

DNA: Databases

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department (1) how many staff of each organisation authorised to use the national DNA database have been (a) investigated, (b) disciplined and (c) dismissed for unauthorised or improper use of that database in each of the last five years; (276825)

(2) whether loss of data obtained from the national DNA database has been reported by any organisation which has access to (a) the database and (b) data from the database.

Direct access to information on the National DNA Database (NDNAD) is restricted to a limited number of designated personnel under the control of the National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA), either directly, or under a contract awarded to the Forensic Science Service (FSS) for operation and maintenance of the NDNAD and development of its IT systems. Throughout the lifetime of the contract, the FSS are required to demonstrate compliance with specified security requirements. Police and law enforcement personnel do not have access to the information on the NDNAD, but receive reports from the NDNAD Delivery Unit of matches between DNA taken from crime scenes and that taken from individuals.

In relation to those NPIA and FSS staff, there has been one instance of unauthorised use of the database during the last five years. This involved a contractor working for the FSS who was found to have used an administrator account on the IT system rather than his own. Following an investigation by the NPIA, no evidence of any improper access to database records was found. However, as use of the administrator account was in contravention of security procedures, the individual was removed from further work on the database. No incidents of unauthorised or improper use of match reports by police and law enforcement personnel have been reported to the NDNAD in the last five years.

Since the NDNAD was set up in 1995, two instances of loss of data have been reported. These took place in February 2009 when the FSS faxed DNA reports intended for two police forces to incorrect fax numbers. In both instances, the faxes were either retrieved by the police or destroyed within 36 hours of the event. A thorough investigation was undertaken by the NPIA and reported to the Home Office. No evidence was found of any malicious intent by any individual.

As a result of the investigation into this incident, an existing project to replace use of fax was accelerated. As from 17 April 2009, fax has no longer been used to transmit any DNA reports to forces. They are now sent in line with Cabinet Office guidance over a secure network either by email or as a web service on a secure network.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department whether any (a) data and (b) samples relating to profiles on the National DNA Database have been released to (i) commercial and (ii) research organisations in each of the last three years for which figures are available. (283446)

[holding answer 2 July 2009]: Requests for the release of data or samples relating to the DNA profiles held on the National DNA Database (NDNAD) must be approved by the NDNAD Strategy Board. Requests are also considered by the NDNAD Ethics Group, which makes recommendations to the Board on whether the request should be approved. The Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984 (PACE) lays down that DNA samples and the profiles derived from them can only be used for the purposes of prevention and detection of crime, the investigation of an offence, the conduct of a prosecution or, since April 2005, for the purposes of identifying a deceased person. In accordance with these requirements, the Board does not approve any research unless it has clear operational benefit to the police.

Details of requests from commercial organisations for data or samples relating to profiles held on the NDNAD which have been approved by the NDNAD Strategy Board in each of the last three years and in 2009 to date can be found in the following table. No requests from research organisations have been approved during this time. The information provided from the NDNAD was anonymised (i.e. no details enabling individuals to be identified were supplied to the commercial organisations).

Details of request

2006-07

Data requested by Cellmark Forensic Services to enable the further development of familial searching software.

Data requested by LGC Forensics to enable the further development of familial searching software.

Samples requested by LGC Forensics to enable the validation of a system to provide confirmation of rarely found types of DNA.

Permission requested by Cellmark Forensic Services to provide profiles held by Cellmark to Cybergenetics.

2007-08

No requests approved

2008-09

No requests approved

2009-101

No requests approved

1 As at 30 June 2009

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department for how long records relating to those (a) convicted of an offence and (b) released without charge are kept on the national fingerprint database. (283525)

Fingerprints records are currently retained indefinitely on IDENT1 (the national fingerprint database) for persons arrested for a recordable offence, whether or not subject to a conviction or acquittal or no further action. Proposals on future retention policy are set out in the public consultation paper ‘Keeping the right people on the DNA Database’ published on 7 May 2009.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many arrests have been made of people who were matched to a crime using the national DNA database but who were not subsequently charged with an offence in the latest period for which figures are available. (285950)

Driving Offences: Alcoholic Drinks

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many (a) blood and (b) urine samples related to suspected incidents of drink-driving were processed at each Forensic Science Service centre in each of the last five years. (283333)

[holding answer 30 June 2009]: The records on blood and urine tests carried out by the FSS are generated by the machines running the analysis. These records do not differentiate between tests on or for blood and urine and cannot be broken down by type. The detailed breakdown of combined blood and urine is outlined as follows:

Total samples analysed

2003

20,833

2004

20,361

2005

17,683

2006

13,336

2007

10,228

2008

9,257

2009 (year to date)

4,385

Total

96,083

The FSS estimates that 90 to 95 per cent. of these will be blood samples.

The Chorley laboratory is the only FSS laboratory currently processing such samples. This has been the case for more than 10 years

Drug and Alcohol Action Team

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much his Department allocated to each drug and alcohol action team in England in (a) 2007-08 and (b) 2008-09; and how much has been allocated for 2009-10. (284831)

The following tables show the amount of funding allocated to each DA(A)T in England in the periods 2007-08, 2008-09 and 2009-10 under each of the specified grant programmes:

Table 1: Young People Substance Misuse Partnership Grant (YPSMPG)

Table 2: Drug Interventions Programme (DIP) Main Grant

Table 3: Alcohol Arrest Referral (AAR) Pilot Grant

Since 2008-09, arrangements for the payment of the YPSMPG have seen one element of the previously pooled budget routed through area based grant which is paid to local authorities by communities and Local Government on a non ring-fenced basis to allow maximum local flexibility; and other elements are paid to youth offending teams through the Youth Justice Board or to primary care trusts through the pooled treatment budget.

Table 1: Young People Substance Misuse Partnership Grant (YPSMPG): Home Office allocations for young people substance misuse services

£

DAAT

2007-08

2008-09

2009-10

Total allocations

Barking and Dagenham

114,008

78,857

78,857

271,722

Barnet

126,888

99,214

99,214

325,316

Barnsley

98,104

55,500

55,500

209,104

Bath and NE Somerset

49,691

30,589

30,589

110,869

Bedfordshire

108,350

71,597

71,597

251,544

Bexley

82,103

58,202

58,202

198,507

Birmingham

529,274

427,308

427,308

1,383,890

Blackburn with Darwen

85,922

48,017

48,017

181,956

Blackpool

78,513

43,245

43,245

165,003

Bolton

191,121

149,899

149,899

490,919

Bournemouth

58,467

40,776

40,776

140,019

Bracknell Forest

35,621

22,238

22,238

80,097

Bradford

346,561

286,332

286,332

919,225

Brent

169,467

136,677

136,677

442,821

Brighton and Hove

101,560

70,782

70,782

243,124

Bristol

243,618

202,971

202,971

649,560

Bromley

97,691

72,952

72,952

243,595

Buckinghamshire

117,902

79,989

79,989

277,880

Bury

75,812

45,376

45,376

166,564

Calderdale

155,228

120,943

120,943

397,114

Cambridgeshire

142,737

88,565

88,565

319,867

Camden

223,325

187,363

187,363

598,051

Cheshire

180,544

122,306

122,306

425,156

City of London

2,710

2,089

2,089

6,888

Cornwall

167,393

102,763

102,763

372,919

Coventry

137,228

96,843

96,843

330,914

Croydon

154,167

120,020

120,020

394,207

Cumbria

175,939

90,052

90,052

356,043

Darlington

51,296

24,032

24,032

99,360

Derby

101,826

65,819

65,819

233,464

Derbyshire

197,203

124,579

124,579

446,361

Devon

211,851

125,887

125,887

463,625

Doncaster

122,252

75,109

75,109

272,470

Dorset

106,370

64,113

64,113

234,596

Dudley

104,102

68,645

68,645

241,392

Durham

181,028

115,930

115,930

412,888

Ealing

226,969

194,847

194,847

616,663

East Riding of Yorkshire

90,396

45,851

45,851

182,098

East Sussex

151,736

105,521

105,521

362,778

Enfield

131,808

97,313

97,313

326,434

Essex

346,858

253,094

253,094

853,046

Gateshead

96,202

56,947

56,947

210,096

Gloucestershire

159,408

104,628

104,628

368,664

Greenwich

166,044

127,918

127,918

421,880

Hackney

326,567

275,352

275,352

877,271

Halton

64,113

42,369

42,369

148,851

Hammersmith and Fulham

135,641

107,898

107,898

351,437

Hampshire

268,077

210,351

210,351

688,779

Haringey

241,445

197,030

197,030

635,505

Harrow

79,601

57,326

57,326

194,253

Hartlepool

65,712

27,852

27,852

121,416

Havering

73,608

51,438

51,438

176,484

Herefordshire

58,831

30,568

30,568

119,967

Hertfordshire

265,090

207,120

207,120

679,330

Hillingdon

95,757

69,984

69,984

235,725

Hounslow

112,438

85,044

85,044

282,526

Isle of Wight Council

42,343

31,767

31,767

105,877

Isles of Scilly1

Islington

252,269

207,221

207,221

666,711

Kensington and Chelsea

109,637

88,419

88,419

286,475

Kent

386,581

283,217

283,217

935,105

Kingston upon Hull

218,050

168,267

168,267

554,585

Kingston upon Thames

50,419

36,539

36,539

123,497

Kirklees

144,314

97,496

97,496

339,306

Knowsley

122,932

75,080

75,080

273,092

Lambeth

314,344

274,035

274,035

862,414

Lancashire

358,613

260,553

260,553

879,719

Leeds

411,448

347,660

347,660

1,106,768

Leicester

148,627

103,746

103,746

356,119

Leicestershire

136,968

82,514

82,514

301,996

Lewisham

201,175

166,017

166,017

533,209

Lincolnshire

200,624

110,353

110,353

421,330

Liverpool

399,249

329,020

329,020

1,057,289

Luton

91,744

61,732

61,732

215,208

Manchester

397,828

330,739

330,739

1,059,306

Medway

88,974

59,519

59,519

208,012

Merton

79,836

61,224

61,224

202,284

Middlesbrough

182,024

152,426

152,426

486,876

Milton Keynes

81,475

54,495

54,495

190,465

Newcastle upon Tyne

137,326

92,798

92,798

322,922

Newham

302,515

250,250

250,250

803,015

Norfolk

299,859

145,613

145,613

591,085

North East Lincolnshire

80,216

44,167

44,167

168,550

North Lincolnshire

63,151

32,015

32,015

127,181

North Somerset

56,512

33,557

33,557

123,626

North Tyneside

87,037

54,177

54,177

195,391

North Yorkshire

179,532

89,833

89,833

359,198

Northamptonshire

190,872

127,851

127,851

446,574

Northumberland

123,428

58,370

58,370

240,168

Nottingham

238,203

187,121

187,121

612,445

Nottinghamshire

213,683

142,917

142,917

499,517

Oldham

108,551

68,959

68,959

246,469

Oxfordshire

157,520

106,636

106,636

370,792

Peterborough

75,148

46,296

46,296

167,740

Plymouth

106,731

71,213

71,213

249,157

Poole

39,302

27,975

27,975

95,252

Portsmouth

83,161

59,537

59,537

202,235

Reading

123,481

105,324

105,324

334,129

Redbridge

98,532

71,590

71,590

241,712

Redcar and Cleveland

61,189

40,803

40,803

142,795

Richmond upon Thames

52,455

39,050

39,050

130,555

Rochdale

183,157

141,068

141,068

465,293

Rotherham

104,968

64,187

64,187

233,342

Rutland

6,418

7,925

7,925

22,268

Salford

190,566

147,003

147,003

484,572

Sandwell

147,319

99,353

99,353

346,025

Sefton

121,670

81,629

81,629

284,928

Sheffield

194,126

141,463

141,463

477,052

Shropshire

72,526

44,841

44,841

162,208

Slough

64,523

42,780

42,780

150,083

Solihull

72,443

45,170

45,170

162,783

Somerset

145,321

86,804

86,804

318,929

South Gloucestershire

61,763

39,196

39,196

140,155

South Tyneside

91,956

53,128

53,128

198,212

Southampton

94,144

68,971

68,971

232,086

Southend on Sea

74,025

47,973

47,973

169,971

Southwark

314,878

272,018

272,018

858,914

St Helens

85,580

47,880

47,880

181,340

Staffordshire

207,713

136,265

136,265

480,243

Stockport

92,230

61,938

61,938

216,106

Stockton on Tees

85,160

49,359

49,359

183,878

Stoke on Trent

111,004

67,429

67,429

245,862

Suffolk

185,611

118,769

118,769

423,149

Sunderland

132,739

84,893

84,893

302,525

Surrey

236,487

178,336

178,336

593,159

Sutton

70,772

51,606

51,606

173,984

Swindon

62,758

38,168

38,168

139,094

Tameside

98,302

60,583

60,583

219,468

Telford and Wrekin

72,625

40,745

40,745

154,115

Thurrock

64,591

39,206

39,206

143,003

Torbay

60,670

35,263

35,263

131,196

Tower Hamlets

337,670

287,884

287,884

913,438

Trafford

79,784

51,199

51,199

182,182

Wakefield

119,818

75,506

75,506

270,830

Walsall

116,259

75,499

75,499

267,257

Waltham Forest

199,097

162,774

162,774

524,645

Wandsworth

197,972

175,161

175,161

548,294

Warrington

59,466

39,601

39,601

138,668

Warwickshire

137,033

88,851

88,851

314,735

West Berkshire

39,882

22,201

22,201

84,284

West Sussex

186,979

135,619

135,619

458,217

Westminster

173,409

142,615

142,615

458,639

Wigan

114,764

71,236

71,236

257,236

Wiltshire

121,067

72,425

72,425

265,917

Windsor and Maidenhead

38,075

24,827

24,827

87,729

Wirral

149,089

103,543

103,543

356,175

Wokingham

24,188

19,151

19,151

62,490

Wolverhampton

123,899

81,282

81,282

286,463

Worcestershire

137,264

94,923

94,923

327,110

York

53,515

31,996

31,996

117,507

1 Due to long standing arrangements, figures for Isles of Scilly will continue to been shown as part of Cornwall's allocation and not separated out here

Table 2: Drug Interventions Programme (DIP) Main Grant

£

DAT (DIP Main Grant funding)

2007-08

2008-09

2009-10

Total

Barking and Dagenham

273,407

277,508

277,508

828,423

Barnet

300,231

304,734

304,734

909,700

Barnsley

807,613

819,727

819,727

2,447,067

Bath and North East Somerset

134,504

136,522

136,522

407,547

Bedfordshire

348,484

353,711

353,711

1,055,907

Bexley

194,876

197,799

197,799

590,474

Birmingham

5,287,239

5,366,548

5,366,548

16,020,334

Blackburn with Darwen

277,625

281,789

281,789

841,204

Blackpool

472,805

479,897

479,897

1,432,599

Bolton

1,136,727

1,153,778

1,153,778

3,444,283

Bournemouth

196,173

199,116

199,116

594,404

Bracknell Forest

100,096

101,597

101,597

303,291

Bradford

1,926,287

1,955,181

1,955,181

5,836,650

Brent

1,203,160

1,221,207

1,221,207

3,645,573

Brighton and Hove

384,808

390,580

390,580

1,165,968

Bristol

2,448,659

2,485,389

2,485,389

7,419,437

Bromley

255,437

259,269

259,269

773,974

Buckinghamshire

294,905

299,329

299,329

893,562

Bury

552,298

560,582

560,582

1,673,463

Calderdale

685,101

695,378

695,378

2,075,856

Cambridgeshire

359,344

364,734

364,734

1,088,812

Camden

1,191,678

1,209,553

1,209,553

3,610,785

Cheshire

367,961

373,480

373,480

1,114,922

City of London

320,297

325,101

325,101

970,500

Cornwall and Isles of Scilly

306,005

310,595

310,595

927,195

Coventry

900,865

914,378

914,378

2,729,621

Croydon

1,001,817

1,016,844

1,016,844

3,035,504

Cumbria

339,955

345,054

345,054

1,030,064

Darlington

182,146

184,878

184,878

551,902

Derby

468,178

475,201

475,201

1,418,579

Derbyshire

602,601

611,640

611,640

1,825,881

Devon

325,754

330,640

330,640

987,035

Doncaster

1,317,965

1,337,734

1,337,734

3,993,434

Dorset

158,403

160,779

160,779

479,961

Dudley

723,448

734,300

734,300

2,192,047

Durham

500,671

508,181

508,181

1,517,033

Ealing

988,786

1,003,618

1,003,618

2,996,021

East Riding of Yorkshire

226,328

229,723

229,723

685,774

East Sussex

356,965

362,319

362,319

1,081,604

Enfield

759,292

770,682

770,682

2,300,655

Essex

826,742

839,143

839,143

2,505,028

Gateshead

627,944

637,363

637,363

1,902,670

Gloucestershire

361,046

366,462

366,462

1,093,969

Greenwich

827,205

839,613

839,613

2,506,432

Hackney

1,513,524

1,536,227

1,536,227

4,585,979

Halton

137,823

139,890

139,890

417,604

Hammersmith and Fulham

1,118,469

1,135,246

1,135,246

3,388,960

Hampshire

602,349

611,384

611,384

1,825,117

Haringey

1,243,541

1,262,194

1,262,194

3,767,930

Harrow

222,376

225,712

225,712

673,799

Hartlepool

609,010

618,145

618,145

1,845,300

Havering

172,767

175,359

175,359

523,484

Herefordshire

133,323

135,323

135,323

403,969

Hertfordshire

768,856

780,389

780,389

2,329,634

Hillingdon

249,873

253,621

253,621

757,115

Hounslow

794,244

806,158

806,158

2,406,559

Isle of Wight

119,619

121,413

121,413

362,446

Islington

1,333,277

1,353,276

1,353,276

4,039,830

Kensington and Chelsea

1,008,137

1,023,259

1,023,259

3,054,656

Kent

1,151,373

1,168,644

1,168,644

3,488,660

Kingston upon Hull

1,422,020

1,443,350

1,443,350

4,308,721

Kingston Upon Thames

116,026

117,766

117,766

351,559

Kirklees

1,219,885

1,238,183

1,238,183

3,696,252

Knowsley

221,793

225,120

225,120

672,033

Lambeth

1,930,537

1,959,495

1,959,495

5,849,526

Lancashire

1,119,486

1,136,278

1,136,278

3,392,043

Leeds

2,737,443

2,778,505

2,778,505

8,294,452

Leicester

1,558,632

1,582,011

1,582,011

4,722,655

Leicestershire

425,618

432,002

432,002

1,289,623

Lewisham

1,378,639

1,399,318

1,399,318

4,177,275

Lincolnshire

586,959

595,763

595,763

1,778,486

Liverpool

2,154,389

2,186,705

2,186,705

6,527,799

Luton

700,528

711,036

711,036

2,122,600

Manchester

2,848,647

2,891,377

2,891,377

8,631,400

Medway

234,608

238,127

238,127

710,862

Merton

171,555

174,128

174,128^

519,812

Middlesbrough

1,022,237

1,037,571

1,037,571

3,097,378

Milton Keynes

163,880

166,338

166,338

496,556

Newcastle Upon Tyne

1,290,574

1,309,933

1,309,933

3,910,439

Newham

1,357,782

1,378,148

1,378,148

4,114,078

Norfolk

569,371

577,912

577,912

1,725,194

North East Lincolnshire

914,255

927,969

927,969

2,770,193

North Lincolnshire

786,869

798,672

798,672

2,384,213

North Somerset

116,374

118,120

118,120

352,613

North Tyneside

205,693

208,778

208,778

623,250

North Yorkshire

364,011

369,471

369,471

1,102,953

Northamptonshire

1,034,269

1,049,783

1,049,783

3,133,835

Northumberland

314,636

319,356

319,356

953,347

Nottingham

1,794,787

1,821,709

1,821,709

5,438,205

Nottinghamshire

2,339,136

2,374,223

2,374,223

7,087,582

Oldham

890,494

903,851

903,851

2,698,197

Oxfordshire

1,195,115

1,213,042

1,213,042

3,621,198

Peterborough

774,057

785,668

785,668

2,345,393

Plymouth

279,400

283,591

283,591

846,582

Poole

92,250

93,634

93,634

279,518

Portsmouth

282,678

286,918

286,918

856,514

Reading

1,106,837

1,123,440

1,123,440

3,353,716

Redbridge

663,812

673,769

673,769

2,011,350

Redcar and Cleveland

280,159

284,361

284,361

848,882

Richmond upon Thames

124,080

125,941

125,941

375,962

Rochdale

778,885

790,568

790,568

2,360,022

Rotherham

756,064

767,405

767,405

2,290,874

Rutland

5,956

6,045

6,045

18,047

Salford

771,116

782,683

782,683

2,336,481

Sandwell

1,003,679

1,018,734

1,018,734

3,041,147

Sefton

659,800

669,697

669,697

1,999,194

Sheffield

2,348,164

2,383,386

2,383,386

7,114,937

Shropshire

167,636

170,151

170,151

507,937

Slough

854,146

866,958

866,958

2,588,062

Solihull

407,131

413,238

413,238

1,233,607

Somerset

316,763

321,514

321,514

959,792

South Gloucestershire

132,788

134,780

134,780

402,348

South Tyneside

244,095

247,756

247,756

739,608

Southampton

307,778

312,395

312,395

932,567

Southend

166,947

169,451

169,451

505,849

Southwark

1,655,389

1,680,219

1,680,219

5,015,827

St Helens

230,790

234,252

234,252

699,294

Staffordshire

644,560

654,228

654,228

1,953,017

Stockport

664,181

674,144

674,144

2,012,468

Stockton

688,901

699,235

699,235

2,087,370

Stoke on Trent

363,586

369,040

369,040

1,101,666

Suffolk

451,164

457,931

457,931

1,367,027

Sunderland

782,823

794,565

794,565

2,371,954

Surrey

554,147

562,459

562,459

1,679,065

Sutton

159,878

162,276

162,276

484,430

Swindon

164,132

166,594

166,594

497,320

Tameside

823,130

835,477

835,477

2,494,084

Telford and Wrekin

173,915

176,524

176,524

526,962

Thurrock

150,379

152,635

152,635

455,648

Torbay

213,239

216,438

216,438

646,114

Tower Hamlets

1,415,658

1,436,893

1,436,893

4,289,445

Trafford

693,096

703,492

703,492

2,100,081

Wakefield

1,094,559

1,110,977

1,110,977

3,316,514

Walsall

642,837

652,480

652,480

1,947,796

Waltham Forrest

925,327

939,206

939,206

2,803,740

Wandsworth

1,034,156

1,049,668

1,049,668

3,133,493

Warrington

142,628

144,767

144,767

432,163

Warwickshire

474,417

481,533

481,533

1,437,484

West Berkshire

94,930

96,354

96,354

287,638

West Sussex

392,398

398,284

398,284

1,188,966

Westminster

2,016,350

2,046,595

2,046,595

6,109,540

Wigan

1,046,181

1,061,874

1,061,874

3,169,928

Wiltshire

216,549

219,797

219,797

656,143

Windsor and Maidenhead

103,195

104,743

104,743

312,681

Wirral

525,360

533,240

533,240

1,591,841

Wokingham

92,159

93,541

93,541

279,242

Wolverhampton

826,579

838,978

838,978

2,504,534

Worcestershire

332,987

337,982

337,982

1,008,951

York

187,359

190,169

190,169

567,698

Table 3 - Alcohol Arrest Referral (AAR) pilot grant: Alcohol Arrest Referral (AAR) pilot grant funding

£

Drug and Alcohol Action Team

2007-08

2008-09

2009-10

Total

Chester

82,000

125,500

207,500

Cleveland

94,350

227,066

321,416

Cumbria

42,195

89,130

131,325

East Sussex

35,000

138,334

173,334

Leicester, Leicestershire and Rutland

72,730

156,770

229,500

Lincolnshire

25,000

83,875

108,875

Liverpool

82,000

166,500

138,750

387,250

Manchester

82,000

91,500

173,500

North East Lincolnshire

31,250

75,000

106,250

Northamptonshire

54,335

129,831

184,166

Staffordshire

30,000

10,0000

130,000

Swindon

40,416

87084

127,500

Total

246,000

808,776

1,225,840

2,280,616

EU Law

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department (1) what estimate he has made of the proportion of statutory obligations provided for by legislation on matters for which his Department is responsible, which were introduced as a consequence of obligations arising from EU legislation in the latest period for which figures are available; (281862)

(2) what estimate he has made of the cost to his Department of the statutory obligations upon it provided for in legislation introduced as a consequence of obligations arising from EU legislation in the most recent 12 months for which figures are available.

It is very difficult to provide precise figures for the proportion of UK legislation that stems from the European Union and the consequent cost. All proposals for EU legislation are, however, deposited with Parliament with an assessment of any legislative changes that would be required to implement them in the UK and an explanation of the HMG policy in the area concerned, including in the case of proposals on migration and asylum, by choosing not to opt in to them where appropriate.

The origins of a regulation could be a devolved Administration or a local authority, as well as the Government or the EU. All regulations, irrespective of their origins, should comply with the principles of better regulation. Regulations should be risk based, proportionate and well designed, so as to achieve their objectives whilst also keeping costs to a minimum. The Government continue to work with European partners to ensure that EU regulations meet these standards.

Entry Clearances

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many and what proportion of applications for family visit visas from (a) India, (b) Nigeria, (c) Bangladesh and (d) Pakistan have been refused in each of the last six years. (273592)

The number of applications family visit visas (a) received and (b) refused at UK visa-issuing posts in India, Nigeria, Bangladesh and Pakistan in each of the last five calendar years is shown in the following tables, together with refusal rates for each country/year. Reliable data are not held for years prior to 2004.

20042005

Applications received

Refused

Refusal rate (percentage)

Applications received

Refused

Refusal rate (percentage)

Bangladesh

6,703

2,169

43

9,356

3,458

36

India

83,089

15,648

19

99,341

20,024

21

Nigeria

41,157

15,788

41

60,065

25,125

44

Pakistan

31,932

6,727

36

57,122

25,901

43

20062007

Applications received

Refused

Refusal rate (percentage)

Applications received

Refused

Refusal rate (percentage)

Bangladesh

12,760

4,547

36

13,909

5,351

40

India

108,572

20,548

19

108,233

22,193

21

Nigeria

59,276

30,353

52

52,042

25,309

46

Pakistan

86,664

28,575

33

75,769

31,611

41

2008

Applications received

Refused

Refusal rate (percentage)

Bangladesh

11,381

3,966

35

India

98,645

16,647

17

Nigeria

42,612

18,532

43

Pakistan

56,477

28,750

47

The data are unpublished and should be treated as provisional.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many (a) visa entry clearance officers and (b) risk assessment officers are employed in (i) Islamabad, (ii) Pakistan and (iii) Afghanistan. (280138)

For security and efficiency reasons, we have transferred visa decision-making for Pakistan to our visa sections in Abu Dhabi and the UK. We have 34 Entry Clearance Officers (ECOs) in Abu Dhabi, including seasonal relief staff, and a full staffing capacity of five ECOs in the UK working on Pakistan casework. 13 ECOs currently remain in Islamabad.

Risk and Liaison Overseas Network staff are employed on a risk assessment basis.

We do not have a visa office in Afghanistan.

Entry Clearances: Pakistan

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what percentage of visa applications received by the consulate in (a) Karachi and (b) Lahore in the last 12 months for which figures are available were checked for fraud by entry clearance officers in each post. (272744)

There are no entry clearance officers (ECOs) posted to Karachi or Lahore. All checks for fraud are carried out in Islamabad, where there are 10 ECOs. All applications are checked for fraud.

Forensic Science Service

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what recent assessment has been made of the likely effect of a closure of the Chorley Forensic Science Service (FSS) laboratory on FSS response times for analysing evidence. (285003)

The Forensic Science Service has undertaken detailed analysis of projected casework demand, throughput and detailed force requirements in accordance with the National Forensic Framework Agreement, and in conjunction with the expected efficiencies from their ongoing Transformation programme. Their conclusion is that they can service demand, within contractually binding response times, from a reduced number of laboratories. Closure of the Chorley site is currently only a proposal, to be tested and challenged through the consultation process.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department whether the Forensic Science Service (FSS) has consulted all coroners on (a) the proposed headcount reduction in the FSS and (b) the proposed closure of the Chorley FSS laboratory. (285004)

The Forensic Science Service (FSS) has a pathology laboratory based in Sheffield. Staff at this facility have held discussions on the transformation of the FSS with local coroners.

The FSS has discussed the principles of a revised site structure with all of its core customers. There have been no specific discussions on these proposals with coroners beyond those spoken to by the facility in Sheffield.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department whether the Forensic Science Service (FSS) has consulted all police authorities in the North West on (a) the proposed headcount reduction in the FSS and (b) the proposed closure of the Chorley FSS laboratory. (285005)

Police authorities have not been consulted on proposed changes but each police force has been consulted. It is the police forces who are the direct customers of the Forensic Science Service, and as such, they are the people with whom such discussions have taken place.

Forensic Science Service Transformation Plan: Consultants

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department which consultants have been engaged to work on the Forensic Science Service Transformation Plan; what the monetary value of each contract is; and what task each contract is for. (283866)

[holding answer 3 July 2009]: The only major consultancy services engaged by the Forensic Science Service (FSS) have been obtained from Deloitte (who assisted in 2008 with preliminary thinking on business transformation). Deloitte has also been the FSS pension advisers for some time. FSS have used a number of specialist providers in a smaller way to support the design of the business transformation programme. The transformation team itself has also been staffed by a number of agency and interim specialists to work alongside and train in-house resources (for example Lean Sigma training). Some components of the transformation (e.g. IT enabling projects) will involve the engagement of a number of our existing external service support providers (e.g. Cap Gemini), but these companies are not involved in the provision of broader consultancy services.

The work undertaken by Deloitte in 2008, which constitutes the only single major contract, cost £1.5 million.

Forensic Science Service: Chepstow

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what information his Department has provided to staff at the Chepstow Forensic Science Service laboratory on the proposed Forensic Science Service closure and redundancy programme. (286623)

On 24 June, the Forensic Science Service (FSS) shared proposals about the approach to redundancy and operational site deployment with both trade union and employee forum representatives and copies of these proposals were made available to all FSS staff.

The approach to redundancy proposal covers:

Individual consultation

Appeals process

Maximising redeployment opportunities

Trial periods

Notice periods

Support and outplacement

Redundancy package

Voluntary redundancy.

The operational site deployment proposal covers the approach, rationale and proposed site deployment based on the proposed move to national business streams. It provides details about:

the options considered;

the criteria against which the proposed option was selected (e.g. co-location of body fluid/DNA casework;

available laboratory space;

delivery of the national framework products/services and quality;

lowest risk to customer disengagement;

the operational considerations and impacts.

Forensic Science Service: Chorley

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much has been spent on updating equipment at Chorley Forensic Science Service laboratory in each of the last five years. (283334)

[holding answer 30 June 2009]: During 2004-05, £451,000 was spent on new scientific equipment for the Chorley laboratory. In 2005-06, this fell to around £233,000 and in 2006-07, dropped to just under £48,000. In 2007-08 this figure stood at £163,000. There has been no spend on equipment during 2008-09.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what representations have been received from (a) police forces in the North West, (b) coroners based in the North West and (c) the Isle of Man Government on the proposed closure of the Forensic Science Service laboratory in Chorley. (286413)

As part of ongoing discussions with customers regarding the proposed restructure of the Forensic Science Service, senior staff from the company recently met with the north west Association of Chief Police Officers procurement lead from Cheshire constabulary, at his request, to discuss the plans in detail.

There have been no representations from coroners or from the Isle of Man Government.

Freedomain Radio

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department whether he has received reports on the activities of Freedomain Radio in the last two years; and if he will make a statement. (278289)

Global Initiative to Combat Nuclear Terrorism

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what support the UK has undertaken to provide for the Global Initiative to Combat Nuclear Terrorism (GICNT); where the secretariat of GICNT is based; and when the next meeting of participating parties will be. (287536)

I have been asked to reply.

The UK has held two Global Initiative to Combat Nuclear Terrorism (GICNT) events with international partners to date. A nuclear smuggling workshop in September 2007 and a knowledge proliferation seminar in October 2008. The next UK GICNT event will take place in London in early 2010, when we will host a joint workshop with the US on the issue of detecting radiological materials.

In addition to hosting workshops, we regularly send UK experts to events hosted by partners to share information on a range of issues spanning the GICNT principles. Recent examples of this are: a workshop in Garmisch in May 2009, to design a nuclear detection framework document; a workshop in Rabat in June 2009 concerning the trafficking of dangerous materials; and a workshop in Canberra in July 2009 on consequence management.

The GICNT does not have a secretariat. The US and Russia are co-chairs, with the annual plenary and workshops held by partners on a voluntary basis. The last plenary was held in June 2009 in The Hague.

The next meeting of partners will be in the Netherlands on 24-26 November 2009 at a workshop to examine international co-operation and information sharing in a nuclear-radiological security event.

Homicide

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many cases of homicide involving killing by a sharp instrument there have been in each police force area in each year since 1997. (281673)

Available information is from the Homicide Index and relates to the number of homicides recorded by police in England and Wales between 1997-98 and 2007-08.

Homicides currently recorded1 where apparent method of killing is sharp instrument2, by police force area: England and Wales

Year offence initially recorded as homicide3

Police force area

1997-98

1998-99

1999-2000

2000-01

2001-02

2002-03

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

Avon and Somerset

3

5

5

3

4

4

4

4

2

4

6

Bedfordshire

3

2

1

2

7

1

1

4

3

3

3

British Transport Police

1

1

Cambridgeshire

1

1

4

-

1

2

5

2

2

2

4

Cheshire

3

3

3

2

5

3

7

4

2

Cleveland

1

1

3

5

3

3

3

3

3

3

4

Cumbria

3

1

5

3

1

2

1

1

3

Derbyshire

2

1

2

1

4

2

3

2

2

3

1

Devon and Cornwall

8

6

1

5

6

2

3

10

4

5

6

Dorset

1

1

1

3

3

6

2

2

Durham

3

2

1

2

3

2

3

5

Dyfed Powys

2

1

3

2

1

1

Essex

1

5

9

2

10

7

5

6

9

3

Gloucestershire

1

1

3

3

3

2

2

2

Greater Manchester

16

14

10

14

23

19

17

15

11

13

15

Gwent

1

1

2

2

2

4

1

2

2

Hampshire

1

3

5

5

7

10

3

7

4

7

7

Hertfordshire

2

1

5

4

3

4

4

5

3

6

3

Humberside

2

2

2

2

3

5

8

3

1

7

6

Kent

7

3

8

4

10

6

4

4

7

6

5

Lancashire

6

2

1

15

4

10

12

11

1

4

13

Leicestershire

1

1

4

2

4

9

3

3

5

3

Lincolnshire

1

2

1

2

2

3

3

London:

City of London

1

Metropolitan

62

52

68

69

68

68

61

62

57

70

78

Merseyside

8

11

6

14

3

12

10

14

10

10

9

Norfolk

5

2

4

1

3

1

1

3

3

North Wales

2

2

1

2

4

5

2

1

3

North Yorkshire

1

1

1

3

2

Northamptonshire

2

2

1

3

3

5

1

6

6

4

Northumbria

11

5

9

5

4

8

8

6

7

10

14

Nottinghamshire

3

6

5

4

6

3

6

6

7

7

3

South Wales

9

9

6

3

10

1

3

4

2

7

5

South Yorkshire

2

3

4

4

6

7

2

7

6

3

8

Staffordshire

4

4

2

1

3

3

2

5

3

Suffolk

3

2

2

2

3

2

2

Surrey

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

4

3

3

Sussex

4

4

5

5

6

9

3

9

4

3

3

Thames Valley

7

7

8

3

9

13

3

6

7

8

6

Warwickshire

2

1

1

2

2

3

1

5

2

West Mercia

3

3

1

3

5

2

5

3

3

1

West Midlands

4

16

15

9

19

17

22

21

22

15

15

West Yorkshire

12

12

7

8

11

13

7

13

11

12

13

Wiltshire

2

1

3

2

2

3

1

1

2

Total

202

201

213

215

261

266

242

260

219

269

270

1 As at 4 November 2008; figures are revised as cases are dealt with by the police and by the courts, or as further information becomes available.

2 Includes knives as well as other sharp instruments.

3 Offences are shown according to the year in which the police initially recorded the offence as homicide. This is not necessarily the year in which the incident took place or the year in which any court decision was made.

Human Trafficking

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department pursuant to the answer of 26 January 2009, Official Report, columns 94-5W, on human trafficking, what guidance has been issued by his Department to the agencies involved in the national referral mechanism on systematic identification of victims of human trafficking. (277244)

Specialist teams within the UK Human Trafficking Centre and the UK Border Agency have been set up to act as decision making competent authorities within the multi-agency national referral mechanism.

Comprehensive guidance and training, utilising expertise from within and outside Government, has been provided to these teams. Staff within these teams have been instructed to engage with external agencies to assist in the identification process.

In addition, myself and the Association of Chief Police Officers lead for human trafficking wrote to all chief officers to direct them to the Home Office website which holds information about the national referral mechanism:

http://www.crimereduction.homeoffice.gov.uk/human trafficking005.htm

All other relevant agencies have also been directed to this information.

Identity Cards

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many (a) fake and (b) fraudulently obtained national identity cards have been seized in each month since the introduction of the national identity card scheme. (285940)

As part of the national identity card scheme we began issuing identity cards to foreign nationals on 25 November 2008. To date we have not identified or recovered any cards found to be fake or to have been obtained fraudulently.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many national identity cards have been withdrawn, recalled or returned as a result of errors in the data (a) displayed on the card and (b) contained on the chip since the introduction of the scheme. (285941)

Since November 2008, over 50,000 identity cards have been issued to foreign nationals by the UK Border Agency. Of these, four cards have been withdrawn, recalled or returned as a result of errors in the data either displayed on the card or contained on the chip since the introduction of the scheme.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many records checks have been made against the national identity card database by (a) police forces and (b) other agencies in each month since the introduction of the national identity card scheme. (285943)

The National Identity Register, which will hold the identity information of everyone issued with a national identity card, will not begin operation until later this year when we start to issue voluntary ID cards to airside workers at Manchester and London city airports as well as to British citizens living in the Greater Manchester area.

There have, therefore not yet been any checks made on the National Identity Register.

Identity Cards: Expenditure

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much has been spent on the National Identity Card Scheme; and what proportion of this expenditure has been on identity cards alone. (279615)

The Identity Cards are paid for by customer fees.

Between the financial years 2003-04 and 2005-06, £41.1 million was spent by the Home Office Identity Cards Programme in total in development. Since the merger of the Home Office Identity Cards Programme and the UK Passport Service to create the Identity and Passport Service on 1 April 2006, projects to deliver passports including facial images and fingerprints, identity cards and other improvements have been necessarily combined. As much of the technology and operational processes needed to implement identity cards are also required for the implementation of these new passports, this is the most cost-effective way to deliver these initiatives.

Much of the work conducted by Identity and Passport Service cannot be categorised, both financially and operationally, as contributing towards either the introduction of passports with facial images and fingerprints or identity cards alone. The work is accounted for as future development projects which in the 2006-07 financial year amounted to £30.9 million, in 2007-08 £61.7 million and 2008-9 £81.5 million (subject to finalisation of the 2008-09 accounts process).

Identity Cards: Police

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what guidance his Department has issued to police (a) forces and (b) officers on the use of identity cards in policing. (285942)

In addition to the general guidance published on the Identity Card for Foreign Nationals, the UK Border Agency has engaged with representatives from police forces and produced guidance about the use of identity cards. This guidance is reviewed regularly and updates will be issued whenever necessary.

In respect of identity cards issued to British citizens, the Identity and Passport Service has yet to produce any guidance on identity cards and will be producing guidance on the security features to be incorporated in the identity cards issued to later this year.

Illegal Immigrants

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department for what reasons the publication of his Department’s report on Understanding the market for facilitated illegal entry in the UK has been delayed; and when he intends to publish it. (247896)

[holding answer 20 January 2009]: The normal process for publishing research is that such reports must undergo a rigorous quality assurance process including external peer review and only research that meets our high quality standards is published by the Department. Once this process has been completed in this case, we expect to be able to publish the report in summer 2009.

Immigrants: Social Security Benefits

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department on what date the UK Border Agency or its predecessor informed Jobcentre Plus that Khadra Ali Hassan of Sheffield was no longer entitled to income support and related benefits arising out of her previous temporary leave to remain. (278876)

[holding answer 10 June 2009]: My right hon. Friend the Home Secretary wrote to my right hon. Friend on 15 July 2009.

Immigration

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department (1) how many people had awaited determination of their application for (a) leave to remain and (b) indefinite leave to remain under the immigration rules for more than (i) one, (ii) two, (iii) three and (iv) four years; (250959)

(2) when he plans to answer question 250959, tabled on 21 January 2009, on the timescale for processing immigration cases.

The data my hon. Friend requires are provided in the following table.

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Leave to remain

Two years

3,767

4,077

8,127

2,627

1,904

Three years

1,103

2,713

1,031

Four years

1,487

1,119

Five years

1,253

Indefinite leave to remain

Two years

1,441

3,081

2,623

4,523

2,740

Three years

797

3,097

1,782

Four years

1,440

1,551

Five years

1,194

The above data are not provided under the National Statistics protocols. They have been derived from local management information and are therefore provisional and subject to change.

Data for some of these periods are not available. This is because there was a major change in our IT systems in 2002. Data on cases lodged in or before 2002 will therefore not be complete. This means we are unable to supply reliable information on some of the cases you requested. The data could now be reliably gathered only by the examination of individual files for historic information and this could be achieved only at disproportionate cost to the organisation.

LTR and ILR outstanding applications are generally complex cases involving ECHR and those overstaying existing leave granted.

We are improving migration workstreams, as new processes are introduced with initial focus on clearing older cases, then improving overall throughput.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department when he plans to announce his decision on the application for a residence permit submitted by Mrs Tatiana Stebel-Nowakowska. (284423)

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department pursuant to the answer of 18 May 2009, Official Report, column 1163W, on immigration, whether the UK Border Agency has obtained the further information needed in order to be able to decide the immigration case of Mrs Mohinder Kaur. (286710)

[holding answer 14 July 2009]: It is anticipated that the decision will be notified to Mrs. Kaur shortly.

Immigration Controls: Abuse

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many organisations purporting to be education and training providers have been closed for abuse of the immigration system in each of the last five years. (279320)